«32

Zdeněk Vašíček AMMONOIDEA of the Těšín-Hradište Formation (Lower Cretaceous) M in the Moravskoslezské Beskydy Its.

edice Rozpravy Ústředního ústavu geologického ROZPRAVY

ÚSTŘEDNÍHO ÚSTAVU GEOLOGICKÉHO

SVAZEK 38

AMMONOIDEA of the Těšín —Hradiště Formation (Lower Cretaceous) in the Moravskoslezské Beskydy Mts. c i e n t i f i c editor

Prof. Dr. Zdeněk Špinar, DSc.

e v i s e d by

Doc. Dr. Zdeněk Roth, DSc. AMMONOIDEA

of the Těšín-Hradiště Formation (Lower Cretaceous) in the Moravskoslezské Beskydy Mts.

(21 text-figures, 16 plates, Czech summary)

PRESENTED MAY 14, 1969

Vydal Ústřední ústav geologický, Praha, adatelství Československé akademie věd • Praha 1972 © ZDENĚK VAŠÍČEK 1972

TRANSLATED BY VLADIMÍR MAREK Contents

INTRODUCTION Protetragonites 40 Protetragonites crebrisulcatus .... 40 DISCUSSION Protetragonites obliquestrangulatus . . 42 PREVIOUS AMMONITE STUDIES IN THE LOWER FAMILY Macroscaphitidae 43 CRETACEOUS OF THE SILESIAN NAPPE SUBFAMILY Macroscaphitinae 43 (GODULA FACIES) 9 Costidiscus 43 ORIGIN AND MODE OF PRESERVATION ... 11 Costidiscus recticostatus 43 EVALUATION OF MATERIAL 13 Costidiscus microcostatus 45 NOTES ON MORPHOLOGY AND TERMINOLOGY OF Costidiscus olcostephanoides 46 SOME HARD PARTS IN AMMONITES ... 22 Macroscaphites 46 SYSTEMATICS 25 Macroscaphites yvani 46 DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES 26 Macroscaphites CF. binodosus 48 ORDER Phylloceratida 26 Macroscaphites? tirolensis 48 SUBORDER Phylloceratina 26 SUBORDER Ancyloceratina 49 SUPERFAMILY Phyllocerataceae 26 SUPERFAMILY Ancylocerataceae .... 49 FAMILY Phylloceratidae 26 FAMILY Ancyloceratidae 49 Phylloceras (Hypophylloceras) .... 26 SUBFAMILY Ancyloceratinae 49 Phylloceras (Hypophylloceras) SP. IND. Ancyloceras (Audouliceras) 49 (Pthetys) 26 Ancyloceras (? Audouliceras ) fallauxi 49 Partschiceras 27 Acrioceras (Acrioceras) 50 Partschiceras infundibulum 27 Acrioceras (Acrioceras) AFF. tabarelli 50 Partschiceras bontshevi 29 Partschiceras baborense 30 Acanthoptychoceras 51 Acanthoptychocerasaff. spinatocostatum 51 Sowerbyceras (Holcophylloceras) ... 32 Sowerbyceras (Holcophylloceras) SUBFAMILY Leptoceratoidinae 52 ernesti 32 Hamulinites 52 Hamulinites parvulus 53 ORDER Lytoceratida . . . .' 33 SUBORDER Lytoceratina 33 Leptoceratoides 54 SUPERFAMILY Lytocerataceae 33 Leptoceratoides pumilus 54 FAMILY Lytoceratidae 33 Leptoceratoides subtilis 54 SUBFAMILY Lytoceratinae 33 PVeleziceras 55 Lytoceras 33 Veleziceras uhligi 56 Lytoceras AFF. subfimbriatum .... 34 FAMILY Heteroceratidae 57 Lytoceras textum 35 Heteroceras (Argvethites) 57 Lytoceras SP. IND 36 Heteroceras (Argvethites) SP. IND. . . 57

Eulytoceras 37 FAMILY Baculitidae 58 Eulytoceras phestum 37 SUBFAMILY Ptychoceratinae 58 Eulytoceras raricinctum 39 Hamulina 58 Eulytoceras anisoptychum 39 Hamulina astieriana 58

5 Anahamulina 59 Melchiorites cassidoides 75 Anahamulina hoheneggeri 59 Melchiorites blayaci 76 Anahamulina CF. paxillosa 60 Anahamulina distans 61 Pseudohaploceras 78 Anahamulina beskydensis 62 Pseudohaploceras liptoviense .... 78

Anahamulina rothi 63 ? FAMILY Holcodiscidae 79 7Anahamulina SP 63 Holcodiscus 79 Ptychoceras 64 Holcodiscus SP. IND 79 Ptychoceras puzosianum 64 FAMILY Silesitidae 80 Ptychoceras morloti 65 Silesites 80 Ptychoceras CF. meyrati 66 Silesites seranonis 80 Ptychoceras dittleri 67 Silesites vulpes 81 SUPERFAMILY Douvilleicerataceae .... 67 SUPERFAMILY Hoplitaceae 83 FAMILY Douvilleiceratidae 67 Procheloniceras 67 FAMILY Pulchellidae 83 Procheloniceras albrechtiaustriae ... 67 Psilotissotia 83 Psilotissotia AFF. chalmasi 83 Procheloniceras CF. pachystephanum . . 69 Psilotissotia SP. IND 83 Cheloniceras 70 Cheloniceras SP. IND 70 STRATIGRAPHY 85 A PROPOSAL FOR THE BIOSTRATIGRAPBICAL DI­ FAMILY Deshayesitidae 70 VISION OF THE TOP PART OF THE TĚŠÍN-HRA- Prodeshayesites 70 DIŠTĚ FORMATION 85 PProdeshayesites SP. IND 70 DISTRIBUTION AND QUANTITATIVE REPRESEN­

SUBORDER Ammonitina 72 TATION OF THE AMMONITES IN THE LOWER SUPERFAMILY Desmocerataceae 72 BARREMIAN — LOWER APTIAN OF THE SI- FAMILY Desmoceratidae 72 LESIAN UNIT 90 SUBFAMILY Eodesmoceratinae 72 CONCLUSION 96 Barremites 72 Barremites strettostoma 72 REFERENCES 97 Barremites psilotatus 73 CZECH SUMMARY (AMMONOIDEA TĚŠÍNSKO- SUBFAMILY Puzosiinae 74 -HRADIŠŤSKÉHO SOUVRSTVÍ [SPODNÍ KŘÍDA] Melchiorites 74 V MORAVSKOSLEZSKÝCH BESKYDÁCH) ... 103 Melchiorites CF. melchioris 74

6 Introduction

THIS REPORT IS BASED ON WORK CARRIED OUT BY THE AUTHOR DURING A PERIOD OF FIVE YEARS (1963—1967) IN LOWER CRETACEOUS BEDS OF THE SILESIAN NAPPE OF THE MORAVSKOSLEZSKÉ BESKYDY MTS. MY WORK HAS BEEN STIMULATED BY Z. ROTH OF THE GEOLOGICAL SURVEY, PRAGUE, AND HAS BEEN MADE POSSIBLE BY A GRANT OF FUNDS FROM THIS SURVEY THROUGH THE REQUEST OF DR. ROTH FOR AN ALMOST TOTAL DEFRAYMENT OF MY EXPENSES IN THE FIELD. EVALUATION OF THE RESULTS WAS PART OF THE SCIENTIFIC AND INVESTIGATING PROGRAMME CARRIED ON AT THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY AND PALAEONTOLOGY, MINING UNIVERSITY, OSTRAVA. MANY QUESTIONS AROSE IN CONNECTION WITH THE EVALUATION OF THE MATERIAL COLLECTED ENTIRELY FROM THE TĚŠÍN-HRADIŠTĚ FORMATION. THERE ARE ONLY LIMITED POSSIBILITIES OF SOLVING THE PROBLEMS UNDER PRESENT CONDITIONS. ONE OF THE CHIEF OBSTACLES TO SUCH STUDIES WAS THE VERY POOR PRESERVATION AND STRONG DE­ FORMATION OF THE FAUNA COLLECTED FROM THESE BEDS. AT AN EARLY STAGE IT BECAME EVIDENT THAT THE FAUNA FROM THE BESKYDY MTS. COULD OBJECTIVELY BE DETERMINED AND EVALUATED ONLY IF COMPARED WITH A SIMILAR BUT NONDEFORMED MATERIAL. I WAS GIVEN OPPORTUNITY TO MAKE SUCH COMPARISONS DURING MY HALF-YEAR RE­ SEARCH TRIP TO THE SOVIET UNION (WINTER SEASONS 1966—1967), ESPECIALLY AT THE STATE UNIVERSITY OF MOSCOW AND PARTLY AT THE STATE UNIVERSITY OF LENINGRAD. BOTH CONTAIN SIGNIFICANT COLLECTIONS OF LOWER CRETACEOUS AMMONITES FROM CRIMEA AND THE CAUCASUS. IN THE LAST CENTURY RICH CEPHALOPOD FAUNAS WERE OBTAINED FROM THE BEDS UNDER INVESTIGATION, I.E. THE TĚŠÍN-HRADIŠTĚ FORMATION IN THE MORAVSKOSLEZSKÉ BESKYDY MTS. SITUATED IN CZECHOSLOVAKIA AND IN PART ON PRESENT-DAY POLISH TERRITORY. THE SPECIMENS COMING FROM THE TWO REGIONS WERE EVALUATED BY V. UHLIG (1883). UNFORTUNATELY, ONLY THE COLLECTION OF VIENNA WAS AVAILABLE TO ME WHEREAS THAT OF MUNICH WAS NOT STUDIED BECAUSE THE SPECIMENS IN IT TEND TO DISINTEGRATE DURING TRANSPORT. IT WAS POSSIBLE TO DETERMINE ONLY ABOUT ONE THIRD OF THE FAUNA COLLECTED BECAUSE OF THE STATE OF PRESERVATION. NEVERTHELESS, A NUMBER OF THE SPECIES HAVE NOT BEEN EXACTLY DETERMINED: SOME ARE CLASSI­ FIED AS CF. AND AFF., OTHERS ARE ASSIGNED MERELY TO A GENUS OR SUBGENUS, AND STILL OTHERS ARE SOMETIMES ACCOMPANIED BY A QUESTION MARK. MY WORK CAN THEREFORE BE REGARDED AS A PARTIAL REVISION OF THE EARLIER KNOWN SPECIES, PARTICULARLY THOSE IDENTIFIED BY V. UHLIG, FOR BIOSTRATIGRAPHICAL PURPOSES. THIS STUDY WAS SUBMITTED AS A DOCTOR-THESIS AT THE CHARLES UNIVERSITY, PRAGUE, IN 1968. THANKS ARE DUE TO MY TUTOR PROF. DR. B. RŮŽIČKA, OF THE MINING UNIVERSITY, OSTRAVA, FOR VALUABLE SUGGESTIONS; ASSOCIATE-PROFESSOR DR. Z. ROTH, OF THE GEOLOGICAL SURVEY, PRAGUE, FOR HIS STIMULATION OF MY WORK, HELPFUL SUGGESTIONS CONCERNING THE SOLUTION OF SOME PROBLEMS, ASSISTANCE IN FIELDWORK, AND THE BENEFIT OF HIS FIELD EXPERIENCE HE GAVE TO ME; AND PROF. DR. Z. ŠPINAR, CHARLES UNIVERSITY, PRAGUE, FOR HIS SUGGESTIONS CONCERNING SYSTEMATIC AND NOMENCLATORICAL QUESTIONS, OUTSIDE THE SCOPE AND EXTENT OF THIS WORK. THE WRITER ALSO OWES A DEBT OF GRATITUDE TO PROF. DR. V. ŠTĚPÁNSKÝ OF THE DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS, MINING UNIVERSITY, WHO AIDED THE WRITER IN FORMULATING CONCLUSIONS OF A MATHEMATICAL NATURE. SPECIAL THANKS ARE DUE TO PROF. K. DITTLER AND ALL COLLABORATORS FOR THEIR HELP IN FIELDWORK, TO DR. S. CHRULEW FOR HIS KINDLY LINGUISTIC REVISION OF THE ENGLISH TEXT AND TO PROF. DR. J. WIEDMANN OF TUBINGEN FOR HIS SUGGESTIONS CONCERNING SOME ENGLISH EXPRESSIONS IN THE TEXT.

IT IS A PLEASURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE THE COOPERATION OF A NUMBER OF FOREIGN SCIENTIFIC WORKERS. THE FOL­ LOWING I WISH PARTICULARLY TO MENTION: PROF. DR. R. SIEBER OF THE GEOLOGISCHE BUNDESANSTALT MUSEUM IN VIENNA, ASSOCIATE-PROFESSOR I. A. MIKHAILOVA AND PROF. V. V. DRUSHCHITS OF MGU IN MOSCOW, N. K. GORN OF LGU, T. N. BOGDANOVA OF VSEGEI IN LENINGRAD, DR. G. MANDOV OF THE UNIVERSITY OF SOFIA, PROF. DR. H. TERMIER OF PARIS, PROF. DR. W. K. BARTHEL OF MUNICH, AND OTHERS. THEIR EXPERIENCE, KIND LENDING OF SOME UNPUBLISHED DATA ON THE SPECIES, AND COMMUNICATIONS CONCERNING THE DEPOSITION AND PRESERVATION OF TYPE SPECIMENS WERE OF GREAT HELP.

7 List of abbreviations

(1) NAMES OF GEOLOGICAL INSTITUTES, UNIVERSITIES, ETC. GP — GEOLOGICKÝ PRŮZKUM, OSTRAVA MGU — MOSKOVSKII GOSUDARSTVENNYI UNIVERSITET, MOSKVA LGU — LENINGRADSKII GOSUDARSTVENNYI UNIVERSITET, LENINGRAD ÚÚG — ÚSTŘEDNÍ ÚSTAV GEOLOGICKÝ, PRAHA (GEOLOGICAL SURVEY, PRAGUE) VŠB — VYSOKÁ ŠKOLA BÁŇSKÁ, OSTRAVA (MINING UNIVERSITY, OSTRAVA) VSEGEI — VSESOYUZNYI GEOLOGICHESKII INSTITUT, LENINGRAD ICZN — INTERNATIONAL CODE OF ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE

(2) NAMES OF LOCALITIES M — MALENOVICE, FRÝDEK-MÍSTEK DISTRICT K — KOZLOVICE-TICHÁ, FRÝDEK-MÍSTEK DISTRICT KN — KUNČICE P. ONDŘEJNÍKEM, FRÝDEK-MÍSTEK DISTRICT KR — KRÁSNÁ, FRÝDEK-MÍSTEK DISTRICT KZ — KOZLOVICE-ŽÁRY, FRÝDEK-MÍSTEK DISTRICT T — TICHÁ, NOVÝ JIČÍN DISTRICT V — VEŘOVICE, NOVÝ JIČÍN DISTRICT

SINCE AT EACH OF THE LOCALITIES MENTIONED ABOVE THERE ARE A NUMBER OF ADDITIONAL LOCALITIES, LYING SOME DISTANCE

APART FROM ONE ANOTHER ABBREVIATIONS SUCH AS W1 BEAR THE CORRESPONDING INDEX NUMBER AS ADDITIONAL IDENTIFICATION, DENOTING THE LOCALITY IN QUESTION. THE EXACT TOPOGRAPHICAL SITUATION OF THE LOCALITIES WILL BE GIVEN ELSEWHERE (Z. VA­

ŠÍČEK 1971). THE NUMBER BEHIND THE OBLIQUE LINE (E. G. M5/438) DESIGNATES THE INVENTORY NUMBER OF THE FOSSIL. Discussion

Previous ammonite studies in the Lower Cretaceous of the Silesian Nappe (Godula Facies)

THE FIRST PALAEONTOLOGIC STUDIES IN THIS AREA WERE CARRIED OUT IN THE LAST CENTURY. THIS PERIOD WAS MARKED BY AN EXTENSIVE MINING OF SEDIMENTARY IRON (PELOSIDERITIC) ORES WHICH ARE MOSTLY RESTRICTED TO THE LOWER CRETACEOUS BEDS. RICH PALAEONTOLOGICAL MATERIAL GAINED DURING THE MINING OPERATIONS WAS FIRST ASSEMBLED BY L. HOHENEGGER AND LATER BY HIS STUDENTS AND COLLABORATORS. SPECIMENS WHICH WERE COLLECTED BY L. HOHENEGGER (1855, 1861) FOR THE FIRST TIME WERE DETERMINED BY HOHENEGGER ALONE, WHO DEVOTED SPECIAL ATTENTION TO THE STRATIGRAPHY. UNFORTUNATELY, HIS PAPERS ARE OF LIMITED VALUE BECAUSE THEY CONTAIN ONLY FAUNAL LISTS FROM SINGLE BEDS WITHOUT DESCRIPTION OR ILLUS­ TRATION. V. UHLIG'S CONTRIBUTION (1882A) SEEMS TO BE SIMILAR IN NATURE TO THE PAPERS WRITTEN BY L. HOHEN­ EGGER. IT IS A PRELIMINARY REPORT ON HIS DETAILED STUDY OF 1883, WITH THE FIRST VALID PALAEONTOLOGICAL DE­ SCRIPTION OF FOSSIL CEPHALOPODS FROM THE SILESIAN CRETACEOUS. UHLIG'S WORK WAS BASED ON HOHENEGGER AND FALLAUX'S COLLECTIONS TOGETHER WITH A LESS ABUNDANT MATERIAL THEN DEPOSITED IN THE COLLECTION OF THE UNIVERSITY OF VIENNA, AND ON THE MATERIAL COLLECTED BY P. RAKUS AND V. UHLIG HIMSELF. V. UHLIG (1883) DESCRIBED ABOUT 120 SPECIMENS OF FOSSIL CEPHALOPODS, MOSTLY AMMONITES, OF WHICH ABOUT 40 SPECIES AND 6 GENERA WERE NEW. IN ADDITION HE DESCRIBED 8 NEW SPECIES UNDER NAMES WHICH HAD BEEN USED INCORRECTLY BY L. HOHENEGGER. TO THE ABOVE SPECIES V. UHLIG ASCRIBED HOHENEGGERS AUTHORSHIP. IT SHOULD ALSO BE EMPHASIZED THAT ONE PART OF THE DESCRIBED MATERIAL MAKING UP ABOUT 20 % IS FROM PRESENT-DAY POLISH TERRITORY AND THE OTHER COMPRISING ESPECIALLY NEWLY DESCRIBED SPECIES IS FROM FRANCE OR SWITZERLAND. MOST OF THESE ARE HOUSED IN PICTET COLLECTION, GENEVA, WHERE V. UHLIG COM­ PARED HIS POORLY PRESERVED MATERIAL WITH CLASSIC SPECIMENS COMING FROM THE MEDITERRANEAN AREA. ACCORDING TO V. UHLIG, THE CEPHALOPODS HE DESCRIBED ARE ASSIGNED TO THE VEŘOVICE BEDS (WERNS- DORFER SCHICHTEN)1 AND CORRESPOND STRATIGRAPHICALLY TO THE BARREMIAN, WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE ABOVE SPECIMENS KNOWN FROM ALPINE REGIONS. A SMALLER PART OF THE MATERIAL EVALUATED BY V. UHLIG IS NOW DEPOSITED IN THE GEOLOGISCHE BUNDES- ANSTALT IN VIENNA, TOTALLING 65 ILLUSTRATED SPECIMENS MOSTLY INCLUDED IN FALLAUX COLLECTION AND A FEW NON-ILLUSTRATED SPECIMENS. A PARTIAL ENUMERATION OF THE MATERIAL DEPOSITED HERE IS GIVEN BY R. SIEBER (1961, 1963). THE REMAINDER OF THE SPECIMENS IS FROM HOHENEGGER COLLECTION NOW INCORPORATED IN THE COLLEC­ TION OF BAYERISCHE STAATSSAMMLUNG FUR PALÁONTOLOGIE AND HISTORISCHE GEOLOGIE IN MUNICH (WRITTEN COM- MUN., K. W. BARTHEL). HOWEVER, THIS COLLECTION IS BELIEVED TO MAKE UP ONLY 80 % OF THE ORIGINAL CONTENT. K. W. BARTHEL ALSO STATES THAT HOHENEGGER COLLECTION COMPRISES ALL HOLOTYPES OR LECTOTYPES AS PUBLISHED BY V. UHLIG, EXCEPT FOR THE SPECIES Lytoceras raricinctum (1883, PI. 5, FIG. 5) AND Crioceras fallauxi (PI. 29, FIG. 1). IT CANNOT YET BE STATED WITH CERTAINTY WHETHER THESE TWO SPECIES MIGHT STILL EXIST OR WERE DE­ STROYED DURING THE WAR. THE ONLY SPECIMEN OF Costidiscus nodosostriatus UHLIG IS PLACED IN THE PALAEONTOLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF THE UNIVERSITY OF VIENNA (WRITTEN COMMUN., H. KOLLMANN). AS MAY ALSO BE DEDUCED FROM V. UHLIG'S ACCOUNT (1883, P. 128), PART OF THE MATERIAL FROM THE WERNSDORFER SCHICHTEN WAS STORED IN BERLIN BUT NOT ACCESSIBLE TO HIM. FOR THIS REASON ATTEMPTS WERE MADE TO ESTABLISH THE PLACE OF ITS DEPOSITION AT THE PRESENT TIME.

1 WERNSDORF = VILLAGE OF VEŘOVICE, NOVÝ JIČÍN DISTRICT

9 H. JAEGER FURNISHED ME WITH PROMISING INFORMATION ON THE DEPOSITION IN THE INSTITUTE OF PALAEONTOLOGY, HUMBOLDT UNIVERSITY, BERLIN. THIS MATERIAL INCLUDES ONLY 7 SPECIMENS NAMED Leptoceras subtile, Sile­ sites vulpes, Puzosia liptoviensis, Barremites psilotatus, AND Parahoplites borovae.2 ANOTHER IMPORTANT CONTRIBUTION TO THE AMMONITE FAUNA FROM THE AREA UNDER INVESTIGATION WAS GIVEN BY V. UHLIG (1902), WHO STUDIED ESPECIALLY CEPHALOPODS FROM THE UPPER TĚŠÍN AND HRADIŠTĚ FORMATIONS AS THEN DEFINED. IN CONTRAST TO CEPHALOPODS FROM THE WERNSDORFER SCHICHTEN, THESE SEEM TO BE IN MOST CASES OLDER AND RANGE FROM THE VALANGINIAN TO THE HAUTERIVIAN.

1. DIAGRAM SHOWING GEOLOGY OF THE AREA AND LOCATION OF MAIN LOCALITIES / — SUBSILESIAN UNIT; 2 — SILESIAN UNIT — BAŠKA DEVEL­ m OPMENT; 3—7 — SILESIAN UNIT—GODULA DEVELOPMENT: 3 — TĚŠÍN-HRADIŠTĚ FORMA­ TION, 4 — VEŘOVICE FORMA­ TION; 5 — LHOTY FORMATION; 6 — GODULA GROUP; 7 — IGNEOUS ROCKS OF TESCHENITE L FORMATION; 8—TECTONIC LINES. 6 LOCALITIES: V — VEŘOVICE, T — TICHÁ, K — KOZLOVICE- TICHÁ, KZ — KOZLOVICE, KN — KUNČICE P. O., AF — MALE- 10 km NOVICE, KR — KRÁSNÁ

IN 1902 A. LIEBUS AND V. UHLIG WROTE A SHORT PAPER DEALING WITH THE INOCERAMS AND SOME AM­ MONITES, GIVING A GREAT DEAL OF ATTENTION TO THE SPECIES Acanthohoplites bigoureti FROM THE LHOTY FORMATION AS THE PARTICULARLY SIGNIFICANT SPECIES FOUND IN THE LOWER CRETACEOUS. IN THE MORAVSKOSLEZSKÉ BESKYDY MTS. PALAEONTOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS STOPPED BECAUSE OF CON- TINUOS DECLINE AND ULTIMATE HALTING OF MINING OPERATIONS OF THE PELOSIDERITIC ORES BEFORE WORLD WAR I, PROBABLY IN 1905 (Z. ROTH - A. MATĚJKA 1953). VIRTUALLY NO ORIGINAL PALAEONTOLOGICAL WORK WAS CARRIED OUT IN THE BESKYDY MTS. ON CZECHOSLOVAKIAN TERRITORY BETWEEN WORLD WARS I AND II. NEVERTHELESS, A NOTEWORTHY PAPER WAS WRITTEN BY D. ANDRU- SOV (1937), WHO REDETERMINED AND REVALUATED ALL PUBLISHED PALAEONTOLOGICAL MATERIAL KNOWN FROM THE BESKYDY MTS. WITH THE USE OF ALL INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO THAT DATE. A GREAT BURST OF GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION IN THE CZECHOSLOVAKIAN BESKYDY MTS. BEGAN AFTER WORLD WAR II, DUE CHIEFLY TO SEARCH FOR RAW MATERIALS CARRIED OUT IN CONJUNCTION WITH BASIC GEOLOGICAL MAPPING. COAL, BITUMEN AND GAS WERE LOOKED FOR BY USING LARGE DRILL RIGS PENETRATING TO A DEPTH OF SOME HUNDRED METRES. BUT THE GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION CARRIED ON INTENSIVELY OVER A PERIOD OF ABOUT 20 YEARS FURNISHED LITTLE MACROPALAEONTOLOGIC MATERIAL FROM THE LOWER CRETACEOUS OF THE SILESIAN NAPPE IN THE GODULA FACIES. IN FACT, ONLY TWO PAPERS CONCERNED THEMSELVES WITH A POOR MACROPALAEONTOLOGICAL MATERIAL FROM THE LOWER CRETACEOUS. THESE WERE WRITTEN BY Z. ROTH AND A. MATĚJKA (1953) AND H. ELIÁŠOVÁ (1962). BY CHANCE BOTH PAPERS PAY ATTENTION TO SPECIMENS COMING FROM ABANDONED SPOIL HEAPS, THE RELICS OF MINING OF PELOSIDERITIC ORES IN THE TĚŠÍN-HRADIŠTĚ FORMATION IN THE WESTERN PART OF THE SILESIAN

2 IMMEDIATELY BEFORE SUBMITTANCE OF MY WORK TO PRINT I WAS REFERRED BY Z. ROTH TO SOME SPECIMENS COMING FROM UHLIG COLLECTION. THESE ARE HOUSED IN THE GEOLOGICAL SURVEY, PRAGUE, AS SPECIMENS THAT WERE NOT ILLUSTRATED BY V. UHLIG AND ARE NOT SHOWN IN PICTURES OR PLATES OF THIS PAPER BECAUSE OF LACK OF TIME.

10 NAPPE IN THE MORAVSKOSLEZSKÉ BESKYDY MTS. THESE AUTHORS ALSO STATE THAT NO COMPARABLE FAUNA HAS BEEN FOUND ELSEWHERE. THE AMMONITES SUGGEST A BARREMIAN/APTIAN AGE OF THE TĚŠÍN-HRADIŠTĚ FOR­ MATION. ACCORDING TO J. FOLDYNA AND J. ŠUF (1964), A REMARKABLE FAUNA OCCURS IN PEBBLES AND CLAY GALLS OF GREY-BLACK PELITES OF A MARLY NATURE WHICH OCCUR IN A FOSSIL SCOUR IN THE OSTRAVICE SANDSTONE (MAZÁK QUARRY) NEAR THE OSTRAVICE TOWN. THESE PELITES APPARENTLY BELONG TO THE TĚŠÍN-HRADIŠTĚ FORMATION. THE STRATIGRAPHICALLY VALUABLE LID OF AN APTYCHUS FOUND HAS BEEN DETERMINED AS Lamellaptychus didayi (COQUAND), BUT I REGARD IT MORE LIKELY AS BELONGING TO THE "SPECIES" Lamellaptachus angulocostatus (PE­ TERS) KNOWN ESPECIALLY FROM THE VALANGINIAN AND HAUTERIVIAN. IT IS ASSUMED THAT THE DETERMINATION OF SUCH SMALL AMMONITES AS Salfeldiella (Phylloceras) CF. guettardi (RASPAIL) IS DUBIOUS BECAUSE THEY FORM STEINKERNS AND HAVE NO CONSTRICTIONS OF JUVENILE SPECIMENS. IN 1966 A. JURKOVÁ OF THE GEOLOGICAL SURVEYING, OSTRAVA, TURNED OVER ME FOR STUDY SPECIMENS FROM A DEPTH OF 334 METRES IN THE BOREHOLE NP-539 TROJANOVICE FROM THE TĚŠÍN-HRADIŠTĚ FORMATION. THIS WAS AN UNDETERMINABLE REMAIN OF AN AMMONITE. RECENTLY I HAVE ALSO OBTAINED 3 INCOMPLETE BUT DETERMINABLE SPECIMENS OF AMMONITES COMING FROM THAT FORMATION AT A DEPTH OF 206.5 METRES (UPPER BARREMIAN) STRUCK BY BOREHOLE NP-532 AT KUNČICE POD ONDŘEJNÍKEM. THESE SPECIES ARE Partschiceras infundibulum (D'ORBIGNY), Costidiscus recticostatus (D'ORBIGNY) AND Hamulina SP. IT MAY BE CONCLUDED THAT SINCE MINING OF THE PELOSIDERITIC ORES WERE ULTIMATELY HALTED IN THE EARLY YEARS OF THIS CENTURY NEW MACROFAUNAL MATERIAL HAS RARELY BEEN COLLECTED FROM THE ENTIRE LOWER CRETA­ CEOUS OF THE SILESIAN NAPPE OF THE MORAVSKOSLEZSKÉ BESKYDY MTS. (EXCEPT THE ŠTRAMBERK AREA). GE­ NERALLY SPEAKING, OF ALL THE LOWER CRETACEOUS BEDS OF THE SILESIAN NAPPE, THE TĚŠÍN-HRADIŠTĚ FORMA­ TION (AS DEFINED BY A. MATĚJKA AND Z. ROTH 1954) INCLUDING ALSO THE LOWER PART OF HOHENEGGER'S AND UHLIG'S "WERNSDORFER SCHICHTEN" IS THE ONLY FORMATION TO HAVE YIELDED AN ABUNDANT MACROFAUNA. FOR A SURVEY OF PALAEONTOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS CARRIED OUT IN THE CRETACEOUS OF MORAVIA UP TO 1964, AND THEIR EVALUATION, ETC. THE READER IS REFERRED TO SUMMARIZING PAPERS BY D. ANDRUSOV (1959), Z. ROTH ET AL. (1962A,B), Z. ROTH AND E. HANZLÍKOVÁ IN T. BUDAY ET AL. (1967).

Origin and mode of preservation of material

MOST OF THE EVALUATED MATERIAL WAS COLLECTED BY THE AUTHOR FROM ABANDONED SPOIL HEAPS ORIGINATING FROM MINING OF PELOSIDERITIC IRON ORES AND FROM OUTCROPS OF THE TĚŠÍN-HRADIŠTĚ FORMATION IN THE WESTERN PART OF THE SILESIAN NAPPE, MORAVSKOSLEZSKÉ BESKYDY MTS. A SMALLER PART OF IT WAS COLLECTED BY CHANCE FROM THIS AREA IN 1962 BY J. FOLDYNA, WHO KINDLY HANDED IT OVER TO ME FOR STUDY. A GEOLOGIC SKETCH AND THE BASIC TOPOGRAPHICAL SITUATION ARE SHOWN IN TEXT.-FIG. 1. A DETAILED SURVEY OF THE AMMONITE SPECIES FOUND, AN ENUMERATION OF THE ACCOMPANYING FAUNA TOGETHER WITH PRECISE TOPOGRAPHICAL SITUATION AND AN EXPLANATION OF SYMBOLS USED FOR THE LOCALITIES ARE GIVEN ELSEWHERE (Z. VAŠÍČEK 1971). THE PUBLISHED PART OF THE COLLECTION AND DOCUMENTATION CONCERNING THE STRATIGRAPHY HAVE BEEN PLACED IN THE GEOLOGIC AND PALAEONTOLOGIC COLLECTION, GEOLOGICAL SURVEY, PRAGUE; THE REMAINING PART IS DEPOSITED IN THE COLLECTION AT THE DEPT. OF GEOLOGY AND PALAEONTOLOGY, MINING UNIVERSITY, OSTRAVA. SPECIMENS FROM THE TĚŠÍN-HRADIŠTĚ FORMATION ORIGINATE ALMOST ENTIRELY FROM THE DARK GREY, NONCALCAREOUS OR VARIOUSLY CALCAREOUS, FISSILE CLAYSTONE OR FROM THE GREY, OFTEN SILTY, POORLY-FISSILE MARLSTONE. BOTH ROCK TYPES YIELDED FAUNA WITH PREDOMINANTLY ORIGINAL SHELLS WHICH ARE MORE OR LESS SURROUNDED BY THE ABOVE DARK GREY PELITES. THE FINE-GRAINED PELITES MADE IT POSSIBLE TO OBSERVE EVEN THE FINEST DE­ TAILS ON THE SCULPTURE OF THE SHELLS, PARTICULARLY ON THEIR FLANKS. IN A FEW CASES A LIGHT BROWN COLOURING OF THE SHELL CAN BE OBSERVED. MINERALOGICALLY, ORIGINAL SHELLS OF THE AMMONITES RECRYSTALLIZED TO CALCITE WITH AN INCREASED MAGNE­

SIUM CONTENT MAKING UP TO 6 °0, AS IS DOCUMENTED BY X-RAY ANALYSES OF SOME SHELLS PERFORMED AND EVA­ LUATED BY J. POLIČKY, DEPARTMENT OF MINERALOGY, MINING UNIVERSITY. THE RESULT OF THESE ANALYSES IS SUPPLEMENTED BY TWO STATEMENTS. ONE WAS GIVEN BY V. UHLIG (1883, P. 165), WHO STATES THAT ORIGINAL SHELLS ARE ALTERED TO "BRAUNSPATH", A CARBONATE WITH ISOMORPHIC RE-

11 PLACEMENT OF MG, MN AND FE, CLOSELY RELATED TO ANKERITE. THE OTHER WAS GIVEN BY Z. ROTH AND A. MA­ TĚJKA (1953, P. 56) ASSERTING THAT THE ORIGINAL SHELLS WERE METASOMATICALLY ALTERED TO SIDERITE, WITH RE­ FERENCE TO V. UHLIG (1883). AMMONITES FORM INTACT SHELLS OR STEINKERNS AND EXTERNAL MOULDS. IN A FEW SPECIMENS PYRITIC, SOME­ TIMES LIMONITIZED STEINKERNS OCCURRED ESPECIALLY ON JUVENILE WHORLS AFTER THE SHELL HAS FALLEN AWAY, WITH RARELY PRESERVED INCOMPLETE REMAINS OF SUTURE LINES. IN GENERAL, HOWEVER, THE SHELLS SHOW A VERY POOR STATE OF PRESERVATION. THIS UNFAVOURABLE PRESERVATION HAS BEEN DUE TO A NUMBER OF FACTORS. EVEN DURING TRANSPORT AND SEDIMENTATION THE SHELLS OF AMMONITES BURST, AS IS DOCUMENTED BY NUMEROUS FRAGMENTARY REMAINS. IT IS PROBABLE THAT MOST OF THE SHELLS WERE BURIED IMPERFECTLY OR INCOMPLETELY BY THE SEDIMENTS; THIS IS SUPPORTED BY THE FACT THAT ONLY ONE-HALF OF THE AMMONITE SHELLS — THEIR LOWER SIDE WHICH SANK IN THE SEDIMENT — IS NOW PRESERVED. THE EXPOSED REMAINDER OF THE SHELL AND USUALLY ALSO SEPTA WERE DISSOLVED, AS WELL AS IN MANY CASES THE VENTRAL PART OF THIN-WALLED SHELLS ON THE SIDE WHICH SANK IN THE SUBSTRATUM.

ACCORDING TO R. KIIHNEL OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PETROGRAPHY, MINING UNIVERSITY (ORAL COMMUN.), THE DISSOLUTION MAY BE CAUSED BY LOCALLY INCREASED PARTIAL PRESSURE OF CARBON DIOXIDE IN WATER ENCIRCLING THE SHELL. THE INCREASED CONTENT OF CARBON DIOXIDE IS BROUGHT ABOUT BY THE DECAY OF BOTH ANIMAL AND OTHER ORGANIC COMPONENTS IN THE SHELL. IT IS PROBABLE THAT SMALL SHELLS WERE THEREFORE COMPLETELY DIS­ SOLVED. LATER, YET STILL IN THE EARLY DIAGENETIC PHASE, DEFORMATION AND CRUSHING OR BURSTING OCCURRED, DUE TO PROPERTIES OF THE CLAY MINERALS SURROUNDING THE FOSSILS. A. H. MÚLLER (1963) STATED THAT DEFORMATION AND CRUSHING TENDENCY WERE DUE TO THE FACT THAT CLAY MINERALS OF THE MONTMORILLONITE GROUP LOSE THE CONFINED WATER WITH AN INCREASING THICKNESS OF THE BEDS AND THEREBY DECREASE CONSIDERABLY IN VOLUME. SUCH PRESSURE OR TENSION IS MUCH HIGHER THAN THE MECHANICAL STRENGTH OF THE AMMONITE SHELLS. SINCE PELITIC ROCKS OF THE TĚŠÍN-HRADIŠTĚ FORMATION CONTAIN SUCH CLAY MINERALS AS MONTMORILLONITE, ILLITE AND KAOLINITE (Z. ROTH ET AL., 1962B, P. ILL AND X-RAY ANALYSIS BY J. POLIČKY), A. H. MIILLER'S CONCLUSIONS CAN BE ADOPTED TO EXPLAIN DEFORMATION OF THE AMMONITES COMING FROM THE BESKYDY MTS. IT IS STATED, FOR SAKE OF COMPLETENESS, THAT THE ONLY NON-DEFORMED SHELL IN MY POSSESSION WAS FOUND IN SANDSTONE, WHEREAS THE REMAINDER OF THE SHELLS COLLECTED FROM THE CLAYSTONE AT THAT LOCALITY ARE DEFORMED AND FRACTURED. THE PRESSURE PRODUCED BY THE ABOVE CIRCUMSTANCES CAUSED THEREFORE THE LATERAL SHELL-WALLS TO BE­ COME CRUSHED AND FRACTURED, THE PLANE OF COILING SHOWING NO REMARKABLE DEFORMATION. THIS PRESSURE THEREFORE ACTED APPROXIMATELY PERPENDICULAR TO THE BEDDING PLANES AND THEREFORE ALSO TO LATERAL SHELL WALLS THAT WERE ORIENTED PARALLEL TO THE BEDDING PLANES. IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE PRESSURE, A LATERAL PRESSURE ACTED AT THE SAME TIME AT ABOUT A LEVEL PARALLEL TO THE BEDDING PLANES. THIS PRESSURE ELONGATED SHELLS IN THE DIRECTION PERPENDICULAR TO IT BUT SHORTENED THEM IN THE DIRECTION PARALLEL TO IT. IN THIS CASE THE AXIS OF COILING IS SO DEFORMED THAT EVEN THE AXES OF MAXIMUM ELONGATION AND SHORTENING CAN CLEARLY BE DISTINGUISHED. THE STATE OF PRESERVATION WAS ALSO INFLUENCED, ALTHOUGH TO A LESSER EXTENT, BY JOINTING, CLEAVAGE AND SHEARING OF THE PELITES; THIS WAS IN LARGE PART THE RESULT OF TECTONIC PROCESSES THAT AFFECTED THE SILESIAN NAPPE OF THE MORAVSKOSLEZSKÉ BESKYDY MTS. FINALLY, THE STATE OF PRESERVATION WAS ALSO MARKEDLY INFLUENCED BY WEATHERING PROCESSES ACTING PREFERENTIALLY ON SPOIL HEAPS. TO PRESERVE COLLECTED SHELLS, IT WAS NECESSARY TO DRY-CURE THEM IMMEDIATELY IN THE FIELD, AS SUGGESTED BY B. RŮŽIČKA. THESE SHELLS WERE PRESERVED BY COATING WITH NITROLACQUER AND MOUNTING THEM ON A COPYING PAPER. SUMMARIZING, ONLY SCULPTURE IS FAVOURABLY PRESERVED IN THE MATERIAL UNDER STUDY. ALMOST IN­ VARIABLY AMMONITE SHELLS ARE DEFORMED, CRUSHED AND IMPERFECTLY PRESERVED TO SUCH AN EXTENT THAT IT IS IMPOSSIBLE TO STUDY WHORL SECTIONS AND, WITH ONLY A FEW EXCEPTIONS, SUTURE LINES. THE SAME MAY BE SAID OF THE MATERIAL HANDED OVER TO ME FOR STUDY BY THE GEOLOGICAL SURVEY, PRAGUE, WHICH HAS BEEN ALREADY PUBLISHED BY Z. ROTH AND A. MATĚJKA (1953) AND H. ELIÁŠOVÁ (1962); AND OF THAT PART OF THE MATERIAL FROM THE BESKYDY MTS. WHICH IS DEPOSITED IN THE GEOLOGISCHE BUNDES- ANSTALT, VIENNA AND WHICH WAS AVAILABLE TO ME DURING MY VISIT TO R. SIEBER.

12 Evaluation of material

The two principal ways in which I have chosen to evaluate the individual species are that of classic description and the biometrical method. The quality and extent of descriptions commonly found in palaeontological literature correspond to the degree and state of preservation. In most cases the author's descriptions are restricted merely to the sculpture of the shell, and only rarely are they extended by such morphological features as the whorl section and suture line. Unless otherwise specified, only shells coming from the Hi author's collection are described. In the Chapter on biometry, the present author has attempted to extend values measured on his material with data gained by measuring all available type or t at least typical non-deformed material; failing this he used some Co reliable data in the literature. r J Catalogue numbers probably used by V. Uhlig to designate the specimens are given in the corresponding paragraph for specimens serving as holotypes or lectotypes from the collection

2. DIMENSIONS MEASURED ON REGULARLY of Vienna that were evaluated by V. UHLIG (1883). DEVELOPED SHELLS The names of the localities such as villages, which were used by V. UHLIG (1883) in German, are here given in Czech or Polish, in agreement with present-day usage of modern authors from both territories. In the latter case the names are after S. KRAJEWSKI and J. URBANIAK (1964). Biometric studies were started by examining shell ribbing and by measuring shell sizes. As far as ribbing is concerned, it was deemed inexpedient to express shell ribbing by the "ribbing index" giving the number of the ribs over a relatively small whorl section because it shows some variation in deformation effects especially seen in height. The use of the "ribbing index" was recommended by J. FRADIN 1949, R. DAVID-HENRIET 1962, Y. ALMERAS 1963, etc. To exclude influence even of locally occurring deformation to the greatest possible degree, I counted the number of ribs on the entire whorl or, where impossible, on at least one-half of the whorl. In hamulinicone shells I counted the number of ribs occurring in the space occupied by a 2 cm length of shell arm (in small shells, 1 cm-long arm), which usually begins 1 cm away from the inner peri­ phery of the flexus (bend). Whilst measuring sizes, I paid special attention to these factors which are characteristic of the shell (see text-fig. 2):

HJ = HEIGHT OF THE LAST WHORL MEASURED ON ITS YOUNGER PART (IN DESCRIPTIONS OF THE SPECIES REFERRED TO AS H)

H2 = HEIGHT OF THE LAST WHORL OF THE SAME DIAMETER AS BUT MEASURED ON ITS OLDER PART 3. DIMENSIONS MEASURED ON U = BREADTH OF UMBILICUS, OCCUPYING LAST WHORL HAMULINICONE SHELLS

D = DIAMETER OF SHELL (D = HX -Í- U 4- H,) B = BREADTH OF WHORL

It was rarely possible to measure the breadth of a whorl (B) because of its poor state of preservation;

the height of a whorl H2 was measured in order to check measurements made on the diameter D. Some

diameters D, heights of whorls Hy -R H2, and breadths of umbilici U were measured on each shell. The following sizes were measured in hamulinicone shells or other aberrant shells having a hook-

shaped shell (text-fig. 3): preserved length of arms LP and LR, height of the shell in flexus (bend)

(HO), height of the shell 1 cm above inner periphery of arms HP (proversum) and HR (retroversum) and distance between arms O, the angle a included by arms or the angle included by growing proversum ft. The terms proversum, retroversum and flexus (bend) are shown in text-fig. 12.

13 AS IS KNOWN FROM PREVIOUS PAPERS BY E. D. CURRIE (1942, 1943, 1949), I. OBATA (1959, 1965), J. PERRIN AND N. THEOBALD (1961), R. DAVID-HENRIET (1962), Y. ALMERAS (1963), VALUES OF THE H/D, U/D AND B/D RATIOS ARE ALMOST CONSTANT FOR INDIVIDUAL GROWTH STAGES OF THE SAME SPECIES. IN CONTRAST, THE RESULTS OF MY MEASUREMENTS ON THE SAME SHELL SHOWING DIFFERENT DIAMETERS ARE SO VARIABLE THAT BIOMETRIC EVALUATION OF SPECIES BECAME SENSELESS. MEASUREMENTS OF THE SPECIES Partschiceras infundibu- lum ON P. 18 MAY SERVE AS AN EXAMPLE. A GREAT DEAL OF DIFFERENCE AND VARIATION IN THE DIMENSIONS OF THE DEFORMED SHELLS MADE ME ATTEMPT TO INVESTIGATE EFFECTS OF DEFORMATION ON SHELL SHAPE. SUCH DEFORMATIONS COULD HAVE BEEN DETERMINED ONLY BY STUDYING SIMILAR BUT NON-DEFORMED MATERIAL, BY EVALUATING POSSIBLE DEVIATIONS CAUSED BY MEASURING TECHNIQUES, AND BY PAYING ATTENTION TO CERTAIN DIFFER­ ENCES IN THE DEGREE OF SHELL PRESERVATION. D'

Measurements on non-deformed shells

NON-DEFORMED SHELLS NOT IN MY POSSESSION WERE EXAMINED DURING MY RESEARCH-STAY AT THE LOMONOSOV 4. MEASUREMENTS OF APPARENT DIAMETER D' MADE UNIVERSITY IN MOSCOW. PARTICULAR ATTENTION WAS GIVEN BY MEANS OF A CALIPER (INCORRECT ORIENTATION) TO THE COLLECTIONS OF LOWER CRETACEOUS AMMONITES, WHICH WERE ASSEMBLED BY V. V. DRUSHCHITS AND I. A. MIKHAILOVA. APART FROM WELL-KNOWN REGULARITIES IN THE CONSTANT VALUE OF THE H/D, U/D AND B/D RATIO, IT WAS FOUND THAT THERE MAY EXIST THREE SOURCES OF CERTAIN DEVIATIONS FROM CONSTANT VALUES. THE TWO FIRST REGULARITIES APPEAR COMMONLY, WHEREAS THE LAST IS MORE SPORADIC.

(1) ORIENTATION OF CALIPER WHEN MEASURING COILING. THE SHELL DIAMETER D CAN BE MEASURED WITH THE USE OF A CALIPER IN TWO WAYS. IT IS EITHER PLACED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO THE SPIRAL PLANE AND THUS TO THE PLANE OF SYMMETRY (AS IS SHOWN, E.G., BY R. CASEY 1960, TEXT-FIG. A), OR IS SET THROUGH THE SPIRAL PLANE (AS IS SHOWN DIAGRAMMATICALLY IN TEXT-FIG. 4). OF THESE WAYS, THE FORMER IS THE SOLE METHOD OF DETERMINING STRICTLY TRUE VALUES, WHEREAS THE LATTER DOES NOT PERMIT ACCURATE MEASUREMENTS. IN THE LATTER CASE, CALIPER ARMS ATTACHED TO THE SHELL IN THE SPIRAL PLANE REPRESENT PARALLEL PAIRED TANGENTS TO THE CURVE AND THUS TO THE SPIRAL PLANE OF THE SHELL, WHICH IS A LOGARITHMIC SPIRAL IN THE AMMONITES. THE TANGENT TO THE SPIRAL INCLUDES WITH THE CONNECTING LINE R AN ANGLE a LESS THAN 90° BETWEEN THE TANGENT POINT OF THE CURVE AND THE ORIGIN OF THE SPIRAL (RADIUS). THE CONNECTING LINE BETWEEN TANGENT POINTS OF TWO ARBITRARILY CHOSEN PARALLEL TANGENT POINTS, WHICH WAS PROVED BY Z. VAŠÍČEK (1967) TO PASS THROUGH THE ORIGIN OF THE SPIRAL, IS A DIAMETER OF THE SHELL. WHAT WE ARE ACTUALLY DEALING WITH ARE NOT MEASUREMENTS OF THE TRUE DIAMETER OF THE SHELL BUT OF THE PER­ PENDICULAR DISTANCE BETWEEN TWO TANGENT LINES DRAWN PARALLEL TO THE CALIPER ARMS, AS CAN BE SEEN FROM TEXT-FIG. 4. HENCE THE DISTANCE IS SMALLER THAN THE TRUE DIAMETER OF THE SHELL.

THE MAGNITUDE OF MEASURING ERROR OF THE DIAMETER D EQUALS THE MAGNITUDE OF THE ANGLE A INCLUDED BETWEEN THE RADIUS AND TANGENT LINE. ACCORDING TO SOME DATA (I. OBATA 1960) AND MY OWN UNPUBLISHED RESULTS, THE ANGLE a MOST OFTEN RANGES FROM 79 TO 85° IN CRETACEOUS AMMONITES. USING A DETAIL IN TEXT-FIG. 4, THE DIFFERENCE x BETWEEN THE TRUE DIAMETER D AND THE APPARENT DIAMETER D' IS GIVEN BY _ D' a < 90° x = D — D' D = —, SIN A < 1 Í x > 0 SIN a x = —? D' = D' (-^I 1) = D' SIN A SIN A

C 14 FROM THIS CALCULATION IT CAN BE INFERRED THAT (A) THE SMALLER THE ANGLE A, THE LARGER THE MEASURING ERROR, (B) THE ERROR BECOMES LARGER WITH INCREASING SHELL-DIAMETER. EXAMPLE: IF THE APPARENT DIAMETER D' = 20 MM AND SIN a = 0.98 (a = 79°), THEN THE TRUE DIA­ METER D = 20.41 MM; IF D' = 60 MM, THE TRUE DIAMETER D = 61.23 MM. SINCE APPARENT D' ATTAINS A LOWER VALUE THAN TRUE D, THEN THE RATIOS H/D', U/D', AND B/D' ARE A LITTLE HIGHER THAN H/D, U/D AND B/D.

(2) DIFFERENCES IN THE VALUES OBTAINED BY MEASURING SPECIMENS WITH ORIGINAL SHELL PRESERVATION AND STEINKERNS. THESE DIFFERENCES CAN BEST BE ILLUSTRATED BY A GENERALLY VALID EXAMPLE WHERE IT IS TRUE FOR THE INDIVIDUAL SHELL SIZES THAT;

(A) HEIGHT OF THE WHORL (HX AND H2) IN ONE AND THE SAME SPECIMEN IS TWICE AS GREAT AS SHELL-WALL THICK­ NESS IN A SPECIMEN HAVING ORIGINAL SHELL THAN IN THE CASE OF ITS STEINKERN, (B) BREADTH OF THE WHORL (B) IS TWICE AS GREAT AS SHELL-WALL THICKNESS IN A SPECIMEN HAVING ORIGINAL SHELL THAN IN ITS STEINKERN, (C) BREADTH OF THE UMBILICUS (U) IN A SPECIMEN WITH ITS ORIGINAL SHELL IS HALF AS GREAT AS SHELL-WALL THICKNESS, (D) DIAMETER OF THE SHELL (D) IN A SPECIMEN WITH ITS ORIGINAL SHELL IS GREATER BY THE WALL-THICKNESS ON BOTH ENDS OF THE DIAMETER TO BE MEASURED. THE MAGNITUDE OF DIFFERENCES IS IN PROPORTION TO SHELL-WALL THICKNESS. IT CAN BE STATED THAT THE GREATER THE SHELL-WALL THICKNESS, THE GREATER THE DIFFERENCES BETWEEN VALUES OBTAINED FROM MEASURING STEINKERNS AND FROM SPECIMENS WITH ORIGINAL SHELLS. IF THE SHELL-WALL THICKNESS IS 0.4 MM, THE VALUES MEASURED (IN MM.) AND COMPUTED DIFFER AS SHOWN GRAPHICALLY IN TABLE 1.

TABLE 1

COMPARISON TABLE SHOWING VALUES OBTAINED BY MEASURING SPECIMENS WITH AND WITHOUT ORIGINAL SHELL

SPECIMEN WITHOUT VALUES MEASURED SPECIMEN WITH ORIGINAL SHELL AND COMPUTED ORIGINAL SHELL (STEINKERN)

H, 20 MM 19.2 MM

H2 15 MM 14.2* MM

U 25 MM 25.8 MM

B 10 MM 9.2 MM

D 60 MM 59.2 MM

HWD 0.333 0.324

B/D 0.166 0.155

U/D 0.417 0.436

* WALL THICKNESS OF H2 IS NEGLIGIBLY SMALLER THAN THAT OF

THE RELATIVELY GREAT DIFFERENCE IN VALUES BETWEEN THE RATIOS HX/D AND B/D IS DUE TO THE HIGHER VALUES OF U (THE NUMERATOR) AND THE LOWER ONES OF D (THE DENOMINATOR) IN THE STEINKERNS. ON THE OTHER HAND, BOTH NUMERATOR AND DENOMINATOR DECREASE IN VALUES FOR THE FRACTIONS HI/D AND B/D. THERE ARE A NUMBER OF INTERMEDIATE VALUES BETWEEN THESE TWO EXTREMES. THESE VALUES ARE IN­ FLUENCED BY THE ORIGINAL SHELL BEING DISSOLVED TO VARYING EXTENTS OR BY BEING BROKEN AWAY ONLY ON ITS OUTER SIDE.

15 IT WAS ALSO OBSERVED THAT THE ORIGINAL SHELL WALLS OF LARGER DIAMETER BROKE AWAY MORE READILY. CONSEQUENTLY, THE LARGER SHELLS ARE MEASURED AS STEINKERNS AND THE SMALLER ONES ARE MEASURED INCLUDING ALSO THE ORIGINAL SHELL. DISREGARD OF THIS FACT WOULD LEAD TO THE ASSUMPTION THAT THE VALUES H/D, U/D AND B/D WHICH VARY WITH INCREASING DIAMETER ARE DUE, E. G., TO GROWTH VARIABILITY. IN ORDER TO COMPARE EXACTLY THE VALUES THUS OBTAINED, IT IS ALWAYS NECESSARY TO SPECIFY THE DEGREE OF PRESERVATION OF THE MATERIAL TO BE TESTED.

5. A SYSTEM OF FRACTURES ON THE SHELL 6. A SYSTEM OF FRACTURES ON THE IDENTIFIED AS Cheloniceras SP. IND. SHELL OF Partschiceras bontshevi (MANOLOV)

(3) INFLUENCE OF SCULPTURE ON MEASUREMENTS. DIFFICULTIES ARE ENCOUNTERED IN ACCURATE MEASUREMENTS OF STRONGLY RIBBED SHELLS. THE SCULPTURE AFFECTS THE MEASUREMENT OF EVERY SPECIMEN TO A VARIOUS DEGREE BECAUSE IT IS NOT POSSIBLE, IN MOST CASES, TO MEASURE BOTH ENDS OF AN IDENTICAL DIAMETER, EITHER ON RIBS OR BETWEEN THEM. GENERALLY SPEAKING, THE LARGER THE RIBS, THE GREATER THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN VALUES OBTAINED BY MEASURING POINTS ON THE RIBS AND THE SPACES BETWEEN THEM. H/D AND B/D BECOME GREATER BUT U/D LOWER IF MEASURED BETWEEN THE RIBS THAN ON THEM; THIS AGREES WITH MEASUREMENTS CARRIED OUT ON THE ORIGINAL SHELLS AND STEINKERNS.

Measurements on deformed shells

HAVING DEALT WITH THE POSSIBLE CAUSES OF INACCURATE MEASUREMENTS OF NON-DEFORMED SHELLS, ATTENTION IS NOW GIVEN TO THE DEFORMED MATERIAL. AS ALREADY STATED ABOVE, DEFORMATION IS DUE TO PRESSURE ACTING IN ONLY ONE DIRECTION (THE SO-CALLED OVERHEAD PRESSURE) OR IN TWO DIRECTIONS, APPROXIMATELY AT RIGHT ANGLES TO EACH OTHER.

(1) DEFORMATION DUE TO OVERHEAD PRESSURE. SHELL WALLS ARE EXPOSED TO THE STRONGEST OVERHEAD PRESSURE, WHICH IS DIRECTED PERPENDICULAR TO THE BEDDING PLANES. UNDER SUCH PRESSURE THE SPIRAL LINE IS NOT CONSPICUOUSLY DEFORMED. IN MOST CASES THE PRESSURE WAS GREATER THAN THE WHORLS WERE ABLE TO WIDTHSTAND AND THESE THEREFORE FRACTURED AND CRACKED. A DIRECTED PRESSURE ACTED FOR A LONG TIME AS THE TENSION INCREASED GRADUALLY. PRESSURE EFFECTS ASSOCIATED WITH SHELL FRACTURES PRODUCED FLATTENING OF THE SPIRAL DIAMETER ALONG THE BEDDING PLANES. BURST AND FRACTURE EFFECTS DISPLAY CERTAIN REGULARITIES IN THEIR ARRANGEMENT FORMING CRACKS IN THE SHELLS, AS IS APPARENT FROM TEXT-FIGS. 5 AND 6.

16 (A) SPIRAL FRACTURES RUNNING ROUGHLY PARALLEL TO THE PLANE OF COILING. IN SEMI-INVOLUTE AND INVOLUTE SHELLS THESE FRACTURES USUALLY OCCUR NEAR THE OUTER SIDE OF THE PRECEDING WHORL. (B) RADIAL FRACTURES DIRECTED ROUGHLY TO THE CENTRE OF THE PLANE OF COILING. THEIR FREQUENCY IS SOMETIMES DUE TO THE PRESENCE OR ABSENCE OF RADIAL RIBS, AND ARE USUALLY CONFINED TO INTER-RIB SPACES. (C) TRANSVERSE FRACTURES RUNNING OBLIQUELY TO THE TWO PRECEDING DIRECTIONS WITH NO APPARENT RELATION TO SHELL SHAPE. UNLIKE THE TWO PRECEDING, THESE FRACTURES HAVE BEEN HEALED BY A LIGHTER COLOURED CALCITE FILLINGAN D CAN BE RECOGNIZED ONLY AFTER FULL PREPARATION. WHEREAS THE SPIRAL AND RADIAL FRACTURES APPARENTLY ORIGINATED DURING DIAGENESIS OF THE ROCKS, TRANSVERSE FRACTURES SEEM TO RUN PARALLEL TO FRACTURES IN THE ROCK MATRIX CONTAINING THE AMMONITE IN QUESTION. ALTHOUGH MY ASSUMP­ TION CANNOT AS YET BE CONFIRMED IN GREATER DETAIL, I BELIEVE THAT AT LEAST PART OF THESE TRANSVERSE FRACTURES RESULTS FROM TECTONICS. MEASUREMENTS HAVE REVEALED THAT CHANGES OF THE PRINCIPAL DIMENSIONS (H, B, U, D) FOR FLATTENED DEFORMED SHELLS ARE THE FOLLOWING.

(A) HEIGHT OF THE WHORL H (HX AND H2): THE HEIGHT OF THE LAST WHORL BECOMES GREATER 7. REDUCTION IN UMBILICUS-DIAMETER U CAUSED BY DE­ FORMATION OF THE LAST WHORL WITH INCREASING PRESSURES ACTING AT ABOUT RIGHT ANGLES TO THE WHORL-HEIGHT. DEFORMATION IS CLEARLY VISIBLE ESPECIALLY ON THE VENTER: IN AN UNCONSOLIDATED SEDIMENT THE FOSSIL IS THE ONLY ELEMENT HAVING EVEN A RELATIVELY SLIGHT RESISTANCE TO THE DEFORMATION FORCES. DEFORMATION EFFECTS ON THE UMBILICAL SIDE OF THE LAST WHORL WERE OPPOSED BY A RELATIVE STABILITY OF THE PLANE OF COILING AND STRENGTH OF THE PRECEDING WHORLS, DUE CHIEFLY TO REINFORCED SEPTA. IN SOME CASES, HOWEVER, WHORL-HEIGHT INCREASED REMARKABLY WITH A FAVOURABLE SHAPE ON THE UMBILICAL SLOPE (E. G., THE SHAPE SHOWN IN TEXT-FIG. 7). (B) BREADTH OF THE UMBILICUS U: ALTHOUGH THIS IS ALSO ORIENTED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO THE ACTING PRESSURE, ITS MAGNITUDE DOES NOT CHANGE APPRECIABLY. DEFORMATION EFFECTS ARE IMPEDED CHIEFLY BY THE ROBUSTNESS OF THE COILED SHELL, THE COIL OF THE LAST WHORL, AND THE SEPTA IN PRECEDING WHORLS. IF THE WHORLS HAVE A CERTAIN FAVOURABLE SECTION AT THE UMBILICUS, THEN THE LAST WHORL MAY INCURVE OVER INTO THE UMBILICUS AND THUS DECREASE ITS BREADTH. EVEN A DOUBLE UMBILICAL LINE CAN BE OBSERVED IN SOME CASES, DUE TO INCURVATURE OF THE WHORL (SEE SPECIMEN SHOWN AS PI. XII, FIG. 2, OR DIAGRAMMATIC ILLUSTRATION IN TEXT- FIG. 7). (C) BREADTH OF THE WHORL B: ONCE THE SHELL IS PARALLEL TO THE DIRECTION OF THE ACTING PRESSURE, WHORL BREADTH GENERALLY DECREASES.

(D) DIAMETER OF THE SHELL D: SINCE THE HEIGHT OF THE LAST WHORL (HJ AND H2) INCREASES ON ITS OUTER SIDE, THE DIAMETER OF THE SHELL GENERALLY INCREASES. DIFFERENCES IN SIZE BETWEEN NON-DEFORMED AND DEFORMED SHELLS CAN BE SHOWN BY USING SIMPLE MATHEMATICAL EQUATIONS AS FOLLOWS.

THE DESIGNATIONS FOR SIZE OF A NON-DEFORMED SHELLS ARE H1} U, B, H2, D; THOSE FOR SIZE OF A DEFORMED

SHELL H'i, U', B', H'2, D'; AND DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE DEFORMED AND NON-DEFORMED SIZES ARE DES­ IGNATED AS A (SEE TEXT-FIG. 8). IT HOLDS GOOD THAT

D = Hi + U + H2 D' = D + AD D' > D

D' = H'i + U' + H'2 H\ = Ut + AH, H\ >Ht

H'2 = H2 + AH2 H'2 > H2 U' = U — All U' <^U B' = B — AB B' < B

ZLD = AUt + AH2 zJHj > AU

D + ZID = Hi + AU, + H2 + AH2 -FU- AU

17 THE VALUES OF H/D, B/D, U/D ARE DEFINED BY THE FOLLOWING RELATIONSHIPS FOR BOTH DEFORMED AND NON-DEFORMED SHELLS:

H\ HJ B' B U' U

K "TP" > D ~TJ^ D' "~D~

DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE PARAMETRES OF THE DEFORMED AND NON-DEFORMED SHELLS ARE GENERALLY IN­ FLUENCED BY THEIR WHORL DIAMETERS. IT CAN BE STATED THAT SHELLS HAVING A NARROW WHORL DIAMETER (CON­ SIDERABLY HIGHER THAN BROAD) SHOW A GREATER DEGREE OF DEFORMATION THAN THOSE HAVING BROAD RATHER THAN HIGH DIAMETER. THIS IS DUE TO FLATTENING OF THE SPATIAL SHAPE OF THE WHORLS IN THE BEDDING PLANE. WHAT WE ACTUALLY MEASURE AS HEIGHT ON DEFORMED SHELLS IS NOT THE PERPENDICULAR DISTANCE BETWEEN THE OUTER AND INNER SIDES OF THE REAL DIAMETER OF THE LAST WHORL BUT ITS PERIPHERAL LENGTH. UNLIKE WHORL HEIGHT, SUCH PERIPHERAL LENGTH INCREASES WITH BROADENING OF THE WHORL BUT DECREASES WITH NARROWING OF IT. IF THE RATIOS H/D, U/D AND B/D ARE KNOWN FOR A CERTAIN NON-DEFORMED SPECIES, THE VALUES THUS OBTAINED CAN BE COMPARED WITH THOSE OBTAINED FOR DEFORMED SHELLS AND THE COEFFICIENT OF DEFORMATION MAY THUS BE CALCULATED. FOR EXAMPLE, THE COEFFICIENT OF DEFORMATION FOR HEIGHT (KV) CAN EASILY BE CALCULATED FROM THE RELATIONSHIP

H/D _ H.D'

V _ H'/D' ~ D . H'

WHICH CAN BE APPLIED TO OTHER PARAMETERS IN A SIMILAR WAY. ALTHOUGH SHELLS OF DIFFERENT GENERA AND SPECIES COMING FROM THE SAME BEDDING PLANE WERE DEFORMED BY PRESSURE OF EQUAL INTENSITY, THE COEFFICIENT OF DEFORMATION IS DIFFERENT BECAUSE OF THE DEGREE OF DE­ FORMATION AFFECTING THE WHORL DIAMETER. SOME OF THE DIRECT MEASUREMENTS MADE BY THE AUTHOR ON, E. G., THE SPECIES Partschiceras infundi- bulum (D'ORBIGNY) AND Melchiorites blayaci (KILIAN) ARE GIVEN BELOW.

Partschiceras infundibulum (D'ORBIGNY) — SPECIMEN M5/438

D (MM) HI (MM) H2 (MM)

62.5 40.5 (0.648) 22 61.5 40.5 (0.658) 21 45.0 28.0 (0.622) 17 44.0 26.0 (0.589) 18

Melchiorites blayaci (KILIAN) — SPECIMEN T9/L

D (MM) HJ (MM) H2 (MM) U (MM)

38 14.8 (0.389) 10.0 13.2 (0.347) 37.3 14.2 (0.380) 10.1 13.0 (0.348) 35 13.2 (0.377) 8.9 12.9 (0.368) 32.5 12.5 (0.384) 8.0 12.0 (0.369) 31.8 11.8 (0.371) 9.8 10.2 (0.321) 31.4 12.0 (0.382) 8.4 11.0 (0.350) 31.0 11.2 (0.361) 8.8 11.0 (0.355) 29.0 10.2 (0.352) 9.0 9.8 (0.338)

FROM THESE RESULTS IT MAY BE CONCLUDED THAT H/D AND U/D MEASURED ON A SINGLE SPECIMEN FROM THE APERTURE TOWARD THE PROTOCONCH VARY WIDELY; IT IS IMPOSSIBLE TO MEASURE B/D IN MOST CASES. IN OTHER WORDS, THE RATIOS H/D AND U/D DO NOT MAINTAIN CERTAIN GROWTH STAGES CONSTANT, AS IS THE CASE OF NON- DEFORMED SHELLS. NEVERTHELESS A FAIRLY UNIVERSAL PRINCIPAL CAN BE ESTABLISHED DESPITE DIFFERING VALVES, WHICH IMPLIES THAT U/D MEASURED ON A SINGLE SPECIMEN DECREASES FROM A MAXIMUM DIAMETER TO A SMALLER VALVE, WHEREAS H/D AT FIRST INCREASES AND THEN AGAIN DECREASES.

18 BOTH THE VARIABLE AND UNIVERSALLY OCCURRING VALUES ARE AFFECTED BY STRUCTURAL PECULIARITIES OF THE SPIRAL AMMONITE SHELLS. THERE IS A GREAT DIFFERENCE IN CONSTRUCTION OF THE BODY CHAMBER AND OF THE OTHER WHORLS AS STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS OF THE SHELL THAT AFFECT THE DEFORMATIONAL NATURE TO THE HIGHEST DEGREE. THE WHORLS BEHIND THE BODY CHAMBER ARE REINFORCED BY SEPTA, WHICH MAY AT LEAST TO A CERTAIN EXTENT FUNCTION AS A SHAFT LINING AS REGARDS PRESSURE. DUE TO THIS DIFFERENT MODE OF CONSTRUCTION IT IS EVIDENT THAT THE BODY CHAMBER WITHOUT REINFORCEMENT TENDS TO DEFORM MUCH MORE EASILY, MORE RAPIDLY, AND IN QUITE A DIFFERENT MANNER THAN DO THE PRECEDING WHORLS. DIFFERENCES IN THE VALUES OF H/D AND U/D ON A SINGLE SPECIMEN ARE THEN AFFECTED BY THE POSITION OF THE DIAMETER TO BE MEASURED IN RESPECT TO THE BODY CHAMBER. TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THAT THIS BODY CHAMBER MAY HAVE BEEN ALTERED OR BROKEN AWAY, THERE ARE THREE VARIANTS OF THE MEASUREMENT OF THE DIAMETER D (SEE TEXT-FIGS. 8, 9):

(A) HX AND H2 ARE MEASURED ON THE BODY CHAMBER

AND ARE THEREAFTER DESIGNATED HJO AND H2O, SEE TEXT-FIG. 8, SHOWING DIAMETER D,

(B) HJ IS MEASURED ON THE BODY CHAMBER (HJO)} H2

ON A WHORL WITH SEPTA (H2P), SEE TEXT-FIG. 8, SHOWING

DIAMETER D2,

(C) HJ AND H2 ARE MEASURED ON A WHORL WITH SEPTA

H^, H2P, SEE TEXT-FIG. 9.

CHANGES IN DIMENSIONS OF THE SHELL WITH IN GENERAL, IT CAN BE STATED THAT FOR ALL THREE CASES

A BODY CHAMBER PRESERVED, CAUSED BY DE­ HJ > H2, AND THAT THE INCREASE OF DEFORMATION (DEFORMED)

FORMATION DUE TO OVERHEAD PRESSURE HEIGHTS (IN MAGNITUDE OF DEFORMATION EFFECTS) AK1> AU2, (DASH-LINES INDICATE THE OUTLINE OF THE AD = JHI + ZLH2, AHl0 > ^H,P, ZLH2O > ^HLP, BEAR­ SHELL) ING IN MIND THE ASSUMPTIONS GIVEN ON PP. 17, 18.

FURTHERMORE, IN THE FIRSTCAS E AD1 = ZLHIO + AH2o,

IN THE SECOND CASE AD2 = AH^ + AH2v, IN THE THIRD CASE AD3 = AHyp + ZLH2P. FROM THE ABOVE ASSUMPTIONS IT MAY BE CONCLUDED THAT

AU IO ZLH2O > AHl0 + /LH2P > AUlP AU,2P >

ADt > AD2 > AD3.

TO COMPARE THE MAGNITUDE OF THE THREE CASES WITH THE ORIGINAL NON- DEFORMED PARAMETER HJ/D, THE FOLLOWING RELATIONSHIP CAN BE USED

HÍ+ZIHÍO HI-MHIO H^ZIHJP H, > > D + AD2 D +ADX D + AD3 D

THESE DISPARITIES CONFIRM CORRECTNESS OF THE DIRECT OBSERVATIONS MADE OF THE SHELLS, SUGGESTING THAT H/D AT FIRST INCREASES, THEN DECREASES, BUT GENERALLY IT IS GREATER THAN HJ/D OBTAINED BY MEASURING THE FORMER ON A DEFORMED SHELL. 9. DEFORMED SHELL WITHOUT U/D CAN ALSO BE INFERRED IN A SIMILAR WAY, AUX AND AU2 APPARENTLY BEING EQUAL OR VERY NEAR TO 0: BODY CHAMBER

(A) AU1 = AUl0 + A\Ji0,

(B) A\J2 = /1U10 + AU2P

(C) AU = AVlV + AU2P,

JUI > ^UAU,2 > AU3; U • AUX < U — AU2 < U • -AU3

ADi > AD2 > AD3 > D

U • AU U •AU U t 2 < D + ADi < D + AD. D

19 U/D CONTINUOUSLY DECREASE AWAY FROM THE APERTURE AND ARE LESS THAN THOSE CALCULATED FOR A NON- DEFORMED SHELL. THESE VALUES ARE APPARENTLY DUE TO DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE STRUCTURE OF THE BODY CHAMBER AND EARLIER WHORLS. AMONG OTHER FACTORS WHICH AFFECT THE VARYING DEFORMATION ARE THE FOLLOWING: THE WHORL DIAMETER MENTIONED PREVIOUSLY, THE DEGREE TO WHICH THE WHORLS OVERLAP EACH OTHER AND ARE FILLED WITH A SEDIMENT, THE STRENGTH OF SPIRAL LINE, ETC. IN INDIVIDUAL CASES, YET ALL THE SAME OF IMPORTANCE IS THE FACT THAT WHORL FRACTURE INFLUENCES THE MAGNITUDE OF DEFORMATION. THIS MAY BE DOCUMENTED BY THE FREQUENCY OF BURST EFFECTS IN A UNIT AREA AND THEIR SITU­ ATION ON THE WHORL, WHETHER IN RELATIVELY FLATTENED OR ALTER­ NATELY IN STRONGLY INFLATED SHELL PARTS. IN ADDITION, DEFOR­ MATION MAY ALSO BE THE RESULT OF AN INCOMPLETELY PRESERVED PERIPHERY OF THE LAST WHORL DUE TO DISSOLUTION OF THE SHELL. ATTEMPTS WERE MADE TO UTILIZE THE DEGREE OF DEFORMA­ TION OF A WHORL BREADTH TO DRAW CONCLUSIONS CONCERNING THE MEASUREMENTS OF DEFORMED SHELLS AND PARTLY TO INFER TO WHAT EXTENT THE SEDIMENTS UNDERWENT COMPRESSION.

10. INCREASE IN HEIGHT OF THE LAST WHORL IN THE AXIS OF MAXIMUM ELONGATION (P) AND DECREASE IN HEIGHT IN THE AXIS OF MAXIMUM SHORTENING (5) AT THE DEFORMATION CAUSED BY LATERAL PRESSURE. DASH-LINE INDICATES THE OUTLINE OF THE NON-DEFORMED SHELL

IT WAS POSSIBLE TO INFER THE DEGREE OF DEFORMATION FOR THE PELITES OF THE TĚŠÍN-HRADIŠTĚ FORMATION, TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE FOLLOWING. COMPRESSION OF THE WHORL BREADTH, I. E. THE REDUCED HEIGHT PARALLEL TO THE DIRECTION OF THE OVERHEAD PRESSURE ROUGHLY CORRESPONDS TO THAT OF THE SEDIMENT BECAUSE THE LATTER NOT ONLY SURROUNDS BUT ALSO FILLS THE SHELL. IF NON-DEFORMED SIZES OF THE SHELL ARE KNOWN FOR CERTAIN SPECIES HAVING WHORLS OF UP TO THE MAXIMUM BREADTH INTACT, THEN SUCH A DEGREE OF COMPRESSION CAN AT LEAST BE ROUGHLY CALCULATED BY COMPARING IT WITH A DEFORMATION OF THE WHORL BREADTH. SUCH CALCULATIONS WERE MADE USING VARIOUS SHELL SIZES OF THE SPECIES Procheloniceras albrechti- austriae (HOHENEGGER), WITH A PROMINENTLY BROAD WHORL DIAMETER AND THICK SHELL WALLS. UNDER THE ASSUMPTION THAT THE VALUES THUS OBTAINED ARE TWICE AS GREAT AS THE TRUE VALUES, THE NON- DEFORMED SHELL OF Procheloniceras albrechtiaustriae, WHICH IS SHOWN BY M. P. KUDRYAVTSEV (IN V. V. DRUSHCHITS - M. P. KUDRYAVTSEV 1960) ON PI. 16, FIG. 1, IS CHARACTERIZED BY THE FOLLOWING SIZES:

DIAMETER IS 90 MM, THE HEIGHT OF THE WHORL HT = 74 MM, H2 = 46 MM, U = 70 MM AND B = 100 MM. THE HALF-PERIPHERY OF THE WHORL CORRESPONDING TO ITS HEIGHT HI = 74 MM IS ABOUT 110 MM. IF A PE­ RIPHERAL LENGTH CORRESPONDING TO THE DEGREE OF DEFORMATION IS UNCOILED IN A PLANE, THEN THE HEIGHT OF THE DEFORMED WHORL MIGHT INCREASE THEORETICALLY FROM 74 MM (I. E. REAL HEIGHT H! OF THE NON-DEFORMED SHELL) TO 110 MM, I. E. BY ALMOST 50 %. OWING TO THE FACT THAT THERE IS A FRACTURE OF THE WHORLS TO OB­

STRUCT THE COMPLETE STRAIGHTENING OF SOME INFLATED PARTS, THE HEIGHT OF THE WHORL HX IS ESTIMATED TO

INCREASE BY ABOUT 40 %, PROBABLY AS IN H2. THE UMBILICUS BREADTH U IS ALMOST UNAFFECTED BY DEFORMA­ TION BECAUSE OF THE STRENGTH OF THE SPIRAL PLANE AND WHORL DIAMETER.

IF THE ORIGINAL HEIGHTS HT AND H2 ARE INCREASED BY THE ASSUMED 40-% ELONGATION, DEFORMED SHELL

WILL BE CHARACTERIZED BY H \ = 100 MM, U' = 70 MM, H'2 = 64 MM, AND ITS DIAMETER D' = 234 MM. THE TRUE DEFORMED SPECIMEN OF THE SAME SPECIES, SHOWN BY V. UHLIG (1883) AS PI. 22, IS OF APPROXIMATELY THE SAME DIAMETER AS THAT GIVEN ABOVE, WITH ORIGINAL NON-DEFORMED DIMENSIONS ATTAINING THE SAME VALUES AS THOSE FOR A RUSSIAN ANCESTOR. LIKE MOST OF THE AMMONITES FROM THE BESKYDY MTS., THIS SPECIMEN IS PRESERVED TO ONLY ONE-HALF OF ITS REAL SIZE, WITH AN ORIGINAL HALF-BREADTH OF THE WHORL ATTAINING A VALUE OF ABOUT 50 MM NOW REDUCED TO ABOUT 17 MM. THIS SUGGESTS THAT THE ORIGINAL VOLUME WAS REDUCED TO APPROXIMATELY 65 % OF ITS SIZE. SIMILAR CONCLUSIONS CAN ALSO BE REACHED FOR SPECIMENS OF Costidiscus recticostatus (D'ORBIGNY), SHOWING THAT COMPRESSION RANGES FROM 60 TO 70 %.

20 (2) DEFORMATION DUE TO LATERAL PRESSURE. IN ADDITION TO THE OVERHEAD PRESSURE, LATERAL PRESSURE ACTING APPROXIMATELY IN THE BEDDING PLANE DEFORMED THE SHELLS. LATERAL PRESSURE PRODUCED, AMONG OTHER THINGS, MORE OR LESS CONSPICUOUSLY DEFORMED SPIRAL LINE, WITH TWO AXES: THE AXIS OF MAXIMUM ELONGATION AND THE AXIS OF MAXIMUM SHORTENING. ATTEMPTS WERE MADE TO ESTABLISH THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE VALUES H/D AND U/D FOR THE TWO EXTREMES, I. E. IN THE AXIS OF ELONGATION AND SHORTENING. IT WAS POSSIBLE TO EXPLAIN THIS RELATIONSHIP ONLY IN A GENERAL WAY. U,/D AND U/D ARE THE ONLY ORIGINAL VALUES KNOWN FOR NON-DEFORMED SHELLS, AND MAY OCCUR IN THE THREE FOLLOWING COMBINATIONS: H, U (A) > INVOLUTE SHELLS

Hi U (B) —= ——— APPROXIMATELY SEMI-INVOLUTE SHELLS

U, U (C) —< —^— EVOLUTE SHELLS

H\, U' AND U' CAN BE MEASURED ON DEFORMED SHELLS, BUT IT IS IMPOSSIBLE TO OBTAIN CORRESPONDING VALUES FOR NON-DEFORMED SHELLS, EXCEPTING RATIOS. IN THE AXIS OF ELONGATION U, AND U ATTAIN HIGHER VALUES OF AU, AND AU, WHEREAS IN THE AXIS OF SHORTENING CORRESPONDING MEASUREMENTS ARE LOWER (SEE TEXT-FIG. 10). IT IS ASSUMED THAT AS U, ATTAINS A HIGHER VALUE THAN U THEN AU, > AU. H + AU H BY STUDYING THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN —D^ ' C ' ^ 3X'S °^ E^ONSAT'ON ANC*

U -R AU

HENCE —— ^ (WHERE AD = AU, -F AU2 + AU), IT CAN BE DEMONSTRATED THAT THE RELATIONSHIP /]H

1 1 J^ CAN BE GREATER, LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO HX/D, DEPENDING ON THE VALUE OF AU,IAD. THUS, IF AU, U, . U, + AU, U, AU, U, > •— = — , THEN jy-^-jD = ~W ' 01 Ď ~AD ~D~' . • Hi +AU, U, WE OBTAIN — — > , ETC. D +AD D

STATED MORE PRECISELY; SINCE HX/D = C AND AU,/AD = C, I. E. AU,

-——— —- = C, THEN IT IS REQUIRED THAT AU, (C — 1) = C (JH2 -R ^U).

AU, -R AU2 -R AU IF ONE SIDE OF THE EQUATION DOES NOT EQUAL THE OTHER, AN UNEQUALITY SIGN MUST BE USED INSTEAD OF THAT DENOTING EQUALITY. THE OPPOSITE IS TRUE OF THE AXIS OF SHORTENING. FOR EXAMPLE, IF

AU, (C - 1) > C (AU2 + AU), THEN < ~~ •

DIRECT MEASUREMENTS OF THE EVOLUTE SHELLS WHERE U/D > U,ID AND PROBABLY U > U, + H2HAVE REVEALED THAT IN ALL CASES MEASURED U,ID ATTAINS A LOWER VALUE IN THE ELONGATED THAN IN THE SHORTENED AXIS, WHEREAS U/D IN TURN ATTAINS A HIGHER VALUE IN THE ELONGATED THAN IN THE SHORTENED AXIS. THE FOLLOWING RESULT OF MEASUREMENTS OF Costidiscus recticostatus (D'ORBIGNY), THE SPECIMEN OF V. UHLIG, 1883, PI. 8, FIG. 1, MAY SERVE AS AN EXAMPLE;

U, (MM) H/D H2 (MM) U (MM) U/D D (MM)

AXIS OF ELONGATION 38 (0.297) 32.0 58.0 (0.453) 128 AXIS OF SHORTENING 31 (0.323) 23.0 42.0 (0.437) 96 BETWEEN AXES 35 (0.318) 26.0 49.0 (0.445) 110

21 IN ANY CASE IT MUST BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT THAT THESE VALUES STILL BEAR THE INFLUENCE OF DEFORMATION DUE TO OVERHEAD PRESSURE.

IN SHELLS HAVING A DISTINCTLY LOWER U THAN H15 AND HENCE AU LOWER THAN AH.,, AND APPARENTLY ALSO

AH2, HI/D SHOULD ATTAIN A HIGHER VALUE IN THE ELONGATED THAN IN THE SHORTENED AXIS AND U D A LOWER VALUE IN THE ELONGATED THAN IN THE SHORTENED AXIS. UNFORTUNATELY, IT WAS NOT POSSIBLE TO VERIFY THIS ASSUMPTION WITH THE MATERIAL AVAILABLE. ALL IN ALL, DEFORMATION EFFECTS DUE TO LATERAL PRESSURE CANNOT BE REGARDED AS COMPLETELY RESOLVED. ALTHOUGH MUCH CARE WAS EXERCISED IN DEFORMATION STUDIES OF MY MATERIAL AND THE RESULTS ARE IN­ ADEQUATE, I HAVE FOUND AT LEAST IN BROAD TERMS TO WHAT EXTENT THE FLATTENED DEFORMED SHELLS VARY IN COMPARISON TO NON-DEFORMED ONES, AND ALSO WHAT THE DIFFERENCES ARE BETWEEN THE VALUES OBTAINED BY MEASURING THE AXES OF ELONGATION AND SHORTENING, ETC. FROM THESE RESULTS IT IS APPARENT THAT WITHIN ONE SPECIES H/D CANNOT ATTAIN HIGHER VALUES AND B/D AND U/D CONSIDERABLY LOWER VALUES IN NON-DEFORMED SHELLS THAN IN SHELLS DEFORMED BY OVERHEAD PRESSURE. IN GENERAL, IT CAN ALSO BE STATED THAT, ACCORDING TO THE DEGREE OF DEFORMATION, BD AND U/D WILL BE FOUND TO HAVE ABOUT THE LOWER LIMIT OF THE VALUES AND H/D WILL HAVE ABOUT THE UPPER LIMIT OF VARIABILITY FOR THE SPECIES IN QUESTION, WITH RESPECT TO VALUES OBTAINED FOR THE POPULATIONS OF NON-DEFORMED SHELLS. IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE VARIABILITY IN SHELL SIZES DUE TO DEFORMATION, CONSIDERABLE IMPORTANCE MUST BE ATTACHED TO THE COURSE AND PARTICULARLY TO THE APPARENT LOCATION OF SOME STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS. SUCH EFFECTS ARE BEST ILLUSTRATED BY, E. G., THE APPARENT DISPLACEMENT OF TUBERCLES OVER RIBS, ESPECIALLY THOSE PLACED ON THE OUTER SIDE OF THE NON-DEFORMED SHELL. ESPECIALLY IN STRONGLY VAULTED WHORLS ARE TUBERCLES OF DEFORMED SHELLS MOVED AS FAR AS THE MIDDLE OF THE FLANKS, IN THE PLANE OF A COMPRESSED WHORL. THE RIBS SEEMINGLY SHIFTED THEIR POSITION TOWARD THE FLANKS OF THE SHELL IN A SIMILAR WAY. IN THE CONCLUSION OF THIS CHAPTER, EMPHASIS IS PLACED UPON THE EVALUATION OF THE DEFORMATION EFFECTS ON SHELL SIZES AND THE POSSIBLE PATTERN OF THE SCULPTURE BEFORE BIOMETRICAL AND SYSTEMATIC STUDIES HAVE BEEN MADE.

Notes on morphology and terminology of some hard parts in ammonites

MORPHOLOGY OF THE AMMONITE SHELLS IS DESCRIBED CHIEFLY USING CURRENT MORPHOLOGICAL TERMS AS PRO­ POUNDED BY W. J. ARKELL ET AL. (1957). SINCE TERMINOLOGY APPLIED TO CERTAIN MORPHOLOGICAL AND STRUCTURAL DETAILS IS SOMETIMES LACKING OR NOT UNIFORM, THE INCLUSION OF SOME ADDITIONAL TERMS WAS DEEMED EXPEDIENT AND MORE PRECISE DEFINITIONS OF OTHERS ARE GIVEN IN THIS PAPER.

(1) IN AGREEMENT WITH S. S. BUCKMAN (1905), PERIODICAL LAMELLAR OR SIMPLY CURVED TO SPIRAL PRO­ TUBERANCES OF THE OUTER SHELL LAYER, WHICH ENCIRCLE THE SURFACES OF SOME LYTOCERATIDE AMMONITES, ARE TERMED "FLARE". THESE ARE REFERRED TO BY D'ORBIGNY (1842) AS "LA LAMELLE" OR N. V. BEZNOSOV (1958 A,B) AS "VOROTNIKI", BUT THE PRESENT AUTHOR PROPOSES THE NEW CZECH TERM "LÍMEC" (ENGLISH: THE COLLAR). DURING HIS THOROUGH EXAMINATION OF THE JURASSIC AMMONITE FLARES N. V. BEZNOSOV REACHED THE CONCLUSION (1958A, P. 69; 1958B, P. ILL) THAT THEY FUNCTIONED AS STABILIZERS AND PROTECTED AND REINFORCED THE SHELL. HE DISTINGUISHED THE THREE FOLLOWING FLARE TYPES: LYTOCERATIDE (WITH SUBTYPES), THYSANOLYTO- CERATIDE AND MEGALYTOCERATIDE. ONLY THE FIRST TWO OF BEZNOSOV'S FLARE TYPES HAVE BEEN ENCOUNTERED IN LYTOCERATIDS COMING FROM THE BESKYDY MTS. THESE ARE: I. THE LYTOCERATIDE TYPE, IN WHICH FLARES ON THE SHELL CORRESPOND TO CONSTRICTIONS ON THE STEIN­ KERN. THE LYTOCERATIDE FLARES CAN BE DIVIDED INTO TWO SUBTYPES AS FOLLOWS: (A) A FIRST SUBTYPE HAVING SHORT STRAIGHT FLARES CLOSELY RELATED TO THOSE OF THE GENUS Lytoceras, WHICH IS SHOWN BY N. V. BEZNOSOV (1958A) IN TEXT-FIG. 31A,B; (B) A SECOND SUBTYPE WITH SIMPLY CURVED FLARES ON THE SHELL PERIPHERY, WHICH IS VERY SIMILAR TO THE FLARE OF THE GENUS Valentolytoceras SHOWN BY N. V. BEZNOSOV IN TEXT-FIG. 31G.

22 II. THE THYSANOLYTOCERATIDE TYPE, IN WHICH FLARES ON THE SHELL DO NOT CORRESPOND TO CON­ STRICTIONS ON THE STEINKERN. TEXT-FIG. 11 SHOWS DIAGRAMMATICALLY FLARE TYPES OF THE AMMONITES FROM THE BESKYDY MTS.

(2) UNIVERSALLY RECOGNIZED TERMS APPLICABLE TO BOTH SHELL ARMS ARE LACKING IN HAMULINICONE AND OTHER ABERRANT SHELLS WITH A HOOK-SHAPED ARM. IN RUSSIAN THE TERMS EMPLOYED ARE THE LONGER AND SHORTER, OR THE THIN AND THICK ARMS; IN GERMAN THE NARROWER AND BROADER ARMS; IN ENGLISH THE FIRST AND SECOND ARMS; AND IN FRENCH THE TERM "LA HAMPE" FOR A JU- ^^^T^ VENILE ARM AND "LA CROSSE" FOR AN ADULT ARM WITH CURVATURE.

11. FLARES OF SOME LYTOCERATIDS FROM THE BESKYDY MTS. a, b — LYTOCERACID TYPE: a — Lytoceras textum N. SP. — SUBTYPE A, b — Lytoceras AFF. subfimbriatum (D'ORB.) •— SUBTYPE B; c, d — THYSANOLYTOCERATID TYPE: c — Eulytoceras phestum (MATH.), d — Eulytoceras anisoptychum (UHLIG)

IT IS THEREFORE PROPOSED TO USE THE TERM "PROVERSUM" TO DESIGNATE A JUVENILE (NARROWER, LONGER, FIRST) ARM AND "RETROVERSUM" TO DESIGNATE AN ADULT (BROADER, SHORTER, SECOND) ARM. BOTH ARMS ARE LINKED BY MEANS OF A CURVATURE OR BEND — FLEXUS (SEE TEXT-FIG. 12).

(3) AT THE PRESENT TIME, CONSIDERABLE CONTROVERSY SEEMS TO EXIST CONCERNING THE NOMENCLATURE OF INDIVIDUAL ELEMENTS OF THE SUTURE LINE. IN ESSENCE, THERE ARE IN PRINCIPLE TWO LOBE TERMINOLOGIES, VIZ., THE MORPHOLOGICAL TERMINOLOGY GIVEN BY W. J. ARKELL ET AL. IN THE TREATISE ON INVERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGY (1957), WHICH IS NOT FOLLOWED IN THIS PAPER; AND THE MORPHOGRAPHIC TERMINOLOGY ELABORATED BY V. I. RUZHENTSEV (1949,1960A,B, 1964) FLEXUS AND WEDEKIND'S MORPHOGENETIC TERMINOLOGY ELABORATED BY O. H. SCHINDEWOLF (1923, 1954,1961,1962,1964, 1965-1968). THESE TWO LATTER AUTHORS, WHO CARRIED OUT ONTOGENETIC STUDIES OF THE SUTURE LINE, HAVE PROVED THE ADVANTAGES OF A MOR­ PHOGENETIC TERMINOLOGY AND THEIR CONCEPT IS THEREFORE FOLLOWED IN THIS PAPER. ALTHOUGH THE APPROACH OF BOTH AUTHORS WAS THE SAME IN PRINCIPLE, THEIR RESPECTIVE NOMENCLATURES CONTAIN SOMEWHAT DIFFERENT SYMBOLS AND TERMS USED FOR THE SAME ELEMENT OF THE SUTURE LINE. IN THE DESCRIPTIONS OF SUTURE LINE, THE FOLLOWING SYM­ BOLS AND TERMS ARE USED AFTER O. H. SCHINDEWOLF:

E — EXTERNAL, I. E. UNPAIRED LOBE ON OUTER (SIPHONATE) SIDE I — INTERNAL, I. E. UNPAIRED LOBE ON OPPOSITE SIDE L — LATERAL LOBE U — UMBILICAL LOBES A — ADVENTITIOUS LOBE (ABSENT IN LATE MESOZOIC AMMONITES)

12. SHELL-ARMS AND BEND ON HAMULINICONE SHELLS

WEDEKIND'S TERMINOLOGY IS GIVEN PREFERENCE BECAUSE RUZHENTSEV'S TERMINOLOGY AND SYMBOLS DO NOT TAKE INTO ACCOUNT HISTORICAL PRIORITY AND UNAMBIGUITY OF THE TERM AND SYMBOL "VENTRAL LOBE" V (AC­ CORDING TO O. H. SCHINDEWOLF E) AND "DORSAL LOBE" D (I), WHICH WERE USED IN A CONTRADICTORY MEANING BY L. V. BUCH (1829A,B, 1832). H. MUTVEI (1957) IN A PAPER ON THE ORIENTATION OF THE ANIMAL IN THE NAUTILOID SHELL SHOWED THAT ITS OUTER SIDE CANNOT BE IDENTIFIED WITH THE PERIPHERY OR OUTER SIDE OF THE WHOLE SHELL. ACCORDINGLY, RUZHEN­ TSEV'S TERMINOLOGY AND SYMBOLS APPARENTLY DO NOT CONFORM COMPLETELY TO THE ORIENTATION OF AMMONITE IN THE SHELL, ALTHOUGH THE LATTER BEARS CLOSE SIMILARITY TO THAT OF THE Nautiloidea.

23 The justification of such deductions, the advantages and disadvantages of Ruzhentsev' and Wede­ kind's terminologies and symbols applied to Mesozoic ammonites are discussed in great detail by A. A. SHEVYREV (1962), A. A. DAGIS (1966), O. H. SCHINDEWOLF (1963), or J. WIEDMANN (1963, p. 104).

(4) Taking into account the results obtained by H. MUTVEI (1957), the term"outer side" is employed instead of "ventral side" or "inner side" instead of "dorsal side".

(5) In spiral shells the coiling type is divided according to the overlapping of the whorls and the breadth of the umbilicus. These are: (a) Evolute shells — whorls in contact with or overlapping each other by not more than one-quarter of whorl-height; (b) Semievolute shells — whorls overlap each other by not more than one-half of whorl-height but more than one-quarter of it (U/D mostly attains a value of 0.36—0.45); (c) Semiinvolute shells—whorls overlap each other by a little more than one-half of whorl-height (U/D usually attains a value of 0.26—0.35); (d) Involute shells—whorls overlap each other so that the umbilicus becomes narrow to scarcely visible by being hidden by more than three-quarters of whorl-height. Furthermore, involute shells can be subdivided: («) shells having a relatively broad umbilicus (U/D = 0.21—0.25) (ft) shells having a narrow umbilicus (U/D = 0.11—0.20); (y) shells having a very narrow umbilicus (U/D < 0.10). Since U/D depends on the degree of deformation of my material, these groups, which are classified according to the breadth of the umbilicus, i. e. the values of U/D are of limited use. Systematics

THE ESSENTIAL FEATURE OF THE PRESENT KNOWLEDGE CONCERNING SYSTEMATICS AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE MESOZOIC AMMONITES IS THAT THE MORPHOLOGICAL SYSTEM W. J. ARKELL, B. KUMELL AND C. W. WRIGHT PROPOUNDED IN THE TREATISE ON INVERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGY (1957) IS BEING LABORIOUSLY ALTERED TO A MORPHOGENETIC SYSTEM ESPECIALLY BY GERMAN AND RUSSIAN AUTHORS. ATTEMPTS ARE MADE TO CREATE SUCH A MORPHOGENETIC SYSTEM ON THE BASIS OF COMPLETE ONTOGENETIC STUDIES OF THE SUTURE LINE SEEN IN TYPICAL SPECIMENS OF THE INDIVIDUAL GROUPS AND GENERA. AS REGARDS MORPHOGENETIC SYSTEMATICS OF THE MESOZOIC AMMONITES, CONSIDERABLE IMPORTANCE MUST BE ATTACHED TO THE RECENT WORK DONE BY O. H. SCHINDEWOLF (1961—1968), WHO BASED HIS STUDIES ESPECIALLY ON JURASSIC AMMONITES. THE READER DEALING WITH SYSTEMATICS OF THE LOWER CRETACEOUS AMMO­ NITES IS REFERRED ESPECIALLY TO PAPERS BY J. WIEDMANN (1966A,B), V. V. DRUSHCHITS (1956), AND I. A. MIKHAILOVA (1957, 1958, 1960, 1963). THESE AUTHORS POINT OUT THAT PHYLOGENY VERY OFTEN CANNOT BE DEDUCED ONLY FROM MORPHOLOGICAL STUDIES OF THE SHELL AND SUTURE LINE IN ADULT SPECIMENS. THE BASIC SYSTEMATIC CONCLUSIONS REACHED BY STUDYING SUTURE LINES ARE ALSO CONFIRMED TO SOME DEGREE BY EXAMINATIONS OF SEXUAL DIMORPHISM AND APTYCHI-TYPES AS DISCUSSED, E. G., BY H. MAKOWSKI (1963), J. K. CALLOMON (1963), G. E. G. WESTERMANN (1964), AND U. LEHMAN (1966). THERE ARE TWO TYPES OF SEXUAL DIMORPHISM: TYPE I COMPRISES THE MALE AND FEMALE INDIVIDUALS DIFFERING ONLY IN SHELL SIZE; TYPE II COMPRISES INDIVIDUALS DIFFERING NOT ONLY IN SHELL SIZE BUT ALSO IN THE SHAPE OF THE APERTURE. USE MAY BE MADE OF THESE TWO TYPES AND APTYCHI IN CLASSIFYING THE AMMONITES INTO HIGHER SYSTEMATIC UNITS, E. G., ORDERS, AS HAS BEEN SUGGESTED PARTICULARLY BY V. HOUŠA (1965). WHEREAS SEXUAL DIMORPHISM AND APTYCHI MAY BE OF HELP IN RANGING THE AMMONITES TO HIGHER TAXA, ONTOGENETIC STUDIES OF THE SUTURE LINE HAVE PROVED TO BE EFFECTIVE IN CLASSIFYING THEM AT A LOWER LEVEL (EVEN TO THAT OF A GENUS) AND IN REVEALING AFFINITIES BETWEEN THEIR MEMBERS. ALL SYSTEMS HITHERTO USED HAVE THE DISADVANTAGE IN THAT IN MOST CASES THEY ARE BASED ON ISOLATED CRITERIA OF A MORPHOLOGICAL OR MORPHOGENETIC TYPE. THIS DISADVANTAGE INDICATES THE NEED FOR REVISING AND EXTENDING THE MORPHOGENETIC SYSTEMATICS, WITH A VIEW TO FITTING ASYMPTOTICALLY IN THE REAL STATE IN NATURE. ORIGINALLY I HAVE ADOPTED IN THIS PAPER THE SYSTEM AS PROPOUNDED BY V. HOUŠA (1965), ALSO USED IN THE SYSTEMATIC PALEONTOLOGY OF INVERTEBRATA (IN Z. ŠPINAR ET AL. 1966). THE SUBORDER Ancyloceratina WIEDMANN, 1966 WAS ADDITIONALLY INCLUDED, ALTHOUGH IT DIFFERS FROM ALL OTHER CRETACEOUS SPECIMENS IN THE REDUCTION OF THE SUTURE LINE WITH FOUR PRIMARY LOBES ONLY. AFTER HAVING OBTAINED O. H. SCHINDE- WOLF'S LATEST STUDY (1968) I MODIFIED THE SYSTEM ACCORDING TO THIS AUTHOR. THE ASSIGNMENT OF TAXA INTO GROUPS FROM THE SUPERFAMILY DOWNWARDS IS BASED PARTICULARLY ON THE NEW RESULTS OF STUDIES BY I. A. MIKHAILOVA (1957), R. CASEY (1961, 1964), J. WIEDMANN (1962,1964,1966A,B), J.-P.THIEULOY(1966), AND OTHERS. ATTENTION HAS ALSO BEEN GIVEN TO THE SYSTEMS PREVIOUSLY PROPOSED BY E. BASSE (1952), W. J. ARKELL AND C. W. WRIGHT (1957), N. P. LUPPOV AND V. V. DRUSHCHITS (1958).

MY MATERIAL IS SYSTEMATICALLY DIVIDED INTO 2 ORDERS, 4 SUBORDERS, 6 SUPERFAMILIES, 12 FAMILIES, AND 28 GENERA. THE DESIGNATION OF THE TAXA HAS BEEN MADE FOLLOWING THE 1962 CZECH EDITION OF THE ICZN NOMEN- CLATORICAL RULES, EXCEPT FOR THE USAGE OF THE SUFFIXES "OIDEA" FOR SUPERFAMILIES. "HOHENEGGER IN UHLIG" IS THE AUTHOR'S DESIGNATION USED FOR SOME SPECIES FROM HOHENEGGER COLLEC­ TION WHICH WERE VALIDLY DESCRIBED FOR THE FIRST TIME BY V. UHLIG (1883) WHO ASCRIBED THEM HOHENEGGER'S AUTHORSHIP.

25 Description of species :

Subclass Ammonoidea ZITTEL, 1884

Order Phylloceratida ARKELL, 1950

Suborder Phylloceratina ARKELL, 1950

Superfamily Phyllocerataceae ZITTEL, 1884

Family Phylloceratidae ZITTEL, 1884

THE RANGE OF INDIVIDUAL GENERA AND SUBGENERA OF THIS FAMILY IS IN AGREEMENT WITH THE CLASSIFICATION GIVEN BY J. WIEDMANN (1964).

GENUS Phylloceras SUESS, 1865

SUBGENUS Hypophylloceras SALFELD, 1924

TYPE SPECIES: Phylloceras onoense STANTON, 1896. LOWER APTIAN, CALIFORNIA.

Phylloceras (Hypophylloceras) SP. IND. PI. I, FIG. 1

MATERIAL: SEVENTEEN SPECIES POORLY PRESERVED, HIGHLY INCOMPLETE.

DESCRIPTION: MORE COMPLETE SPECIMENS HAVE INVOLUTE SHELLS, WITH VERY NARROW BUT PROMINENT UMBILICUS AND ABRUPT TO VERTICAL UMBILICAL WALL. SHELLS BEAR CLOSELY SPACED, SLIGHTLY S-SHAPED RIBS ATTAINING A UNIFORM SIZE. FROM THE UMBILICUS THESE RIBS RUN TRANSVERSELY FORWARDS, THEN BACKWARDS AT APPROXIMATELY THE MIDDLE OF THE LATERAL SIDE, AND PASS OVER THE INNER SIDE ALMOST RADIALLY TO SLIGHTLY PROSIRADIATELY. RIBS STRENGTHEN TOWARD THEIR OUTER SIDE, ESPECIALLY FROM ABOUT ONE-HALF OF THE WHORL-HEIGHT.

3 ON ONE-HALF OF THE LAST WHORL THERE ARE 89 RIBS IN SPECIMEN T5/221 AT 43 MM DIAMETER; 78 RIBS IN

SPECIMEN T5/368 (39 MM DIAMETER). IT HAS NOT BEEN POSSIBLE TO STUDY THE SUTURE LINE. MEASUREMENTS : IT HAS BEEN POSSIBLE TO MEASURE ONLY THREE SPECIMENS.

D (IN MM) H (IN MM) U (IN MM)

M5 062 84 48 (0.57) 4 (0.05)

T5/221 43 24.5 (0.57) 4 (0.09) 35.5 20 (0.56) 3.5 (0.10)

T5 368 39 23 (0.59) 2.5 (0.06)

IT IS ASSUMED THAT IN THESE SPECIMENS THE WHOLE MEASURED DIAMETER LIES ON A PRESERVED BODY CHAMBER. REMARKS AND COMPARISONS: IT HAS NOT BEEN POSSIBLE TO DETERMINE THE SPECIES BECAUSE THE SCULPTURE OF THE INDIVIDUAL SPECIES OF THIS GENUS IS VERY SIMILAR TO EACH OTHER AND THE NATURE OF THE SUTURE LINE AND WHORL SECTION IN MY MATERIAL IS STILL UNKNOWN. IT IS VERY PROBABLE, ON THE OTHER HAND, THAT THESE SPECIMENS FROM THE AUTHOR'S COLLECTION CAN BE ATTRIBUTED TO THE SPECIES Phylloceras (Hypophylloceras) thetys (D'ORBIGNY, 1841), WHICH IS REFERRED TO THE "WERNSDORFER SCHICHTEN" BY V. UHLIG (1883, P. 182). J. WIEDMANN (1964) INCLUDES UHLIG'S SPECIMENS IN THE SUBSPECIES Phylloceras (Hypophylloceras) thetys thetys (D'ORBIGNY, 1841), IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESULTS OF HIS MEASUREMENTS. ACCORDING TO J. WIED­ MANN (1964, P. 177), THE HOLOTYPE OF Phylloceras (Hypophylloceras) thetys thetys IN WHICH THE DIAMETER

' THE EXPLANATION OF THE USED SYMBOLS DESIGNATING THE INDIVIDUAL SPECIMENS IS GIVEN ON P. 8.

26 D ATTAINS 36 MM IS DEFINED BY THE PARAMETRES H/D = 0.56, U/D = 0.08; THIS IS IN AGREEMENT WITH VALUES OBTAINED FOR MY OWN MATERIAL. OCCURRENCE: THE REPRESENTATIVES OF THIS SPECIES WERE OBTAINED FROM THE OUTCROPS OF LOWER

BARREMIAN AGE AT TICHÁ (T9), MALENOVICE (M6) AND THE SPOIL HEAPS AT TICHÁ (TL5 T3, T6) TOGETHER WITH

LOWER BARREMIAN SPECIES AND AT MALENOVICE (M5) TOGETHER WITH UPPER BARREMIAN SPECIES. V. UHLIG (1883) GAVE AN ACCOUNT OF THE SPECIMENS RESEMBLING Phylloceras thetys FROM MALENOVICE AND HRADIŠTĚ (CZECHOSLOVAKIA) AND GORKI WIELKIE NEAR BIELSKO, LIPOWIEC, LIPNIK, STRACONKA, JAWORZE (POLAND). M. S. ERISTAVI (1961A) REPORTS ON P. thetys FROM THE KRÍŽNA UNIT OF THE MALÁ FATRA MTS. BUT OMITS INFORMATION CONCERNING ITS CLOSER STRATIGRAPHICAL ASSIGNMENT. DISTRIBUTION: J. WIEDMANN (1964, P. 178) NOTES THAT THE SUBSPECIES P. (H.) thetys thetys IS WIDELY DISTRIBUTED IN THE DEPOSITS OF VALANGINIAN-BARREMIAN AGE OF EUROASIA AND NORTHERN AFRICA.

GENUS Partschiceras FUCINL, 1920

TYPE SPECIES: Ammonites partschi STUR, 1851. HETTANGIAN-SINEMURIAN, WESTERN ALPS.

Partschiceras infundibulum (D'ORBIGNY, 1841) PI. I, FIG. 2

1841 Ammonites infundibulus D'ORB.; D'ORBIGNY, P. 131, PI. 39, FIGS. 4, 5. ?1849 Ammonites infundibulum D'ORB.; QUENSTEDT, P. 251, PI. 19, FIG. 6. PARTIM 1850 Ammonites Rouyanus D'ORB. ; D'ORBIGNY, P. 98. 1858 Ammonites Rouyanus D'ORB.; PICTET AND LORIOL, P. 18, PI. 3, FIG. 2. PARTIM 1858-1860 Ammonites Rouyanus D'ORB.; PICTET AND CAMPICHE, P. 347. 1860 Ammonites Rouyanus D'ORB. VAR.; OOSTER, P. 109, PI. 21, FIGS. 8, 9. 1868 Ammonites meridionalis; EICHWALD, P. 1146. 1880 Ammonites infundibulum D'ORB.; COQUAND, P. 14. 1882 Phylloceras infundibulum D'ORB. ; UHLIG, P. 379. PARTIM 1883 Phylloceras infundibulum D'ORB.; UHLIG, P. 179, PI. 4, FIGS. 1, 3, ?2 (TRANSITION TO Partschiceras bontshevi), ?4, ?5. 1888 Phylloceras infundibulum D'ORB.; UHLIG, P. 79. 1888 Phylloceras ladinum N. SP.; UHLIG, P. 80, PI. 5, FIGS. 6, 7. 1889 Phylloceras infundibulum D'ORB. AND Phylloceras ladinum UHL. : HAUG, P. 195. 1889 Phylloceras infundibulum D'ORB. ; KILIAN, P. 225. 1898 Phylloceras infundibulum D'ORB. ; SIMIONESCU, P. 112, PI. 1, FIGS. 9, 10; PI. 2, FIG. 1. PARTIM 1901 Phylloceras infundibulum D'ORB.; SARASIN AND SCHÓNDELMAYER, P. 11, PI. 1, FIGS. 1, ?2, ?3. 1905 Phylloceras infundibulum D'ORB. ; RICHARZ, P. 349. PARTIM 1907 Phylloceras infundibulum D'ORB.; KARAKASH, P. 40, PI. 3, FIGS. 2, 3, 10, 17, ?19, ?20: ? PI. 13, FIG. 6; PI. 24, FIG. 2. 1910 Phylloceras infundibulum D'ORB. ; KlLIAN, P. 254, PI. 6, FIG. 1. 1916 Phylloceras infundibulum D'ORB. ; SOMOGYI, P. 313, PI. 11, FIG. 9. 1919 Phylloceras ladinum UHL.; RODIGHIERO, P. 72, PI. 8, FIG. 1. 1919 Phylloceras infundibulum VAR. crassa N. SSP.; RODIGHIERO, P. 72, PI. 8, FIG. 2. 1921 Phylloceras infundibulum D'ORB.; PETKOVIČ, P. 54, PI. 1, FIGS. 8, ?7. 1923 Phylloceras infundibulum D'ORB. ; FALLOT AND TERMIER, P. 19, FIG. 2 (NON VIDI — FIDE J. WIED­ MANN, 1964). 1925 Phyllopachyceras infundibulum D'ORB.; SPATH, P. 101. 1949 Phylloceras (Phyllopachyceras) infundibulum D'ORB. ; LUPPOV, P. 189, PI. 48, FIG. LA,B,C. PARTIM 1951 Phylloceras infundibulum D'ORB. ; PETKOVIČ AND MARKOVIČ, P. 25. 1952 Phylloceras CF. infundibulum D'ORB.; LUPPOV, P. 173, PI. 1, FIG. 2. 1955 Phylloceras infundibulum D'ORB.; ERISTAVI, P. 46, PI. 2, FIG. 2. 1956 Phyllopachyceras infundibulum D'ORB. ; ANDJELKOVIČ, PI. 7, FIG. 2. PARTIM 1956 Phyllopachyceras infundibulum D'ORB.; DRUSHCHITS, P. 123, PI. 12, FIGS. 44-46. 1957 Phyllopachyceras infundibulum D'ORB.; ERISTAVI, P. 57. 1958 Phyllopachyceras infundibulum D'ORB. ; FuLOP, PI. 8, FIG. 5. 1960 Phyllopachyceras infundibulum D'ORB.; DRUSHCHITS AND KUDRYAVTSEV, P. 253, PI. 3, FIGS. 2, 3. 1962 Phyllopachyceras infundibulum D'ORB.; KHALILOV, P. 42, PI. 1, FIG. 1. 1964 Partschiceras infundibulum D'ORB.; WIEDMANN, P. 239, PI. 16, FIGS. 3, 4.

27 HOLOTYPE: Ammonites infundibulum D'ORBIGNY, 1841, PI. 39, FIGS. 4, 5. IT IS DEPOSITED IN D'ORBIGNY COLLECTION, PARIS (MUSEUM NATIONAL D'HISTOIRE NATURELLE, 8, RUE DE BUFFON, PARIS V.) STRATUM TYPICUM ET LOCUS TYPICUS: BARREMIAN, BASSES ALPES (FRANCE). MATERIAL: ONE HUNDRED AND TWELVE STRONGLY DEFORMED, MOSTLY INCOMPLETE SPECIMENS HAVING USUALLY THEIR ORIGINAL SHELLS. THE GREATEST PART OF THEM HAS AN OUTER SIDE CORRODED TO A VARIABLE EXTENT AND THE REMAINDER IS PRE­ SERVED FORMING INCOMPLETE EXTERNAL MOULDS.

DESCRIPTION: INVOLUTE SHELLS WITH VERY NARROW UMBILICUS. SHELL WALLS VERY THIN. BODY CHAMBER OCCUPIES APPROXIMATELY TWO-THIRDS OF THE LAST WHORL. SHELL SMOOTH UP TO A DIAMETER OF 15—18 MM; THEN RELATIVELY COARSE ROUNDED UNIFORM RIBS OCCUR. WITH INCREASING DIAMETER A RIB ARISES BETWEEN TWO PRINCIPAL RIBS TERMINATING AT ABOUT ONE-FOURTH TO ONE-THIRD OF THE WHORL HEIGHTFROM THE UMBILICUS. MORE OR LESS DISTINCT LINES EXTEND TOWARD THE UMBILICUS, CONTINUING THE OUTLINE OF THESE RIBS. PRINCIPAL RIBS DIVERGE CONSPICUOUSLY FROM THE UMBILICUS TO ITS MOUTH, RISING RADIALLY AND SOMETIMES CURVING SLIGHTLY ADAPICALLY ON THE OUTER SIDE. INTERCALATORY RIBS ARE OF THE SAME OR ONLY MODERATELY SMALLER THICKNESS AS PRINCIPAL RIBS, REACHING HALF-WAY ALONG THE WHORL-HEIGHT. IN SOME PARTS OF THE SHELL THE INTERCALATORY RIBS MAY BE MISSING. IN SOME SPECIMENS THE INTERCALATORY RIBS DO NOT FUSE WITH THE PRIMARIES, IN OTHERS THE AUXILIARY RIBS BRANCH FROM THE PRIMARIES, AND IN YET OTHERS BOTH TYPES ARE COMBINED. BOTH PRIMARY AND AUXILIARY RIBS PASS OVER THE OUTER SIDE WITH­ OUT INTERRUPTION. EIGHTEEN TO NINETEEN PRIMARY RIBS OCCUR TO ONE-HALF OF THE WHORL. NEAR THE APERTURE THICK RIBS DISAPPEAR AND ARE REPLACED BY A ZONE OF MULTIPLE DENSE STRIAE.

IN MOST SPECIMENS THE SHELLS BEAR FINE, VERY CLOSELY SPACED STRIAE, EVEN ON RIBS. AS A RULE THESE ARE CONSPICUOUSLY VISIBLE IN CERTAIN PARTS OF THE SHELL ONLY. THEY ARE DEVELOPED IN THE ORIGINAL SHELLS BUT LACKING ON STEINKERNS. THIS IS IN AGREEMENT WITH OBSERVATIONS MADE ON THE SPECIMENS FROM DRUSHCHITS COLLECTION IN MOSCOW. CERTAIN PARTS ARE RARELY PRESERVED AND FEW, AND SO IT HAS NOT BEEN POSSIBLE TO STUDY THE SUTURE LINE. MEASUREMENTS: THE VALUES FOR NON-DEFORMED SHELLS OF THE SPECIES Partschiceras infundibulum ARE GIVEN BELOW (AFTER J. WIEDMANN 1964, P. 241). (1) HOLOTYPE: D = 64 MM, H = 36 (0.56), B = 24 (0.38), B/H = 0.66 (2) GPIT CE 1220/91: D = 50 MM, H = 29 (0.58), B = 22 (0.44), B/H = 0.76. TAKING INTO ACCOUNT MEASUREMENTS OF THE DIAMETER RANGING FROM 29.5 TO 48 MM, V. V. DRUSHCHITS (1956) STATES THAT H/D VARIES BETWEEN 0.57 AND 0.61; B/D BETWEEN 0.47 AND 0.52; AND B/H BETWEEN 0.78 AND 0.87 MM. THE RESULTS OF HIS MEASUREMENTS INDICATE A RELATIVELY CONSTANT VALUE OF H/D ATTAIN­ ING ESSENTIALLY A HIGHER VALUE THAN B/D WHICH VARIES OVER A WIDE RANGE. IN MOST CASES THE FACT THAT THE SHELLS WERE DISSOLVED TO VARIOUS EXTENTS IN THEIR OUTER SIDE MADE MEASUREMENTS OF MY OWN MATERIAL DIFFICULT. THE FOLLOWING EXAMPLES ARE GIVEN BELOW FOR SIX MEASURABLE SPECIMENS. THE RIGHT COLUMN SHOWS

VALUES OF HJ AND H2 OBTAINED BY MEASURING THE BODY CHAMBER; THE LEFT COLUMN HT AND H2 ON THE WHORLS WITH SEPTA; THE MIDDLE COLUMN SHOWS VALUES OF H! OBTAINED BY MEASURING THE BODY CHAMBER AND THOSE

OF H2 OBTAINED BY MEASURING THE WHORLS WITH SEPTA.

MJ/438 D = 44 MM 62.5 H = 26 (0.59) 40.5 (0.65) T,/27 D = 24 MM 30.5 32.5 H = 15 (0.62) 20.5 (0.65) 21 (0.65) TJ/33 D 51 MM ? 79 MM H 34 (0.67) ? 45 (0.57)

THE BULK OF THE DEFORMED SHELLS FROM MY OWN COLLECTION HAS A DIAMETER IN THE ORDER OF ABOUT 50—60 MM, AND ONLY IN A FEW SPECIMENS THE DIAMETER APPEARS TO BE A LITTLE MORE THAN 80 MM. REMARKS AND COMPARISONS: IT WAS FOUND IN VIENNA THAT ONE OF THE SPECIMENS INCLUDED IN UHLIG COLLECTION, ORIGINALLY LABELLED Phylloceras infundibulum (NOT FIGURED; COMING FROM JAWORZE IN POLAND), HAS NO INTERCALATORY RIBS AND RESEMBLES THE SPECIES Partschiceras bontshevi (MANOLOV, 1962) ON THE BASIS OF OTHER FEATURES. ACCORDINGLY, A PART OF UHLIG'S MATERIAL DOES NOT BELONG TO Partschiceras infundibulum.

28 P. infundibulum DIFFERS FROM P. bontshevi IN THAT IT OCCURS AT AN EARLIER STAGE OF SCULPTURE. IT DIFFERS FROM Partschicerasprendeli (KARAKASCH, 1907), Partschiceras eichwaldi (KARAKASCH, 1895) AND P. bontshevi IN THE PRESENCE OF INTERCALATING RIBS. IN ADDITION IT IS DISTINGUISHED FROM THE TWO FORMER BY MORE PROM­ INENT PROSIRADIATE RIBBING. OCCURRENCE: P. infundibulum HAS BEEN OBTAINED FROM THE EXPOSURES OF LOWER BARREMIAN AGE

AT TICHÁ (T9) AND KUNČICE P. ONDŘEJNÍKEM (KN3); FROM THE SPOIL HEAPS CONTAINING BARREMIAN ROCKS

AT TICHÁ (T3, T5, T6, TJ, BETWEEN KOZLOVICE AND TICHÁ (K5, K7, K8) AND AT MALENOVICE (M1} M5), AND FROM THE NP-532 BOREHOLE (DEPTH 206.4 M) SITUATED AT KUNČICE P. ONDŘEJNÍKEM. NO TYPICAL REPRE­ SENTATIVES OF IT HAVE BEEN FOUND AT THE LOCALITIES RANGING IN AGE FROM THE UPPERMOST BARREMIAN TO THE LOWER APTIAN. THIS SPECIES HAS BEEN RECORDED BY V. UHLIG (1883) FROM VEŘOVICE, MALENOVICE, KRÁSNÁ, HRA­ DIŠTĚ, OSTRÝ AND MISTŘOVICE AND FROM POLISH LOCALITIES INCLUDING JAWORZE, LIPOWIEC, LIPNIK AND STRA- CONKA. DISTRIBUTION: THE SPECIES IS WIDELY DISTRIBUTED IN BARREMIAN STRATA OF THE ALPINE SEDIMENTARY REGION. IT HAS BEEN RECORDED FROM THE HAUTERIVIAN BUT IS NOT KNOWN WITH CERTAINTY FROM THE APTIAN. THE SPECIES IS KNOWN FROM ALGERIA, MALLORCA, FRANCE, SWITZERLAND, ITALY, AUSTRIA, HUNGARY, ROU- MANIA, YUGOSLAVIA, BULGARIA AND U.S.S.R., NOTABLY FROM CRIMEA AND THE CAUCASUS.

Partschiceras bontshevi (MANOLOV, 1962) PI. I, FIGS. 3, 4

PARTIM 1883 Phylloceras infundibulum D'ORB.; UHLIG, P. 179. PARTIM 1951 Phylloceras infundibulum D'ORB. ; PETKOVIČ AND MARKOVIČ, P. 25, PI. 1, FIGS. 7, 9, ?8, NON FIG. 6 (= ?Partschiceras winkleri UHLIG). 1962 Phyllopachyceras bontshevi N. SP.; MANOLOV, P. 527, PI. 73, FIGS. 1-3.

HOLOTYPE: Phyllopachyceras bontshevi MANOLOV, 1962, PI. 73, FIG. 1. IT IS PLACED IN MANOLOV COLLECTION IN THE STATE GEOLOGICAL MUSEUM AT THE UNIVERSITY OF SOFIA UNDER THE NUMBER CR^L. STRATUM TYPICUM ET LOCUS TYPICUS: UPPER BARREMIAN, NORTHERN BULGARIA. MATERIAL: THIRTY-TWO STRONGLY DEFORMED, IMPERFECTLY PRESERVED SPECIMENS HAVING ORIGINAL SHELLS.

DESCRIPTION: INVOLUTE SHELLS WITH VERY NARROW UMBILICUS. UMBILICAL REGION DEEP, FUNNEL- -SHAPED. BODY CHAMBER OCCUPIES PROBABLY TWO-THIRDS OF THE WHORL. SCULPTURE IS FORMED BY THE RIBS OF UNIFORM TYPE. IN MY IMPERFECTLY PRESERVED MATERIAL THE RIBS DO NOT DEVELOP UNTIL A SHELL DIAMETER OF MORE THAN 20 MM IS REACHED. AT THE BEGINNING THEY ARE THIN, INCONSPICUOUS AND RELATIVELY WIDE AND ROUNDED. ALTHOUGH THESE MAY BE OF THE SAME THICKNESS AS IN Partschiceras infundibulum (D'ORBIGNY, 1841) ONLY AFTER THE SHELL DIAMETER HAS ATTAINED A VALUE OF MORE THAN 40 MM, DOES THEIR THICKNESS USUALLY LESSEN. SPACES BETWEEN THEM ARE RELATIVELY WIDE, DUE CHIEFLY TO THE ABSENCE OF THE INTERCALATORY RIBS. RIBS ARE STRAIGHT, CROSS THE OUTER SIDE CONTINUOUSLY, AND ARE RE­ STRICTED TO THE OUTER TWO-THIRDS OF THE WHORL. IN THEIR CONTINUATION RIBS PASS INTO A FUNNEL-SHAPED UM­ BILICUS, FORMING STRIAE WHICH AT FIRST ARE SHARPLY ARCHED DOWNWARDS BUT ALMOST RADIAL NEAR THE UMBILICUS. ON THE LATER WHORLS OCCUPYING THE OUTER SIDE THE RIBS USUALLY WEAKEN. SHORT INTERCALATORY RIBS ARE RARE. THERE ARE ABOUT 15—17 RIBS ON ONE-HALF OF THE WHORL. EARLIER WHORLS FINELY AND DISTINCTLY STRIATED, PARTICULARLY ON THE OUTER SIDE. THESE STRIAE DISAPPEAR TOWARD THE UMBILICUS. SUCH SCULPTURE IS BEST VISIBLE IN SHELL DIAMETERS OF ABOUT 25—35 MM. AS A RULE THESE STRIAE CANNOT BE DETECTED IN SHELLS HAVING A DIAMETER OF MORE THAN 40 MM. SUTURE LINE HAS NOT BEEN OBSERVED IN ANY SPECIMEN OF MY OWN COLLECTION. MEASUREMENTS: BIOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS OF THIS SPECIES CAN ONLY BE BASED ON DATA FROM J. R. MANOLOV (1962) AND PRESENTED BELOW. ACCORDING TO A PERSONAL COMMUNICATION KINDLY FURNISHED BY G. MANDOV OF THE UNIVERSITY OF SOFIA, THE TYPE MATERIAL IS PRESERVED AS STEINKERN AND THE WHORL- BREADTH CANNOT BE MEASURED WITH A SUFFICIENT DEGREE OF ACCURACY. THIS EXPLAINS THE QUESTION MARK IN FRONT OF B/D AND THE SMALL VALUE GIVEN IN THAT AUTHOR'S DESCRIPTION. IT CANNOT FURTHERMORE BE DISCOUNTED THAT THE SHELL WAS AFFECTED BY A SLIGHT LATERAL DEFORMATION. THE HOLOTYPE WHICH IS 64 MM ACROSS HAS THE FOLLOWING PARAMETERS: H/D = 0.56, B/D = ?0.23.

29 IT HAS BEEN POSSIBLE TO MEASURE ONLY 5 SPECIMENS FROM THE BESKYDY MTS., BUT RELIABLE MEASUREMENTS HAVE BEEN MADE ONLY ON THE PHRAGMOCONE.

EXAMPLES OF MEASUREMENTS

K5 006 D = 29 MM . . . 35.5 39 H = 18 MM (0.62) 22 (0.62) 25 (0.64) V,/L D = 37 MM . . . 39 H = 24 MM (0.65) 25 (0.64)

IT SHOULD BE MENTIONED THAT THE MEASUREMENTS OF THE SHELL DIAMETERS ATTAINING VALUES OF 37 AND 39 MM WERE MADE NEAR TO THE LAST SEPTUM.

AS A RULE THE MAXIMUM DIAMETER OF THE DEFORMED SHELL DOES NOT EXCEED 50 MM. REMARKS AND COMPARISONS : THE SCULPTURE OF THE MATERIAL FROM THE BESKYDY MTS. SHOWS THE GREATEST SIMILARITY TO THE SPECIES P. bontshevi OR THE SUBSPECIES Partschiceras eichwaldi occidentale WIED­ MANN, 1964. THE SCULPTURE FORMED OF UNIFORM RIBS EXTENDING PROSIRADIATELY IS A COMMON FEATURE OF THE MATERIAL FROM THE BESKYDY MTS. AND THE FORMER SPECIES. THE TYPE MATERIAL OF P. bontshevi MAY BE DIS­ TINGUISHED BY THE ABSENCE OF THE CLOSELY SPACED STRIAE, DUE ESSENTIALLY TO THE STATE OF PRESERVATION AS A STEINKERN. IN ADDITION, IT IS AS YET UNCERTAIN AT WHAT SHELL DIAMETER RIBBING OCCURS. MY OWN MATERIAL RESEMBLES THE SUBSPECIES P. eichwaldi occidentale ESPECIALLY ON THE BASIS OF THE CLOSELY SPACED, FINE STRIAE AND LESS DISTINCT RIBS. ON THE OTHER HAND, IT DIFFERS IN THE LATER DEVELOPMENT OF THE SCULPTURE AND THE RADIAL TO PROSIRADIATELY CURVED RIBS. THE ABOVE COMPARISON HAS REVEALED THAT MY MATERIAL HAS MOST ESSENTIAL CHARACTERS IN COMMON WITH THE SPECIES P. bontshevi TO WHICH IT IS THEREFORE ASSIGNED. P. bontshevi CAN EASILY BE DISTINGUISHED FROM P. infundibulum BY THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERS: THE LATER DEVELOPMENT OF THE SCULPTURE, THE INDISTINCT SCULPTURE PARTICULARLY DURING EARLIER GROWTH STAGES, AND THE ABSENCE OF INTERCALATING RIBS. GENERALLY P. bontshevi APPEARS TO BE A SUCCESSOR OF P. infundibulum. P. baborense (COQUAND) BELONGS ALREADY TO THE CATEGORY OF EITHER SMOOTH SHELLS OR THE ONES WITH ONLY INDISTINCT SCULPTURE. IN P. bontshevi, HOWEVER, THE RIBS ARE NEARLY AS STRONG AS THOSE IN P. infundibulum. OCCURRENCE: THE SPECIES HAS BEEN OBTAINED FROM THE EXPOSURES OF LOWER BARREMIAN AND LOWER

APTIAN AGE AT KUNČICE P. ONDŘEJNÍKEM (KN5, KN7), FROM THE SPOIL HEAPS BETWEEN TICHÁ AND KOZLO­

VICE (K3, K5), AT KOZLOVICE (KZ2, KZ3), VEŘOVICE (VJ) AND APPARENTLY KRÁSNÁ (KR2). IN THESE SPOIL HEAPS IT OCCURS IN ASSOCIATION WITH THE SPECIES OF UPPER BARREMIAN AND BARREMIAN-APTIAN AGE. THIS SPECIES IS UNKNOWN FROM THE LOCALITIES OF LOWER BARREMIAN AGE. THE SPECIMEN FIGURED AND DESCRIBED FROM VEŘOVICE BY H. ELIÁŠOVÁ (1962, FIG. 3) AS Pulchellia karsteni (UHLIG, 1883) APPEARS TO BELONG ALSO TO P. bontshevi ON THE BASIS OF NARROW RIBS AND THEIR COURSES. DISTRIBUTION: THIS SPECIES HAS HITHERTO BEEN RECORDED WITH CERTAINTY FROM UPPER BARREMIAN BEDS OF BULGARIA. IN ADDITION IT OCCURS IN THE BARREMIAN OF YUGOSLAVIA. SINCE THE SPECIES HAS AS YET RECEIVED LITTLE ATTENTION, IT IS EXPECTED THAT ITS GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION WILL PROVE TO BE WIDER. THE REMARKS GIVEN BY V. UHLIG IN HIS DISCUSSION OF P. infundibulum FROM HIS COLLECTION SUGGEST THAT P. bontshevi ALSO OCCURS AT JAWORZE IN POLAND.

Partschiceras baborense (COQUAND, 1880) PI. I, FIG. 6; TEXT-FIG. 13

1872 Ammonites Rouyanus D'ORB.; TIETZE, P. 133, PI. 9, FIG. 7. 1876 Ammonites Rouyanus D'ORB. ; SIMONOVICH - SOROKIN - BATSEVICH, P. 99, PI. 3, FIG. 6. 1880 Ammonites Baborensis; COQUAND, P. 26. 1883 Phylloceras Rouyanum D'ORB.; UHLIG, P. 181, PI. 4, FIG. 11. PARTIM 1889 Phylloceras Rouyanum D'ORB.; HAUG, P. 196. 1889 Phylloceras Rouyanum D'ORB.; KILIAN, P. 267. PARTIM 1890 Phylloceras Rouyanum D'ORB.; SAYN, P. 139. 1897 Phylloceras Rouyi D'ORB.; KARAKASH, P. 10, PI. 4, FIG. 6. 1900 Phylloceras Rouyanum D'ORB.; ANTHULA, P. 94.

30 PARTIM 1901 Phylloceras infundibulum D'ORB. ; SARASIN AND SCHONDELMAYER, P. 11. 1907 Phylloceras Rouyanum D'ORB.; JACOB, P. 59. 1907 Phylloceras Rouyanum D'ORB.; PERVINQUIĚRE, P. 56. 1907 Phylloceras Rouyanum VAR. Baborensis COQ.; PERVINQUIĚRE, P. 56 1910 Phylloceras Rouyanum D'ORB. ; FALLOT, P. 16. 1910 Phylloceras Rouyanum VAR. Baborensis COQ. ; FALLOT, P. 16. 1910 Phylloceras Broilii; KRENKEL, P. 221, PI. 22, FIG. 7. 1912 Phylloceras infundibulum VAR. Baborensis COQ. IN HEINZ; JOLEAUD, P. 110, PI. 1, FIGS. 1—3. 1913 Phylloceras Rouyanum D'ORB.; KILIAN, P. 254, 331. 1913 Phylloceras Baborense COQ. ; KILIAN, P. 254, 332. 1915 Phylloceras Rouyanum D'ORB.; KILIAN AND REBOUL, P. 19, PI. 5, FIG. 1. 1920 Phylloceras Rouyanum AND Ph. Baborense; FALLOT, P. 17. 1920 Phylloceras Rouyanum D'ORB.; GIGNOUX, P. 99. 1920 Phylloceras Rouyanum VAR. Baborensis COQ. ; GlGNOUX, P. 99. 1920 Phylloceras infundibulum VAR. Rouyana D'ORB.; SAYN, P. 200, PI. 1, FIGS. 14, 15. 1926 Phylloceras Rouyi D'ORB. ; RENGARTEN, P. 12. 1926 Phylloceras Rouyi VAR. elliptica; RENGARTEN, P. 12, PI. 2, FIG. 2. 1933 Phylloceras Rouyi D'ORB. ; ROUCHADZÉ, P. 170. 1933 Phylloceras Rouyi VAR. elliptica RENG. ; ROUCHADZÉ, P. 171. 1937 Phylloceras baborense COQ. ; COLLIGNON, P. 8, PI. 1, FIGS. 4—6. 1937 Phyllopachyceras baborense COQ. ; COLLIGNON, P. 28. 1937 Phyllopachyceras baborense VAR. ellipticum RENG. ; COLLIGNON, P. 28. 1955 Phyllopachyceras baborense COQ. ; ERISTAVI, P. 48. 1955 Phyllopachyceras baborenes COQ. VAR. elliptica; ERISTAVI, P. 49. ?1956 Phyllopachyceras ectocostatum SP. NOV.; DRUSHCHITS, P. 128, TEXT-FIG. 58, PI. 13, FIGS. 52—54. 1956 Phyllopachyceras crassum SP. NOV.; DRUSHCHITS, P. 130, TEXT-FIG. 59, PI. 13, FIG. 51. 1957 Phyllopachyceras baborense COQ. ; BUSNARDO AND DAVID, P. 80. 1957 Phyllopachyceras Rouyi D'ORB. ; BUSNARDO AND DAVID, P. 82. 1957 Phyllopachyceras rouyi D'ORB. ; ERISTAVI, P. 58. 1957 Phyllopachyceras baborense COQ.; ERISTAVI, P. 58. 1962 Phyllopachyceras baborense COQ.; COLLIGNON, P. 3, PI. 216, FIG. 945. 1964 Partschiceras baborense COQ. ; WIEDMANN, P. 243, PI. 14, FIGS. 2, 4, 5; PI. 16, FIGS. 1,2; PI. 21, FIGS. 5, 6. 1965 Phyllopachyceras baborense COQ.; EGOYAN, P. 120, PI. 1, FIGS. 4, 5; PI. 2, FIGS. 1, 2. NON 1841 Ammonites Rouyanus D'ORB.; D'ORBIGNY, P. 362, PI. 110, FIGS. 3—5.

NEOTYPE (ESTABLISHED BY J. WIEDMANN 1964): Phylloceras infundibulum VAR. baborensis COQUAND IN L. JOLEAUD 1912, PI. LBIS, FIGS. 1—3. PLACED IN JOLEAUD COLLECTION IN THE SORBONNĚ, PARIS. STRATUM TYPICUM ET LOCUS TYPICUS : APTIAN, ALGERIA. MATERIAL: ONE NON-DEFORMED SPECIMEN, RELATIVELY WELL-PRESERVED AS A PYRITIC CORE WITH REMAINS OF ITS ORIGINAL SHELL.

DESCRIPTION: INVOLUTE SHELLS, WITH APPROXIMATELY CIRCULAR WHORL-DIAMETERS. OUTER SIDE ROUNDED AND CURVED CONTINUOUSLY TOWARD THE LATERAL SIDES WHICH ALSO PASS WITHOUT INTERRUPTION INTO THE UM­ BILICUS. MAXIMUM BREADTH OF THE WHORLS AT APPROXIMATELY HALF THE HEIGHT OF THE SIDES. UMBILICAL AREA NOT VERY DEEP, OF FUNNEL SHAPE. UMBILICUS VERY NARROW. SHELL SMOOTH, WITHOUT OBSERVABLE INDICATIONS OF SCULPTURE, DUE PROBABLY TO ITS DEPOSITION IN SAND­ STONE. THE STEINKERN BEARS NO INDICATION OF SCULPTURE BUT AN ALMOST COMPLETELY PRESERVED SUTURE LINE (SEE TEXT-FIG. 13).

13. OUTER PART OF THE SUTURE- LINE FOR Partschiceras ba­ borense (COQUAND) WITH A WHORL-HEIGHT OF 18 MM.

SPECIMEN V5/6; LOWER APTIAN, VEŘOVICE

31 SUTURE LINE SHOWS CLOSE SIMILARITY TO THAT SHOWN BY J. WIEDMANN (1964) IN FIG. 59A,B. ROUNDING OF THE ULTIMATE PROJECTIONS OF THE SADDLES IN MY MATERIAL IS CAUSED BY LOCAL WEATHERING OF THE STEINKERN. THE EXTERNAL LOBE RELATIVELY LOW, BEARING AT ITS HALF-WAY MARK TWO BRANCHES SEPARATED BY A SADDLE OF BOTTLE SHAPE. THE FIRST LATERAL SADDLE IS DIVIDED INTO TWO PARTS UP TO ABOUT ONE-THIRD OF ITS HEIGHT BY AN ACCESSORY LOBE. EACH PART IS THEN SUBDIVIDED INTO THREE DIFFERENT BRANCHES OF VARIOUS SHAPE, WITH A FOURTH BRANCH VAGUELY INDICATED. THE LATERAL LOBE IS BROADER IN THE BASAL THAN IN UPPER AREA, DEEPLY DIVIDED BY TWO ACCESSORY SADDLES INTO THREE SIMILAR LOBULES WHICH ARE STILL FURTHER SUBDIVIDED. THE

SECOND LATERAL SADDLE IS SIMILAR TO THE FIRST, BUT IT IS A LITTLE LOWER IN HEIGHT. THE UMBILICAL LOBE U2 IS ALSO FORMED BY THREE ACCESSORY LOBES, BUT IT IS SOMEWHAT LESS SYMMETRICAL AND A LITTLE SHORTER THAN THE LATERAL LOBE. THE SUBSEQUENT UMBILICAL SADDLE IS MUCH LESS INTRICALLY BRANCHED THAN THE SECOND LATERAL ONE BUT ANALOGOUSLY SUBDIVIDED INTO TWO CONSPICUOUS PRIMARY BRANCHES. THE SADDLES THAT FOLLOW PRIM­ ITIVE BRANCHES, AND THE SUBSEQUENT SADDLES EXTENDING TOWARD THE UMBILICUS ARE NOT PRESERVED. THE REMAINDER OF UMBILICAL LOBES SITUATED BETWEEN THEM GRADUALLY BECOMES LESS BRANCHED INTO THREE SUB­ DIVISIONS, IS ASYMMETRICAL, AND SEPARATED FROM EACH OTHER ONLY BY ONE PARTIAL SADDLE. INNER PART OF THE SUTURE LINE NOT SEEN.

MEASUREMENTS: AT D = 33.5 MM, THE SPECIMEN V5/6 WOULD HAVE THE FOLLOWING SIZES: H = 19.8 (0.59), B = 19.2 (0.57), B/H = 0.97. THE MEASURED VALUES AGREE WITH DATA GIVEN BY J. WIEDMANN (1964, P. 248) AND OTHER AUTHORS. REMARKS AND COMPARISONS: J. WIEDMANN (1964) HAS CLEARLY PROVED THAT P. baborense AND Partschiceras rouyanum (D'ORBIGNY, 1841) ARE INDEPENDENT SPECIES. P. baborense DIFFERS FROM Part­ schiceras infundibulum (D'ORBIGNY, 1841), Partschiceras prendeli (KARAKASCH, 1907), Partschiceras eich­ waldi (KARAKASCH, 1895) AND Partschiceras bontshevi (MANOLOV, 1962) ESPECIALLY IN THE ABSENCE OF DISTINCT RIBS IN SHELLS HAVING A LARGER DIAMETER. THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN P. baborense AND Partschiceras ectocostatum (DRUŽCZIC, 1956) IS RATHER CONFUSING. THE PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED IN THE COMPARISON OF BOTH SPECIES HAVE PARTICULARLY BEEN CAUSED BY STUDYING SPECIMENS THE LARGEST OF WHICH ATTAINS 22.5 MM IN DIAMETER. AFTER MY EXAMINATION IN MOS­ COW IT IS NOW POSSIBLE TO STATE THAT THE SPECIMENS OF P. ectocostatum BEAR ON THEIR OUTER SIDES RELATIVELY CLOSELY SPACED THIN RIBS FORMING SLIGHTLY S-SHAPED GROWTH LINES WHICH CONTINUE TOWARD THE UMBILICUS OF RELATIVELY WELL-PRESERVED SPECIMENS. THE PARAMETER B/D ATTAINS LOWER VALUES (0.45—0.51) IN P. ecto­ costatum THAN IN A TYPICAL REPRESENTATIVE OF P. baborense. ANOTHER SPECIES, P. crassum (DRUŽCZIC, 1956), IS PRESERVED ONLY AS A SMOOTH STEINKERN. ACCORDING TO ITS ALL CHARACTERS, P. crassum IS ALLEGED TO BE IDENTICAL WITH P. baborense. P. baborense WAS DISCUSSED IN GREAT DETAIL BY J. WIEDMANN (1964) AND V. L. EGOYAN (1965), WHO REACHED PRACTICALLY IDENTICAL CONCLUSIONS.

OCCURRENCE: THIS SPECIES HAS ONLY BEEN FOUND WITH CERTAINTY IN ONE SPOIL HEAP AT VEŘOVICE (V5). THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIES OCCUR BOTH IN THE UPPERMOST BARREMIAN AND LOWERMOST APTIAN. DISTRIBUTION: P. baborense IS WIDELY DISTRIBUTED IN THE APTIAN AND ALBIAN, BUT NOT KNOWN FOR CERTAIN FROM THE BARREMIAN. THE SPECIES HAS BEEN RECORDED FROM ALGERIA, TUNIS, THE BALEARIC ISLANDS, MALLORCA, SPAIN, FRANCE, AUSTRIA, U.S.S.R. (NOTABLY CRIMEA AND THE CAUCASUS), AND MADAGASCAR.

GENUS Sowerbyceras PARONA ET BONARELLI, 1895

SUBGENUS Holcophylloceras SPATH, 1927

TYPE SPECIES : Phylloceras mediterraneum NEUMAYR, 1871. KALLOWAY, NORTHEASTERN ALPS.

Sowerbyceras (Holcophylloceras) ernesti (UHLIG, 1883)

PI. I, FIG. 5

1883 Phylloceras Ernesti N. SP.; UHLIG, P. 183, PI. 4, FIG. 6. 1889 Phylloceras Ernesti UHL.; KILIAN, P. 226.

32 1898 Phylloceras Ernesti UHL.; SIMIONESCU, P. 115. ?1921 Phylloceras Ernesti UHL. ; PETKOVIČ, P. 53. ?1926 Phylloceras Ernesti UHL. ; RENGARTEN, P. 10. 1960 Salfeldiella ernesti UHL.; DRUSHCHITS AND KUDRYAVTSEV, P. 255, PI. 4, FIG. 3.

HOLOTYPE : Phylloceras ernesti UHLIG, 1883, PI. 4, FIG. 6. IT IS PLACED IN HOHENEGGER COLLECTION OF THE BAYERISCHE STAATSSAMMLUNG F. PALÁONTOLOGIE U. HIST. GEOLOGIE, MUNICH. STRATUM TYPICUM ET LOCUS TYPICUS: BARREMIAN (?), HRADIŠTĚ, KARVINÁ DISTRICT. MATERIAL: SIX MOSTLY POORLY PRESERVED SPECIMENS WITH FRAGMENTS OF THEIR ORIGINAL SHELLS.

DESCRIPTION: SHELLS INVOLUTE, WITH NARROW UMBILICUS, BEARING CLOSELY SPACED FINE RIBS. RIBS DI­ VERGE MODERATELY FROM THE UMBILICUS FORWARDS AND ARE CONSPICUOUSLY BENT DOWNWARDS MID-WAY ALONG THE WHORL-HEIGHT. ON THE OUTER HALF OF THE WHORL THESE ARE CURVED PROSIRADIATELY AND CROSS THE OUTER SIDE PROJECTED. THEY ARE MOST CONSPICUOUS ON THE OUTER SIDE BUT ONLY VAGUELY VISIBLE JUST UNDER THE SHELL ITSELF AS 10 TO 12 ANGULAR CONSTRICTIONS PER WHORL FOLLOWING APPARENTLY THE COURSE OF THE RIBS. MEASUREMENTS: BECAUSE OF DEFORMATION OF UHLIG'S HOLOTYPE MEASUREMENTS ARE GIVEN OF A DRUSHCHITS' SPECIMEN (1960, PI. 4, FIG. 3) AS FOLLOWS: D = 69.9 MM; H = 38.5 (0.55); U = 8.2 (0.13). IT WAS NOT POSSIBLE TO MEASURE THE MATERIAL COMING FROM THE BESKYDY MOUNTAINS. REMARKS AND COMPARISONS: 5. (H.) ernesti DIFFERS FROM A NUMBER OF CLOSELY COMPARABLE SPECIES, SUCH AS Sowerbyceras (Holcophylloceras) pseudoernesti (COLLIGNON, 1937) AND Sowerbyceras (Holcophylloceras) guettardi (RASPAIL, 1831) ESPECIALLY IN HAVING A GREATER NUMBER OF CONSTRICTIONS, WHICH NEITHER WEAKEN NOR DISTINCTLY STRENGTHEN TOWARD THE EXTERNAL SIDE. OCCURRENCE: THE REPRESENTATIVES OF S. (H.) ernesti HAVE BEEN FOUND IN THE EXPOSURE OF UPPER­

MOST BARREMIAN AGE AT KUNČICE P. ONDŘEJNÍKEM (KN5), IN A SPOIL HEAP BELONGING TO THE UPPER PART OF

THE LOWER BARREMIAN AT TICHÁ (T6) AND IN SOME SPOIL HEAPS CONTAINING UPPER BARREMIAN SPECIES AT

TICHÁ (T3), MALENOVICE (M5), KOZLOVICE (KZ2) AND VEŘOVICE (VJ). IN THE LAST-MENTIONED LOCALITY LOWER APTIAN SPECIES HAVE ALSO BEEN FOUND. V. UHLIG (1883) RECORDS IT FROM HRADIŠTĚ AND KOŇÁKOV. DISTRIBUTION: 5. (H.) ernesti IS KNOWN TO OCCUR IN THE BARREMIAN OF ROUMANIA AND NORTHERN CAUCASUS AND THE APTIAN OF FRANCE.

Order Lytoceratida HYATT, 1889

Suborder Lytoceratina HYATT, 1889

Superfamily Lytocerataceae NEUMAYR, 1875

Family Lytoceratidae NEUMAYR, 1875

Subfamily Lytoceratinae NEUMAYR, 1875

GENUS Lytoceras SUESS, 1865

TYPE SPECIES: Lytoceras postfimbriatum PRINZ, 1904 (= Ammonites fimbriatus IN D'ORBIGNY 1845). MIDDLE LIAS, FRANCE.

VARIOUS OPINIONS EXIST REGARDING THE RANGE OF THIS GENUS. ON THE BASIS OF THE DEVELOPMENT AND TYPE OF THE SUTURE LINE O. H. SCHINDEWOLF (1961, P. 677) PROVED THAT A NUMBER OF LYTOCERATID GENERIC NAMES RANGING FROM THE LIASSIC TO THE UPPER CRETACEOUS ARE MERELY SYNONYMS OF THE GENUS Lytoceras. OF CRETACEOUS REPRESENTATIVES THE GENERA Biasaloceras DRUŽCZIC, 1953 AND Pseudotetragonites DRUŽCZIC, 1956 MAY SERVE AS EXAMPLES. ON THE OTHER HAND, THERE ARE SOME DIFFERENCES IN THE WHORL SECTION, THE SCULPTURE AND ESPECIALLY IN THE FORMATION OF LAMELLAR FLARES. THIS IS TO SAY THAT THESE FLARES CANNOT BE USED FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF THE LOWER CRETACEOUS LYTOCERATITES — IN THE MANNER SIMILAR TO THAT USED BY N. V. BEZNOSOV (1958A,B)

33 FOR THE JURASSIC LYTOCERATITES — BECAUSE OF THEIR RARE PRESERVATION THUS RESULTING IN INADEQUATE INFORMA­ TION FOR INDIVIDUAL SPECIES. LYTOCERATID AMMONITES POSSESSING A LYTOCERATID TYPE OF THE SUTURE LINE, SENSU STRICTO, AND CRINKLED RIBS IN COMBINATION WITH PERIODICAL FLARES OF LYTOCERATID TYPE ARE THEREFORE PROVISIONALLY PLACED IN THE GENUS Lytoceras.

Lytoceras AFF. subfimbriatum (D'ORBIGNY, 1841)

PI. I, FIG. 7

1841 Ammonites subfimbriatus D'ORB.; D'ORBIGNY, P. 121, PI. 35, FIGS. 1—4. 1850 Ammonites subfimbriatus D'ORB. ; D'ORBIGNY, P. 63. 1858 Ammonites subfimbriatus D'ORB.; PICTET AND LORIOL, P. 13, PI. 12, FIGS. 1—4. 1858—1860 Ammonites subfimbriatus D'ORB. ; PICTET AND CAMPICHE, P. 272. 1883 Lytoceras subfimbriatum D'ORB.; UHLIG, P. 189, PI. 5, FIG. 11. 1888 Lytoceras subfimbriatum D'ORB. ; UHLIG, P. 82. 1889 Lytoceras subfimbriatum D'ORB. ; HAUG, P. 197. 1898 Lytoceras subfimbriatum D'ORB. ; SIMIONESCU, P. 117. ?1901 Lytoceras subfimbriatum D'ORB. ; SARASIN AND SCHONDELMAYER, P. 16, PI. 2, FIG. 3. 1905 Lytoceras subfimbriatum D'ORB. ; RICHARZ, P. 344, 349. 1916 Lytoceras subfimbriatum D'ORB.; SOMOGYI, P. 317. 1919 Lytoceras subfimbriatum D'ORB.; RODIGHIERO, P. 75, PI. 8, FIG. 7. 1938 Lytoceras (Thysanolytoceras) subfimbriatum D'ORB. ; ROMAN, P. 35. 1951 Lytoceras subfimbriatum D'ORB. ; PETKOVIČ AND MARKOVIČ, P. 25, PI. 2, FIGS. 1, 2. ?1960 Eulytoceras subfimbriatum D'ORB. ; DRUSHCHITS AND KUDRYAVTSEV, P. 258, PI. 6, FIG. 2A, B. 1964 Lytoceras subfimbriatum D'ORB. ; FŮLOP, TAB. 27, FIG. 2.

HOLOTYPE : Ammonites subfimbriatus D'ORBIGNY, 1841, PI. 35, FIGS. 1—4. IT IS DEPOSITED IN D'ORBIGNY COLLECTION, PARIS (MUSEUM NATIONAL D'HISTOIRE NATURELLE). STRATUM TYPICUM ET LOCUS TYPICUS: NEOCOMIAN, SOUTH-EASTERN FRANCE. MATERIAL: ONLY A SINGLE, COMPRESSED, RELATIVELY WELL-PRESERVED SPECIMEN WITH ORIGINAL SHELL.

DESCRIPTION: SHELL STRONGLY EVOLUTE, APPARENTLY WITH A SLIGHT LAPPET. UMBILICAL WALL RELATIVELY ABRUPT. ORIGINAL WHORLS NOT PRESERVED. ON THE SHELL WITH A DIAMETER RANGING FROM ABOUT 7 MM TO APPROX­ IMATELY 20 MM THE SCULPTURE IS FORMED BY THIN, RELATIVELY CLOSELY SPACED, SIMPLE RIBS CURVED PROSI­ RADIATELY AT THE UMBILICUS. THESE ALTERNATE WITH 7 THICKER RIBS PER WHORL. BETWEEN THESE THICKER RIBS THERE ARE THIN RIBS, NUMBERING 6 ON INNER WHORLS AND THEN AMOUNTING TO 12. THIN RIBS BECOME MORE CONSPICUOUSLY CRINKLED AND MORE CLOSELY SPACED WITH INCREASING SHELL DIAMETER. APPROXIMATELY 20 THIN RIBS ARE SITUATED BETWEEN TWO LAMELLAR FLARES ON THE LAST WHORL. RIBS AT FIRST CURVED POSTERIORLY OVER A SHORT DISTANCE NEAR THE UMBILICUS, THEN CURVED ANTERIORLY, BECOME STRAIGHT, AND RUN SUBRADIALLY FROM ABOUT ONE-FIFTH OF THE WHORL-HEIGHT ABOVE THE UMBILICUS. SPECIMEN PRESERVED UP TO A DIAMETER OF ABOUT 40 MM. REMARKS AND COMPARISONS: IN PARTICULAR THIS SPECIES MAY BE DISTINGUISHED FROM OTHER SPECIES OF Lytoceras SUCH AS Lytoceras liebigi (OPPEL, 1865), Lytoceras sutile (OPPEL, 1865), Lytoceras sequens VACEK, 1879, Lytoceras subsequens KARAKASCH, 1907, Lytoceras densifimbriatum UHLIG, 1883, AND FROM OTHER SPECIES COMING FROM THE BESKYDY MTS. DESCRIBED BELOW WITH CRINKLED RIBS, AS WELL AS THE TYPICAL Lytoceras subfimbriatum (D'ORBIGNY, 1841) BY THE FACT THAT ITS SHELL IS COVERED BY FINE, CLOSELY SPACED RIBS FROM THE VISIBLE BEGINNING OF THE INITIAL WHORLS. THESE RIBS ARE CRINKLED UNTIL A DIAMETER OF ABOUT 20 MM IS REACHED, ALTHOUGH THEY ARE FINE AND ARE ONLY SLIGHTLY CRINKLED AT THEIR MAXIMUM DIAMETER. SPIRAL LINES ARE NOT DEVELOPED ON THE SHELL. DIFFICULTY WAS ENCOUNTERED IN COMPARING MY OWN SPECIMEN AS FAR AS SCULPTURE IS CONCERNED WITH THE HOLOTYPE OF L. subfimbriatum (TO WHICH IT IS MOST SIMILAR) DUE TO IMPERFECT ILLUSTRATION OF THE HOLO­ TYPE. FOR INSTANCE, V. UHLIG (1883, P. 189) DRAWS ATTENTION TO THE FACT THAT THE HOLOTYPE OF THE SPECIES L. subfimbriatum FIGURED BY D'ORBIGNY BEARS THE SCULPTURE OF OUTER WHORLS DRAWN ON INITIAL WHORLS. IN

34 ADDITION HE PAID ATTENTION TO THE INACCURATE ILLUSTRATION OF THE SUTURE LINE. THE HOLOTYPE WAS NOT AVAIL­ ABLE TO ME. THE SPECIMEN DESCRIBED AS Lytoceras AFF. subfimbriatum DIFFERS, AMONG OTHER CHARACTERS, FROM THE SPECIES Lytoceras textum, N. SP. IN THE DIFFERENT FLARE SUBTYPE; AND FROM Lytoceras SP. IND. IN THE MORE CLOSELY SPACED AND FINER RIBS AND GREATER NUMBER OF THE FLARES PER WHORL. NO COMPARISON CAN BE MADE WITH OTHER SPECIES BECAUSE OF LACK OF THE LAMELLAR FLARESI N THE SPECIES MENTIONED ABOVE. IT WAS NOT POSSIBLE TO COMPARE THESE SPECIES ACCORDING TO THE WHORL SECTION OR SUTURE LINE BECAUSE OF THE DEFORMATION OF MY OWN MATERIAL. OCCURRENCE : A REPRESENTATIVE OF L. AFF. subfimbriatum HAS BEEN FOUND IN A SPOIL HEAP IN THE TICHÁ

AREA (T4) TOGETHER WITH LOWER BARREMIAN SPECIES. DISTRIBUTION: THE TYPICAL SPECIES L. subfimbriatum HAS MOST OFTEN BEEN RECORDED FROM THE HAUTERIVIAN AND BARREMIAN. IT HAS BEEN KNOWN FROM SOUTH-EASTERN FRANCE, SWITZERLAND, AUSTRIA, ITALY, HUNGARY, ROUMANIA, YUGOSLAVIA, AND APPARENTLY THE CAUCASUS.

Lytoceras textum N. SP. PI. I, FIG. 8; PI. II, FIGS. 3, 4; TEXT-FIG. 14.

1883 Lytoceras N. F. ? AFF. subfimbriatum D'ORB.; UHLIG, P. 189, PI. 5, FIGS. 12, 13, NON 14.

HOLOTYPE : THE SPECIMEN FIGURED BY V. UHLIG (1883) ON PI. 5, FIG. 13 IS DESIGNATED AS A HOLOTYPE AND DEPOSITED IN UHLIG COLLECTION IN THE GEOLOGISCHE BUNDESANSTALT IN VIENNA NO. 3933. HERE SHOWN ON PI. II, FIGS. 3, 4. STRATUM TYPICUM: BARREMIAN (?), TĚŠÍN-HRADIŠTĚ FORMATION. LOCUS TYPICUS: GORKI WIELKIE NEAR BIELSKO (BESKYDY MTS. ON POLISH TERRITORY). DERIVATIO NOMINIS : AFTER THE LATIN TEXTUM = TEXTURE, REFERRING TO THE SCULPTURE OF THE LAST WHORL. PARATYPE : STEINKERN WITH PRESERVED INCOMPLETE SUTURE LINE, WHICH IS SHOWN BY V. UHLIG (1883) ON PI. 5, FIG. 12. COLLECTED FROM THE SAME LOCALITY AS HOLOTYPE AND ALSO PLACED IN VIENNA, NO. 3926. MATERIAL: THIRTEEN IN THE MAIN POORLY PRESERVED SPECIMENS WITH FRAGMENTS OF ORIGINAL SHELL FROM THE AUTHOR'S COLLECTION; HOLOTYPE AND PARATYPE.

DIAGNOSIS: EVOLUTE LYTOCERATID, WITH SMOOTH WHORLS UP TO A DIAMETER OF ABOUT 35 MM, WITH HOWEVER 5—6 RIDGES (LAMELLAR FLARES) PER WHORL. LATER STRIAE TO FINE RIBBETS APPEAR, PASSING INTO CLOSELY SPACED CRINKLED RIBS AT THE TERMINATION OF THE LAST WHORL. DESCRIPTION : SHELLS EVOLUTE, WITH WHORL SECTION APPARENTLY A LITTLE HIGHER THAN BROAD. UMBILICAL WALL RATHER ABRUPT, PASSING SMOOTHLY INTO LATERAL SIDE. INITIAL WHORLS SMOOTH UP TO A DIAMETER OF ABOUT 35 MM, ONLY 5—6 THIN RIDGES CROSS WHORL. RIBS ON THE LAST WHORL COINCIDE WITH LYTOCERATID LAMELLAR FLARES(SUBTYP E A, TEXT-FIG. 11A). LESS ABUNDANT STRIAE ARE DISTINCTLY VISIBLE BETWEEN THESE RIBS, ESPECIALLY ON MORE ADULT WHORLS. ON THE LAST WHORL OF THE HOLO­ TYPE THESE STRENGTHEN TO FORM THIN SIMPLE RIBS WHICH ARE MORE WIDELY SPACED APART. THE OTHER HALF OF THE WHORL IS LACKING AND THE LAST PRESERVED PART OF IT BEARS CLOSELY SPACED CRINKLED RIBS. RIBS ARE SLIGHTLY BENT PROSIRADIATELY AND CRINKLED ANTERO-POSTERIORLY AND ALSO UNDULATED IN THE PLANE PERPENDICULAR TO THE SHELL WALL. TOP PARTS OF THESE "FOLDS" ARE DIRECTED GENTLY TOWARD THE PRECEDING RIB. "ANTICLINES" OF THESE FOLDS TAKE ON THE APPEARANCE OF SPIRAL GROOVES. RIBS ARE GENTLY BOUNDED AT THEIR ANTERIOR END (SEE PI. II, FIG. 4). AN ENTIRELY SIMILAR SCULPTURE HAS ALSO BEEN OBSERVED IN TWO FRAGMENTS OF THE WHORLS, BUT IT HAS BEEN FOUND DIFFICULT TO SPECIFY THEM DUE TO THE ABSENCE OF PRECEDING WHORLS. THE SPECIMEN SHOWING GREATER WHORL HEIGHT THAN THE HOLOTYPE BEARS RIBS MORE WIDELY SPACED APART. IN THE OTHER SPECIMENS THE RIB DENSITY IS ABOUT THE SAME AS IN THE HOLOTYPE. IT WAS POSSIBLE TO STUDY THE SUTURE LINE IN MY OWN THREE SPECIMENS ONLY AFTER REMOVAL OF THE SHELL WALL. PRESERVATION OF THE SUTURE LINE IS NOT ALWAYS SUFFICIENT ENOUGH FOR EXAMINATION OF THE EXTERNAL LOBE, THE SADDLE NEAR THE UMBILICAL LINE, AND THE INTERNAL LOBE. THE SUTURE LINE IN TEXT-FIG. 14 APPARENTLY SHOWS THE ASYMMETRICAL STRUCTURE OF THE LATERAL AND UM­ BILICAL LOBES AS COINCIDING ON THE WHOLE WITH THAT FIGURED BY V. UHLIG (1883, PI. 5, FIG. 12). THE SUTURE

35 LINE AGREES CLOSELY WITH THAT OF Lytoceras subfimbriatum (D'ORBIGNY) AND OTHER LOWER CRETACEOUS LYTO- CERATIDS PLACED BY V. V. DRUSHCHITS (1956) IN THE GENERA Biasaloceras DRUŽCZIC, 1953 AND Pseudo- tetragonites DRUŽCZIC, 1956. IT WAS NOT POSSIBLE TO DETERMINE MY OWN MATERIAL IN GREATER DETAIL, HOWEVER, BECAUSE OF LACK OF A MOST IMPORTANT PART, THE SUTURE LINE ON EITHER SIDE OF THE UMBILICUS. MEASUREMENTS: HOLOTYPE NOT MEASUR­ ED. PARATYPE HAVING D = 53 MM YIELDS THE FOLLOWING VALUES: H = 20 (0.38), U = (0.38). ONLY ONE RATHER WEAKLY DEFORMED SPECI­

MEN (T5/43) FROM MY COLLECTION WAS MEASURED. THE WHOLE DIAMETER WAS MEASURED ON THE PHRAGMOCONE. D = 43 AND 53 MM, H'D = - 0.38, U/D = 0.38 AND 0.39. THE WHORL DIAMETER OF THE OTHER SPECIMENS IN MY OWN COLLECTION DOES NOT EXCEED 40 MM. REMARKS AND COMPARISONS: ACCORD­ ING TO V. UHLIG (1883, P. 190), L. HOHENEGGER DESIGNATED THIS HOLOTYPE IN AN UNKNOWN MA­ NUSCRIPT AS Ammonites textus. BUT V. UHLIG DID NOT VENTURE TO USE THE NAME BECAUSE OF THE IMPERFECT PRESERVATION OF THE FORM. ON THE BASIS OF MY MATERIAL IT IS ASSUMED THAT THIS FORM CAN BE DESCRIBED AS A NEW SPECIES AND TEXTUM, HOHENEGGER'S ORIGINAL UNPUBLISHED SPECIES NAME IS THEREFORE USED IN THIS PAPER.

FROM THE DESCRIPTION IT FOLLOWS THAT NU­ MEROUS SHELLS IN MY COLLECTION HAVE EITHER ONLY THE WHORLS BEARING NO SCULPTURE OF CRINKLED 14. FRAGMENT OF SUTURE-LINE FOR Lytoceras textum N. SP. RIBS DUE TO THEIR SMALL DIAMETER OR FRAGMENTS WITH A WHORL-HEIGHT OF 7 MM. SPECIMEN T5/445; LOWER BARREMIAN, TICHÁ WITH TYPICAL CRINKLED RIBS WITHOUT PRECEDING WHORLS. ON THE OTHER HAND, THE RESULTS OF MY MEASUREMENTS AND THE TYPE BOTH OF THE SCULP­ TURE AND SUTURE LINE AGREE CLOSELY WITH THE DESCRIBED FORM IN MORE COMPLETE SHELLS. IN SPITE OF POOR PRESERVATION L. textum CAN EASILY BE DISTINGUISHED FROM THE SPECIES Lytoceras liebigi (OPPEL, 1865), Lytoceras sutile (OPPEL, 1865), Lytoceras sequens VACEK, 1879, Lytoceras subsequens KARA­ KASCH, 1907, Lytoceras densifimbriatum UHLIG, 1883, Lytoceras subfimbriatum (D'ORBIGNY, 1841), Lyto­ ceras AFF. subfimbriatum AND Lytoceras SP. IND. BY ITS SMOOTH WHORLS UP TO A DIAMETER OF ABOUT 35 MM AND PARTICULARLY BY THE NATURE OF ITS SCULPTURE. THIS TYPE OF CRINKLED RIBS IS SIMILAR ONLY TO THAT SEEN IN L. densifimbriatum AND L. subsequens. ANOTHER FEATURE WHICH DISTINGUISHES IT FROM THE OTHER SPECIMENS FROM THE BESKYDY MTS. IS THE LAMELLAR TYPE OF FLARE (WHEN PRESERVED). OCCURRENCE: MY OWN SPECIMENS HAVE ONLY BEEN COLLECTED FROM THE LOWER BARREMIAN IN THE

EXPOSURE AT TICHÁ (T9) AND FROM THE SPOIL HEAPS AT TICHÁ (T5, T6) AND BETWEEN KOZLOVICE AND TICHÁ (K8). DISTRIBUTION: ACCORDING TO V. UHLIG (1883), THE SPECIES IS WIDELY DISTRIBUTED IN THE FOLLOWING LOCALITIES: Gorki WIELKIE (POLAND), NÝDEK, HRADIŠTĚ AND MT. OSTRÝ. IT COMES FROM BEDS OF PROBABLY BARREMIAN AGE.

Lytoceras SP. IND. PI. II, FIG. 5

MATERIAL: ONE COMPRESSED, RELATIVELY COMPLETE SPECIMEN WITH ORIGINAL SHELL; 5 FRAGMENTS.

DESCRIPTION: SHELL EVOLUTE, WITH A WEAK LAPPET. WHORLS APPARENTLY OF CIRCULAR DIAMETER WITH BOTH OUTER AND UMBILICAL WALLS ROUNDED. BODY CHAMBER GREATER THAN HALF THE WHORL.

36 SCULPTURE ON EARLY WHORLS NOT PRESERVED. ON THE BASIS OF INDISTINCT IMPRESSIONS IT CAN ONLY BE ASSUMED THAT THE SCULPTURE BORE SMOOTH, SPARCELY DISTRIBUTED RIBS BENT PROSIRADIATELY AT THE UMBILICUS. OWING TO THE FACT THAT THE SHELLS UNDERWENT DEFORMATION 4 TO 5 RATHER DEEP CONSTRICTIONS APPEAR ON THE STEINKERN AS COINCIDING WITH THICKER RIBS ON THE SHELL. SLIGHT CRINKLE OF THE RIBS DOES NOT DEVELOP BELOW A DIAMETER OF ABOUT 20 MM BUT BECOMES MORE PROMINENT ON SUCCEEDING RIBS. RIBS ON THE UMBILICAL WALL OF THE WHORL CURVED PROSIRADIATELY BUT RUN RADIALLY AT APPROXIMATELY ONE-FOURTH OF THEIR HEIGHT. RIBS PASS RADIALLY OVER VENTER WITHOUT INTERRUPTION. THEY BECOME MORE CLOSELY SPACED WITH INCREASING SHELL DIAMETER, PARTICULARLY FROM THE DIAMETER OF DEFORMED SHELLS OF ABOUT 50 MM. IN ADDITION TO THIN RIBS, 5 THICKER CRINKLED RIBS APPEAR PER WHORL AS THE FRAGMENTS PROBABLY COINCIDING WITH FLARE BASES OF THE LYTOCERATID TYPE (APPARENTLY SUBTYPE B). IN ADDITION INDISTINCT, RADIAL, ROUNDED GROOVES AND THIN SPIRAL LINES WITH SLIGHT INDICATIONS OF UN­ DULATION CAN BE OBSERVED ON THE LAST WHORL OF THE BEST PRESERVED SPECIMEN. AT A HIGHER MAGNIFICATION RELATIVELY CLOSELY SPACED, ROUNDED PORES MAY BE RECOGNIZED IN THE SHELL TEST. SUTURE LINE IS ONLY PRESERVED ON SMALL FRAGMENTS INDICATING, WHERE OBSERVABLE, THE LYTOCERATID NATURE OF THE SHELL.

MEASUREMENTS: THE ONLY MEASURABLE SPECIMEN FROM KUNČICE P. ONDŘEJNÍKEM (KN8/27) HAS THE FOLLOWING PARAMETERS:

D = 56 MM H = 23.5 (0.42) U = 19 (0.34) D = 47 MM H = 20 (0.42) U = 16 (0.43)

SOME FRAGMENTS SUGGEST THAT THE SHELL DIAMETER OF THIS SPECIES ATTAINED MORE THAN 100 MM. REMARKS AND COMPARISONS : THE SPECIMEN Lytoceras SP. IND. FROM THE BESKYDY MTS. IS GE­ NERALLY COMPARABLE TO THE LOWER BARREMIAN SPECIES Lytoceras subsequens KARAKASCH, 1907, BUT THE FORMER DIFFERS FROM THE LATTER IN HAVING ONLY THE POSTERIOR PART OF THE RIBS CRENULATED, WHILE THE SPECIMENS FROM THE BESKYDY MTS. HAVE THE RIBS CRINKLED ANTEROPOSTERIORLY. IN ADDITION L. subsequens HAS STRIGHTER RIBS AND ONLY 3—4 THICKER RIBS PER WHORL. ANOTHER SPECIES WHICH MAY BE SIMILAR TO SOME OF MY SPECIMENS IS Lytoceras striatum (DRUŽCZIC, 1956) COMING FROM THE UPPER BARREMIAN OF CRIMEA. THE INITIAL VALUES OF THE PARAMETRES H/D AND U/D (BEFORE DEFORMATION) WOULD AGREE MORE CLOSELY WITH MY SPECIMENS THAN WITH THOSE OF L. subsequens. V. V. DRUSHCHITS, 1956, P. 79 GIVES THE FOLLOWING VALUES FOR L. striatum: D = 16.4 MM, H/D = 0.38, UD = 0.38. SINCE L. striatum HAS BEEN DESCRIBED AS A JUVENILE SPECIMEN AND THE NATURE OF THE SCULPTURE ON ADULT WHORLS IS THUS UNKNOWN, THE SPECIMENS FROM MY COLLECTION COULD NOT BE ASCRIBED TO THIS SPECIES. OCCURRENCE: THE SPECIES HAS BEEN FOUND ONLY IN THE EXPOSURES OF UPPERMOST BARREMIAN AGE AT

KUNČICE P. ONDŘEJNÍKEM (KN5, KN8) AND IN THE SPOIL HEAPS CONTAINING ROCKS OF UPPER BARREMIAN AGE

AT KOZLOVICE (KZ2).

GENUS Eulytoceras SPATH, 1927

TYPE SPECIES: Ammonites inaequalicostatus D'ORBIGNY, 1840. BARREMIAN, FRANCE.

Eulytoceras phestum (MATHERON, 1878)

PI. II, FIG. 6

1878 Ammonites Phestus N. SP.; MATHERON, PI. C-20, FIG. 5. 1883 Lytoceras Phestus MATH.; UHLIG, P. 187, PI. 4, FIGS. 1, 3, 4, 20. 1886 Lytoceras aequicostatum; TRAUTSCHOLD, P. 137. 1888 Lytoceras Phestus MATH.; UHLIG, P. 82. 1889 Lytoceras Phestus MATH.; HAUG, P. 196, PI. 8, FIG. 2. 1898 Lytoceras Rossii: PARONA, P. 138, PI. 18 (1), FIG. 2A,B.

37 1898 Lytoceras Phestus MATH.; SIMIONESCU, P. 115, PI. 2, FIG. 4. 1901 Lytoceras Phestus MATH.; SARASIN AND SCHÓNDELMAYER, P. 19. 1907 Lytoceras Phestus MATH.; KARAKASH, P. 46, PI. 4, FIG. 10; PI. 20, FIG. 17. 1907 Lytoceras Phestus MATH.; PERVINQUIĚRE, P. 64. 1915 Lytoceras Phestus MATH.; KILIAN AND REBOUL, P. 21, PI. 1, FIGS. 1, 2. 1919 Lytoceras Phestus MATH.; RODIGHIERO, P. 76, PI. 8, FIGS. 2, 9. 1921 Lytoceras Phestus MATH.; PETKOVIČ, P. 48. 1933 Lytoceras phestus MATH.; KULZHINSKAYA-VORONETS, P. 5, FIG. 6. 1933 Lytoceras phestus MATH.; ROUCHADZÉ, P. 174. 1938 Lytoceras (Hemilytoceras) phestus MATH.; KSIAŽKIEWICZ, P. 230, PI. 1, FIG. 1. 1955 Lytoceras phestus MATH.; ERISTAVI, P. 53. 1956 Eulytocerasphestum MATH.; DRUSHCHITS, P. 87, PI. 5, FIG. 18A,B. 1957 Lytoceras phestum MATH.; ERISTAVI, P. 59. 1960 Eulytoceras phestum MATH. ; DRUSHCHITS AND KUDRYAVTSEV, P. 258, PI. 4, FIG. 3. 1962 Eulytoceras phestus MATH.; COLLIGNON, P. 95, PI. 214, FIG. 935.

HOLOTYPE : Ammonites phestus MATHERON, 1878, PI. C-20, FIG. 5. DEPOSITED IN MATHERON COLLECTION IN THE MUSÉE DE MARSEILLE. STRATUM TYPICUM ET LOCUS TYPICUS: BARREMIAN, FRANCE. MATERIAL: FORTY INCOMPLETELY PRESERVED ORIGINAL SHELLS AND PARTLY STEINKERNS; FIVE JUVENILE SHELLS.

DESCRIPTION: SHELLS EVOLUTE, WITH VERY WEAK LAPPET. BOTH OUTER AND UMBILICAL WALLS ROUNDED, THE LATTER MORE ABRUPT. SCULPTURE COMPOSED OF UNIFORM RIBS BECOMING DISTINCT AT A SHELL DIAMETER OF ABOUT 4 MM. RIBS ON THE UMBILICAL WALL ARE DIRECTED TOWARDS THE APERTURE BUT RADIAL ON THE REST OF THE SHELL. IN MATURE WHORLS THE RIBS AT THE UMBILICAL WALL ARE MUCH MORE PRONOUNCEDLY CURVED. THE RIBS ON THE SHELL COINCIDE, IN REALITY, WITH LAMELLAR FLARES, AS IS DOCUMENTED BY EXTREMELY WELL PRESERVED FRAGMENTS AT THE UMBILICUS IN SOME OF THE LAST WHORLS. THESE LAMELLAR FLARES ARE NOT TOO HIGH BUT RIDGE-LIKE AND SIMPLE, OF THE THYSANOLYTOCERATID TYPE, SINCE THEY DO NOT COINCIDE WITH THE CON­ STRICTIONS ON THE STEINKERN (TEXT-FIG. 11C). IN MOST CASES 40 RIBS PER WHORL ARE PRESENT BUT AT LEAST 32 AND ON OCCASION AS MANY AS 44. FINE GROWTH LINES, SOMETIMES CUT BY SPIRAL GROOVES, ARE THE ONLY ELEMENTS SEEN BETWEEN THE FLARES. MEASUREMENTS: VALUES MEASURED ON THE HOLOTYPE UNKNOWN. THE NON-DEFORMED SPECIMEN NO. 103/325 FROM V. V. DRUSHCHITS COLLECTION HAVING A DIAMETER OF 19.8 MM YIELDS THE FOLLOWING VALUES: H/D = 0.36, B/D = 0.34, U/D = 0.41. WITH INCREASING SHELL DIAMETER WHORL HEIGHT EXCEEDS WHORL BREADTH BY A SMALL AMOUNT. IT HAS BEEN POSSIBLE TO MEASURE ONLY ONE SPECIMEN FROM THE MATERIAL OBTAINED FROM THE BESKYDY

MTS., NAMELY, K5/101: D = 30.3 MM, H = 11.5 (0.38), U = 11 (0.36). MOST OF THE DEFORMED SHELLS ATTAIN A DIAMETER OF UP TO 40 MM AND RARELY EVEN ABOUT 60 MM. UHLIG'S SPECIMEN SHOWN ON PI. 5, FIG. 1 (1883) IS CHARACTERIZED BY VALUES AS FOLLOWS: D = 86 MM, H = 30 (0.35), U = 32 (0.37). REMARKS AND COMPARISONS: IN ADDITION TO THE TYPICAL SPECIMENS DESCRIBED ABOVE, ONE SPECI­ MEN WAS OBTAINED FROM VEŘOVICE, VI/097. IT IS VERY SIMILAR TO THAT SHOWN BY V. UHLIG (1883) ON PI. 5, FIG. 1 AND BEARS 40 RIBS PER WHORL. AT FIRST SIGHT THE SCULPTURE HAS THE SAME PATTERN AS IN TYPICAL SPECI­ MENS. UNLIKE THE OTHER SPECIMENS, THIS POSSESSES THE PRESERVED FLARE BASES DISTINCTLY CRINKLED. MEASURE­ MENTS HAVE ALSO REVEALED THAT U/D ATTAINS AN EXTREMELY LOW VALUE WHICH INDICATES A NARROWER UMBILICUS THAN IS USUAL. FOR SAKE OF COMPARISON, THE FOLLOWING VALUES ARE GIVEN: D = 73 MM, H = 31 (0.43), U = 22.5 (0.31). THIS FORM IS TENTATIVELY NAMED Eulytoceras CF. phestum AND SHOWN ON PI. II, FIG. 1. THE TYPICAL SPECIES E. phestum MAY EASILY BE DISTINGUISHED FROM THE OTHER SPECIES OF THIS GENUS. IT DIFFERS FROM Eulytoceras inequalicostatum (D'ORBIGNY, 1840) IN HAVING THE SCULPTURE FORMED ONLY BY RIBS OF ONE TYPE. HOWEVER, V. V. DRUSHCHITS IN V. V. DRUSHCHITS AND M. P. KUDRYAVTSEV (1960) STATES THAT LESS NUMEROUS THICK RIBS (?) ALSO OCCUR PERIODICALLY ON THE WHORLS OF E. phestum. THIS SPECIES DIFFERS FROM Eulytoceras raricinctum (UHLIG 1883), THE SPECIES WITH A CHARACTERISTICALLY UNIFORM TYPE OF THE RIBS, IN HAVING THE RIBS MORE CLOSELY SPACED. OCCURRENCE: THIS SPECIES HAS BEEN FOUND IN THE EXPOSURES OF UPPER BARREMIAN AGE AT KUNČICE

38 P. ONDŘEJNÍKEM (KN5, KN8), IN THE SPOIL HEAPS CONTAINING UPPER BARREMIAN OR BARREMIAN-APTIAN

SPECIES AT TICHÁ (T3), BETWEEN TICHÁ AND KOZLOVICE (K3), AT KOZLOVICE (KZ2), MALENOVICE (M15 M2,

M5) AND KRÁSNÁ (KRT). V. UHLIG (1883) RECORDED THIS SPECIES FROM THE FOLLOWING LOCALITIES: MALENOVICE, HRADIŠTĚ AND NÝ- DEK (CZECHOSLOVAKIA) AND LIPNIK AND JAWORZE (= ERNSDORF, POLAND). DISTRIBUTION : E. phestum IS WIDELY DISTRIBUTED IN THE BARREMIAN AND LOWER APTIAN. IT HAS BEEN FOUND IN FRANCE, SWITZERLAND, AUSTRIA, ITALY, YUGOSLAVIA, ROUMANIA, POLAND, U.S.S.R. (CRIMEA, THE CAUCASUS), TUNISIA, AND MADAGASCAR.

Eulytoceras raricinctum (UHLIG, 1883) PI. II, FIG. 2

1883 Lytoceras raricinctum N. SP.; UHLIG, P. 183, PI. 5, FIGS. 5, 6, 7. 1901 Lytoceras raricinctum UHL.; SARASIN AND SCHÓNDELMAYER, P. 20, PI. 2, FIG. 4. 1919 Lytoceras raricinctum UHL.; RODIGHIERO, P. 78, PI. 8, FIG. 11. 1933 Lytoceras raricinctum UHL.; KULZHINSKAYA-VORONETS, P. 11, PI. 1, FIGS. 15—17.

LECTOTYPE : IT IS PROPOSED TO USE THE SPECIMEN DESCRIBED BY V. UHLIG, 1883 AS Lytoceras raricinctum AND FIGURED ON PI. 5, FIG. 5 AS THE LECTOTYPE. THIS IS SUPPOSED TO BE PLACED IN HOHENEGGER COLLECTION IN THE BAYERISCHE STAATSSAMMLUNG F. PALÁONTOLOGIE U. HISTORISCHE GEOLOGIE IN MUNICH. AT PRESENT IT IS INACCESSIBLE, MAY BE LOST. STRATUM TYPICUM ET LOCUS TYPICUS: BARREMIAN (?). MIENSZOWICE. THE PRESENT-DAY NAME AND SITUATION OF THIS LOCALITY ARE UNKNOWN TO S. KRAJEWSKI AND J. URBANIAK (1964) AND TO MYSELF. MATERIAL: ONLY A SINGLE COMPRESSED SPECIMEN SHOWING A RATHER POOR STATE OF PRESERVATION.

DESCRIPTION: SHELL EVOLUTE, WITH BOTH OUTER AND UMBILICAL WALLS ROUNDED. INITIAL WHORLS OF THE SAME NATURE AS IN Eulytoceras phestum (MATHERON, 1878) UP TO A DIAMETER OF ABOUT 15 MM. THEREAFTER THE RIBS BECOME MORE WIDELY SPACED. THEY ARE ARCHED FORWARDS AND CROSS THE OUTER SIDE WITHOUT INTERRUPTION. EXAMINATION UNDER THE MICROSCOPE HAS REVEALED THAT THE RIBS ARE FLARE VERSIONS OF THE THYSANOLYTOCERATID TYPE, SIMILAR TO THOSE SEEN IN E. phestum (TEXT-FIG. 11C). EIGHTEEN RIBS ON THE LAST WHORL WITH A DIAMETER OF THE DEFORMED SHELL OF 35 MM. THE LECTOTYPE SHOWN BY V. UHLIG BEARS 15 RIBS AT A SHELL DIAMETER OF ABOUT 45 MM. GROWTH LINES FOLLOWING THE COURSE OF THE RIBS, AND FINE SPIRAL GROOVES ARE VISIBLE BETWEEN THE RIBS. MEASUREMENTS : ACCORDING TO A KIND COMMUNICATION BY N. K. GORN, UNIVERSITY OF LENINGRAD, THE DEFORMED MATERIAL OBTAINED FROM CRIMEA HAS THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERISTIC VALUES: D = 36 MM, H = 23 (0.365), U = 24 (0.38), B = 23.5 (0.37). THE VALUES OBTAINED FOR MY WEAKLY DEFORMED SPECIMEN V^LL ARE AS FOLLOWS: H = 9.3 (0.36), U = 10.2 (0.39). REMARKS AND COMPARISONS : FROM A DIAMETER OF 20 MM THE SPECIES E. raricinctum CAN EASILY BE DISTINGUISHED FROM THE OTHER INDIVIDUALS OF THE GENUS BY THE RARE SIMPLE RIBS OF UNIFORM TYPE. VA­ RIATIONS IN THEIR NUMBERS PER WHORL INCREASE WITH INCREASING SHELL DIAMETER, WHEREAS THE RIBS IN E. ra­ ricinctum DECREASE IN NUMBER. OCCURRENCE: MY ONLY SPECIMEN OCCURRING IN ASSOCIATION WITH THE SPECIES OF UPPER BARREMIAN AND LOWER APTIAN AGE COMES FROM THE SPOIL HEAPS AT VEŘOVICE (VJ. DISTRIBUTION: THE SPECIES IS KNOWN SAFELY ONLY FROM THE BARREMIAN OF SWITZERLAND, ITALY AND, ACCORDING TO N. K. GORN (1966), FROM THE LOWER BARREMIAN OF CRIMEA.

Eulytoceras anisoptychum (UHLIG, 1883) PI. II, FIG. 7

1883 Lytoceras anisoptychum N. SP.; UHLIG, P. 190, PI. 4, FIG. 7; PI. 14, FIG. 9. 1883 Lytoceras N. F. ? AFF. anisoptychum N. SP.; UHLIG, P. 190, PI. 4, FIG. 8. 1888 Lytoceras anisoptychum UHL.; KILIAN, P. 665, PI. 17, FIG. 1. 1889 Lytoceras anisoptychum UHL. ; KILIAN, P. 227. 1898 Lytoceras anisoptychum UHL.; SIMIONESCU, P. 117.

39 LECTOTYPE: IT IS PROPOSED TO USE THE SPECIMEN FIGURED BY V. UHLIG, 1883 AS Lytoceras anisoptychum ON PI. 4 FIG. 7A,B AS LECTOTYPE. THIS IS DEPOSITED IN PICTET COLLECTION, GENEVA. STRATUM TYPICUM ET LOCUS TYPICUS: NEOCOMIAN, PROBABLY BARREMIAN, CHEIRON (BASSES ALPES). MATERIAL: FOUR HIGHLY INCOMPLETE FRAGMENTS WITH SHELL PRESERVED.

DESCRIPTION : SHELL EVOLUTE, WITH ELLIPTICAL WHORL DIAMETER. INITIAL WHORLS NOT PRESERVED. ADULT WHORLS BEAR TYPICAL SCULPTURE OF THE SPECIES, FORMED BY RIBS OF TWO TYPES. UNDULATORY THICKER RIBS ARE PRONOUNCED, REPRESENTING FLARE BASES OF THE THYSANOLYTOCERATID TYPE (TEXT-FIG. LID). FRAGMENTS OF THESE LAMELLAR FLARES ARE PRESERVED ON THE PERIPHERY IN TWO SPECIMENS. WITH THE HEIGHT OF THE COM­ PRESSED WHORL ATTAINING 15 MM THE FLARES ARE ABOUT 2 MM HIGH ON THE OUTER SIDE. FROM THE DIAMETER IN ONE SPECIMEN, IT CAN BE INFERRED THAT THE FLARES ON THE OUTER SIDE OF THE WHORL WERE S-SHAPED IN SECTION, FORMING A FURROW OPEN TOWARD THE APERTURE. TWO TO FOUR WEAKER, CRINKLED RIBS REGULARLY APPEAR ALTERNATELY BETWEEN THE COLLARS. RIBS AND FLARE BASES (THICK RIBS) AT THE UMBILICAL LINE TURNED FORWARD, THEN SUBRADIAL TO CURVE WEAKLY BACKWARD. IN ADDITION, THE SHELL BEARS VERY FINE GROWTH LINES AND VERY THIN, ROUNDED SPIRAL GROOVES BETWEEN THE RIBS. MEASUREMENTS : IT WAS NOT POSSIBLE TO MEASURE THE MATERIAL FROM THE BESKYDY MTS. BECAUSE OF POOR STATE OF PRESERVATION. V. UHLIG (1883) GAVE ONLY WHORL BREADTH AND HEIGHT FOR THE LECTOTYPE, I. E. B/H = 0.78. REMARKS AND COMPARISONS: THE SEDIMENTS OF THE TĚŠÍN-HRADIŠTĚ FORMATION DO NOT FAVOUR SPATIAL PRESERVATION OF THE SHELLS BUT PERMIT PRESERVATION OF DETAILS OF THE SCULPTURE, IN THIS PARTICULAR CASE INCLUDING FLARES. IN VIEW OF THIS FACT, V. UHLIG (1883) DOUBTED THE IDENTITY OF THE FRENCH SPECIMENS OF Lytoceras anisoptychum (WITHOUT FLARESPRESERVED ) WITH THOSE FROM THE BESKYDY MTS. (WITH FLARES) HE DESCRIBED AS Lytoceras N. F. ? AFF. anisoptychum N. SP. ALTHOUGH THE MATERIAL FROM THE BESKYDY MTS. IS IN POOR STATE OF PRESERVATION, IT IS ASSUMED THAT UHLIG'S AND MY OWN SPECIMEN CAN SAFELY BE REFERRED TO E. anisoptychum. ON THE BASIS OF THE THYSANOLYTOCERATID FLARE TYPE IT IS REASONABLE TO SUPPOSE THAT THIS SPECIES BELONGS TO THE GENUS Eulytoceras DESPITE CRINKLED RIBS.

OCCURRENCE: THE SPECIES HAS BEEN FOUND IN THE SPOIL HEAP AT TICHÁ (T5) AND BETWEEN TICHÁ

AND KOZLOVICE (K8), LOWER BARREMIAN. V. UHLIG (1883) STATES THAT IT OCCURS AT THE LIPOWIEC LOCALITY IN POLAND AND THE OTHER, AS YET NOT FURTHER DETERMINED SPECIES AT VEŘOVICE AND JAWORZE. DISTRIBUTION : E. anisoptychum IS KNOWN FROM THE BARREMIAN OF FRANCE AND ROUMANIA.

GENUS Protetragonites HYATT, 1900

TYPE SPECIES: Ammonites quadrisulcatus D'ORBIGNY, 1841. VALANGINIAN, FRANCE.

Protetragonites crebrisulcatus (UHLIG, 1883) PI. ILL, FIG. 5; PI. XV, FIGS. 1,2

1872 Ammonites quadrisulcatus D'ORB. ; TIETZE, P. 138, PI. 9, FIG. 12. ?1872 Ammonites strangulatus D'ORB. ; TLETZE, P. 137, PI. 9, FIG. 11. 1883 Lytoceras crebrisulcatum N. SP.; UHLIG, P. 191, PI. 5, FIGS. 8—10. ?1886 Lytoceras auctum M.; TRAUTSCHOLD, P. 138. 1888 Lytoceras crebrisulcatum UHL. ; UHLIG, P. 82. 1889 Lytoceras crebrisulcatum UHL. : HAUG, P. 197. 1890 Lytoceras crebrisulcatum UHL.; SAYN, P. 14. 1898 Lytoceras crebrisulcatum UHL.; SIMIONESCU, P. 117. ?1900 Lytoceras crebrisulcatum UHL. ; ANTHULA, P. 98, PI. 7, FIG. 2A,B. ?PARTIM 1907 Lytoceras auctum TRAUTSCH. ; KARAKASH, P. 48, PI. 23, FIG. 30: NON PI. 20, FIG. 18 (}Protetragoni­ tes eichwaldi), PI. 24, FIG. 7. 1920 Lytoceras crebrisulcatum UHL. ; GIGNOUX, P. 110.

40 1921 Lytoceras crebrisulcatum UHL.; PETKOVIČ, P. 49, PI. 1, FIGS. 3, 4. 1927 Hemitetragonites crebrisulcatum UHL. ; SPATH, P. 66. 1933 Lytoceras (Hemitetragonites) crebrisulcatum UHL. VAR. sablyensis: KULZHINSKAYA-VORONETS. P. S, PI. 2, FIGS. 1, 2, 16. 1933 Tetragonites CF. crebrisulcatus UHL.; ROUCHADZÉ, P. 178, PI. 1, FIG. 4. 1938 Protetragonites crebrisulcatus UHL. ; ROMAN, P. 42. 1955 Protetragonites crebrisulcatus UHL.; ERISTAVI, P. 55. 1957 Protetragonites crebrisulcatus UHL.; ERISTAVI, P. 59. 1962 Hemitetragonites crebrisulcatus UHL.; COLLIGNON, P. 5, PI. 217, FIG. 948. 1962 Protetragonites crebrisulcatus UHL.; WIEDMANN, P. 19, PI. 1, FIG. 3; PI. 3, FIGS. 2, 4. NONL956 Protetragonites crebrisulcatus UHL.; DRUSHCHITS, P. 93, PI. 5, FIG. 16 (= Protetragonites eichwaldi', FIG. 17 {7Protetragonites eichwaldi). NONL960 Protetragonites crebrisulcatus UHL.; DRUSHCHITS AND KUDRYAVTSEV, P. 93, PI. 8, FIG. LA.B < = Pro­ tetragonites eichwaldi).

HOLOTYPE : Lytoceras crebrisulcatum UHLIG 1883, PI. 5, FIG. 8. THIS IS DEPOSITED IN HOHENEGGER COLLECTION IN THE BAYERISCHE STAATSSAMMLUNG F. PALÁONTOLOGIE U. HISTOR. GEOLOGIE, MUNICH, AND RE-FIGURED IN THIS PAPER AS PI. XV, FIGS. 1. 2. STRATUM TYPICUM ET LOCUS TYPICUS: BARREMIAN, HRADIŠTĚ (KARVINÁ AREA). MATERIAL: TWENTY-EIGHT SPECIMENS; ABOUT ONE-THIRD OF WHICH ARE CRUSHED BUT RELATIVELY WELL PRESERVED. ESSEN­ TIALLY ALL THE SPECIMENS HAVE THE ORIGINAL SHELL PRESERVED.

DESCRIPTION: SHELL EVOLUTE, WITH FLAT ROUNDED LATERAL SIDE AND STEEPLY INCLINED UMBILICAL WALL. INITIAL WHORLS, USUALLY POORLY PRESERVED, ARE ALMOST SMOOTH, AS ARE SUCCEEDING WHORLS. ONLY CON­ STRICTIONS ARE PRONOUNCED, TURNING RATHER STRONGLY FORWARD AT THE UMBILICUS AND LATER BEING ONLY WEAKLY CURVED TO STRAIGHT. AT FIRST THESE TOTAL 5 AND THEN 7—10 PER WHORL; IN SOME SPECIMENS ACCOMPANIED ON EITHER SIDE BY INDISTINCT, FLATTENED, RELATIVELY BROAD RIBS, OF WHICH THE LAST RIB IS MOSTLY MORE PRO­ NOUNCED AND BROADER THAN THE FIRST ONE. OTHERWISE THE SHELL BEARS ONLY INCONSPICUOUS, CLOSELY SPACED RIBBETS OR STRIAE, WHICH ARE MORE CLEARLY SEEN ON LATER WHORLS, IN PARTICULAR ON THE OUTER SIDE OR UMBILICAL WALL. MOST PRONOUNCED AND CLOSELY SPACED STRIAE ARE FOUND AT THE APERTURE, ESPECIALLY IN FRONT OF THE CONSTRICTIONS WITH WHICH THEY RUN PARALLEL. ON SOME SPECIMENS SPIRAL GROOVES OCCUR SPORADICALLY. IT WAS NOT POSSIBLE TO STUDY THE SUTURE LINE IN EVEN ONE OF MY SPECIMENS. MEASUREMENTS: ACCORDING TO V. UHLIG (1883), THE NON-DEFORMED MATERIAL HAS THE FOLLOWING PARAMETERS: D = 49 MM, H = 17.5 (0.36), B = 18 (0.37), U = 20 (0.41). THE FOLLOWING VALUES HAVE BEEN OBTAINED BY MEASURING DEFORMED SPECIMENS FROM THE BESKYDY MTS. WITH PART OF THE DIAMETER LYING ON THE BODY WHORL AND THE REMAINDER OF IT ON THE WHORL WITH SEPTA.

H/D = 0.39—0.41; U/D = 0.35—0.39. FOR INSTANCE, THE SPECIMEN NO. M5/260 SHOWING D = 36 MM YIELDS VALUES OF H = 14.5 (0.40) AND U = 13 (0.36). THE TWO MEASUREMENTS ON THE WHORLS WITH SEPTA GAVE H'D = 0.37, U/D = 0.40. ONLY 5 SUITABLE SHELLS HAVE BEEN MEASURED. MOST OF THE SPECIMENS ARE ON THE AVERAGE 40 MM AND IN DIAMETER NONE EXCEED 60 MM. REMARKS AND. COMPARISONS: THIS SPECIES MAY BE DISTINGUISHED IN ADULT FORMS FROM Protetra­ gonites quadrisulcatus (D'ORBIGNY, 1840) AND Protetragonites aeolus (D'ORBIGNY, 1850) BY THE GREATER NUMBER OF RESTRICTIONS. IN ADDITION IT HAS NO NARROW DISTINCT RIBS ON THE SHELL AT THE PLACES OF CONSTRICTIONS. Protetragonites obliquestrangulatus (KLLIAN, 1889) DIFFERS FROM P. crebrisulcatus PARTICULARLY IN THE TRANS­ VERSE RIBS AND CONSTRICTIONS, AND THE GREATER NUMBER OF BOTH. MUCH MORE DIFFICULTY WAS ENCOUNTERED IN ATTEMPTING TO ASSIGN CORRECTLY AND DIFFERENTIATE CRIMEAN INDIVIDUALS STORED IN DRUSHCHITS COLLECTION, MOSCOW, AND KARAKASH COLLECTION, LENINGRAD. THE SPECIMEN DESCRIBED BY V. V. DRUSHCHITS (1956) ON PI. 5, FIG. 16 AS P. crebrisulcatus HAS ON ITS ADULT WHORLS 4 THICKER RIBS WITH 9 THINNER, SLIGHTLY S-SHAPED INTERCALATORY RIBBETS WHICH ARE TURNED SLIGHTLY FORWARD AND WEAKLY UNDULATORY ON THE OUTER SIDE. IN ADDITION FINE GROWTH LINES AND SPIRAL GROOVES OCCUR BETWEEN THE RIBS. DRUSHCHITS' SPECIMEN AGREES WITH A PART OF THE SPECIMENS N. I. KARAKASH (1907) DESCRIBED AS Lytoceras auctum. THIS IS PARTICULARLY TRUE OF THE SPECIMEN SHOWN ON PI. 20, FIG. 18 AS LACKING, HOWEVER, ANY DISTINCTLY UNDULATORY RIBS ON OUTER SIDE. N. I. KARAKASH ALONE STATES THAT THESE SPECIMENS HAVE

41 RIBBING SIMILAR TO Lytoceras phestum (MATHERON, 1878). DRUSHCHITS' SMALL SPECIMENS ASSIGNED TO Protetragonites eichwaldi (KARAKASCH, 1907) ARE ALSO LIKE THOSE UNDER INVESTIGATION, PARTICULARLY WITH REGARD TO SCULPTURE. APPARENTLY THE FORMER WHICH POSSESS UNDULATORY RIBS DO NOT BELONG TO P. creb­ risulcatus BUT POSSIBLY TO IMMATURE STAGES OF P. eichwaldi, AS WAS SUGGESTED BY N. I. KARAKASH (1907) WHO STATED THAT THE LATTER HAS SLIGHTLY UNDULATORY RIBS. THESE DIFFERENCES IN SCULPTURE HAVE BEEN RECORDED TOGETHER WITH THOSE IN PARAMETRES. DRUSHCHITS' SPECIMEN (1956, PI. 5, FIG. 16) LABELLED NO. 103/337 (WHICH IS ERRONEOUSLY LISTED UNDER NO. 103/333) IS DISTINGUISHED FROM THE TYPICAL SPECIES P. crebrisulcatus BY THE FOLLOWING VALUES:

D = 35.3 MM, H = 11.6 (0.33), U = 15.2 (0.43), B = 11.9 (0.34).

THE SECOND GROUP OF KARAKASH'S SPECIMENS DESCRIBED AS Lytoceras auctum TRAUTSCHOLD, 1886 AND A PART OF DRUSHCHITS' DUPLICATES ASSIGNED TO P. crebrisulcatus LACK THE 9 THIN RIBS BETWEEN THICKER RIBS. ONLY FINE GROWTH LINES CAN BE SEEN. ABOUT 5 THICKER RIBS PER WHORL OCCUR ON THE SHELL, COINCIDING ON THE STEINKERN WITH CONSTRICTIONS WHICH CANNOT BE OBSERVED ON THE SHELL. AN ACCOUNT OF THIS HAS ALSO BEEN GIVEN BY N. I. KARAKASH (1907). THIS FACT RATHER SUGGESTS AT LEAST A CONTINGENT DIFFERENTIATION AS A SUB­ SPECIES (IF NOT ON SPECIES LEVEL) OF Protetragonites crebrisulcatus auctus (TRAUTSCHOLD, 1886). IN AGREEMENT WITH J. WIEDMANN (1962, P. 21), IT IS ASSUMED THAT ANOTHER CRIMEAN REPRESENTATIVE, THE SPECIES Protetragonites mediocris (DRUŽCZIC, 1956), CAN BE REGARDED AS A JUVENILE STAGE OF P. creb­ risulcatus IN SPITE OF SOME DIFFERENCES IN SUTURE LINE. OCCURRENCE: THE SPECIES IS KNOWN FROM THE EXPOSURE OF THE UPPERMOST BARREMIAN AT KUNČICE

P. ONDŘEJNÍKEM (KN8), FROM THE SPOIL HEAPS CONTAINING FAUNAS FROM THE UPPER PART OF THE LOWER

BARREMIAN AND UPPER BARREMIAN AT TICHÁ (T15 T2, T3, T6), THE SPOIL HEAP BETWEEN TICHÁ AND KOZLOVICE

(K5), AT MALENOVICE (M5) AND SPOIL HEAPS YIELDING BARREMIAN-APTIAN FAUNA AT VEŘOVICE (V15 V5). V. UHLIG (1883) RECORDED THE SPECIES FROM MALENOVICE, CHLEBOVICE, SKALICE, HRADIŠTĚ AND KOŇÁKOV. DISTRIBUTION: P. crebrisulcatus IS DISTRIBUTED IN THE BARREMIAN AND LOWER APTIAN. IT IS KNOWN FROM MALLORCA, ALGERIA, AUSTRIA, ROUMANIA, YUGOSLAVIA, PROBABLY THE U.S.S.R. (CRIMEA, THE CAUCASUS), AND MADAGASCAR.

Protetragonites obliquestrangulatus obliquestrangulatus (KLLIAN, 1889)

PI. ILL, FIG. 4

1841 Ammonites Juilleti D'ORB.; D'ORBIGNY, P. 364, PI. ILL, FIG. 3. 1883 Lytoceras N. SP. ? AFF. Juilleti D'ORBIGNY; UHLIG, P. 192, (NON PI. 16, FIG. 7 = ? Melchiorites CF. blayaci KIL.). 1889 Lytoceras obliquestrangulatum; KILIAN, P. 421. 1913 Lytoceras obliquestrangulatum KIL.; KILIAN, P. 198, 329. 1920 Lytoceras obliquestrangulatum KIL. ; FALLOT, P. 231, PI. 1, FIGS. 1, 2. 1938 Protetragonites obliquestrangulatus KLL.; ROMAN, P. 42. 1962 Protetragonites obliquestrangulatus KLL.; WIEDMANN, P. 21.

HOLOTYPE: Ammonites juilleti D'ORBIGNY, 1841, PI. ILL, FIG. 3. DEPOSITED IN D'ORBIGNY COLLECTION IN PARIS (MUSEUM NATIONAL D'HISTOIRE NATURELLE). STRATUM TYPICUM ET LOCUS TYPICUS: LOWER NEOCOMIAN, FRANCE. MATERIAL: EIGHT FLATTENED, MOSTLY JUVENILE SHELLS.

DESCRIPTION: SHELL EVOLUTE, WITH A SLIGHT LAPPET OF PRECEDING WHORLS. THESE WERE APPARENTLY ELLIPTICAL IN CROSS-SECTION. UMBILICAL WALL SHORT AND ABRUPT. SCULPTURE CONSISTS OF THICKER RIBS IN FRONT OF WHICH THERE IS A CONSTRICTION ON THE STEINKERN AND OF THINNER RIBS TAKING ON THE APPEARANCE OF GROWTH LINES (NUMBERING 3 TO 4) BETWEEN THE CONSTRICTIONS. THE LAST WHORL BEARS ABOUT 12 CONSTRICTIONS WHICH ARE POORLY VISIBLE ON THE SHELL, ESPECIALLY IN THE INITIAL WHORLS. BOTH CONSTRICTIONS AND GROWTH LINES ARE DISTINCT, RUNNING OBLIQUELY FORWARDS AND SOMEWHAT S-SHAPED; STRAIGHT OVER A SHORT DISTANCE NEAR THE UMBILICUS, THEN BENT PROSIRADIATELY, AT ABOUT THE MIDDLE OF THE WHORL HEIGHT FORMING A FLAT SADDLE, AND PASSING OVER THE OUTER SIDE MARKEDLY PROSIRADI­ ATELY.

42 MEASUREMENTS : P. FALLOT (1920B) GIVES THE FOLLOWING VALUES FOR TWO SPECIMENS SHOWN ON PI. 1, FIGS. 1, 2. 1) D = 60 MM, H = 19 (0.32), B = 20 (0.33), U = 25 (0.42); 2) D = 40 MM, H = 15 (0.38), B = 16 (0.40), U = 15.5 (0.39).

THE SPECIMEN FROM TICHÁ (T6/40) IS THE ONLY MEASURABLE SPECIMEN AND YIELDS THE FOLLOWING VALUES: D = 47.5 MM (MAX.), H = 15 (0.32), U = 20 (0.42). BECAUSE OF THE BROKEN LAST WHORL DEFORMATION HAS PRACTICALLY NOT BEEN OBSERVED. THE VALUES THUS OBTAINED AGREE WELL WITH THOSE GIVEN BY FALLOT FOR THE SPECIMEN SHOWN IN FIG. 1. THE AVERAGE DIAMETER OF THE REMAINING SHELLS IS APPROXIMATELY 30 MM. REMARKS AND COMPARISONS: THE TYPICAL SUBSPECIES DIFFERS FROM THE SUBSPECIES Protetragonites obliquestrangulatus balearensis WIEDMANN, 1962 IN THE SOMEWHAT GREATER INVOLUBILITY, THE MORE ROUNDED WHORL DIAMETER AND THE MORE STRONGLY CURVED CONSTRICTIONS. IT MAY BE DISTINGUISHED FROM THE OTHER SPECIES OF Protetragonites ESPECIALLY BY THE GREATER NUMBER OF OBLIQUE CONSTRICTIONS.

OCCURRENCE: THE SPECIES HAS BEEN FOUND IN THE SPOIL HEAPS AT TICHÁ (T15 T3, T6) WHICH COR­ RESPOND TO THE UPPER PART OF LOWER BARREMIAN OR POSSIBLY LOWER PART OF UPPER BARREMIAN. DISTRIBUTION: THE SUBSPECIES P. obliquestrangulatus obliquestrangulatus IS RECORDED FROM THE VALANGINIAN TO APTAIN OF FRANCE AND MALLORCA.

Family Macroscaphitidae HYATT, 1900

Subfamily Macroscaphitinae HYATT, 1900

GENUS Costidiscus UHLIG, 1882

TYPE SPECIES: Ammonites recticostatus (D'ORBIGNY, 1841). BARREMIAN, SOUTH-EASTERN FRANCE.

Costidiscus recticostatus (D'ORBIGNY, 1841) PI. ILL, FIG. 1

1841 Ammonites recticostatus D'ORB. ; D'ORBIGNY, P. 134, PI. 40, FIGS. 3, 4. 1850 Ammonites recticostatus D'ORB. ; D'ORBIGNY, P. 98. 1858—1860 Ammonites recticostatus D'ORB. ; PICTET AND CAMPICHE, P. 349. 1883 Lytoceras (Costidiscus) recticostatus D'ORB. ; UHLIG, P. 193, PI. 2, FIG. 2; PI. 5, FIG. 15; PI. 7; PI. 8, FIG. 1 (TRANSITION TO Costidiscus microcostatus), FIG. 2 (TRANSITION TO Costidiscus olcostephanoides), FIG. 3. 1889 Costidiscus recticostatus D'ORB.; HAUG, P. 199. 1889 Costidiscus recticostatus D'ORB.; KILIAN, P. 227. ?1897 Costidiscus recticostatus D'ORB.; KAHAKASH, P. 16, PI. 4, FIG. 12. 1898 Costidiscus recticostatus D'ORB. ; SIMIONESCU, P. 118. 1905 Costidiscus recticostatus D'ORB. ; RICHARZ, P. 349. 1907 Lytoceras (Costidiscus) recticostatus D'ORB.; PERVINQUIĚRE, P. 65. 1910 Costidiscus recticostatus D'ORB. SP. VAR. plana KLLIAN; KLLIAN, P. 252, 253. 1915 Costidiscus recticostatus D'ORB. SP. VAR. plana KILIAN; KILIAN AND REBOUL, P. 22. 1919 Costidiscus recticostatus D'ORB.; RODIGHIERO, P. 79, PI. 9 (2), FIGS. 1,3. 1933 Costidiscus recticostatus D'ORB.; ROUCHADZÉ, P. 175. 1949 Costidiscus recticostatus D'ORB. ; KOKOSZYNSKA, P. 38, PI. 3, FIG. 1. ?1951 Costidiscus (Lytoceras) recticostatus D'ORB. ; PETKOVIČ AND MARKOVIČ, P. 26, TAB. 2, FIGS. 3, 4. 1953 Costidiscus recticostatus D'ORB. ; ROTH AND MATĚJKA, P. 36, PI. 1, FIG. 1. 1955 Costidiscus recticostatus D'ORB.; ERISTAVI, P. 57. 1962 Costidiscus recticostatus D'ORB. ; WIEDMANN, P. 33. 1964 Costidiscus recticostatus D'ORB. ; NLKOLOV, P. 120, PI. 1, FIG. 1. 1965 Costodiscus recticostatus D'ORB.; SZYMANOWSKA, P. 145, PI. 1, FIG. 2.

HOLOTYPE : Ammonites recticostatus D'ORBIGNY, 1841, PI. 10, FIGS. 3, 4. DEPOSITED IN D'ORBIGNY COLLECTION, PARIS, MUSEUM NATIONAL D'HISTOIRE NATURELLE.

43 STRATUM TYPICUM ET LOCUS TYPICUS: BARREMIAN, SOUTH-EASTERN FRANCE. MATERIAL: ELEVEN SPECIMENS IN POOR STATE OF PRESERVATION, WITH MOSTLY ORIGINAL SHELLS: 12 SPECIMENS REFERRED TO BY CF. SHOW VARIOUS SMALL DIFFERENCES FROM TYPICAL SPECIMENS.

DESCRIPTION : SHELL EVOLUTE WITH ROUNDED WHORLS. WHORL BREADTH EXCEEDING WHORL HEIGHT. ORNAMENT IS COMPOSED OF CONSPICUOUSLY HIGH, SHARP RIBS. UP TO A DIAMETER OF 15—25 MM OF THE INITIAL WHORLS THE RIBS BENT MARKEDLY FORWARD AT THE UMBILICUS, THEN BECOME STRAIGHT AND RADIAL. INTER­ CALATORY RIBS ARISE BETWEEN PRINCIPAL RIBS OR SPLITT OFF ON THE OUTER SIDE. AT THE BEGINNING THESE RIBS ARE SHORT, THEN EXTEND GRADUALLY TOWARD THE UMBILICUS WITH GROWTH. THE NUMBER OF THE INTERCALATORY RIBS CONTINUOUSLY DECREASES, WHICH IS NOT THE CASE WITH PRINCIPAL RIBS. FOR INSTANCE, AT A DIAMETER OF ABOUT 9 MM ONE INTERCALATORY RIB OCCURS BETWEEN TWO PRINCIPAL RIBS; AT A DIAMETER OF MORE THAN 25 MM UP TO 10 PRINCIPAL RIBS PER ONE INTERCALATORY RIB. FROM A DIAMETER OF 50—60 MM INTERCALATORY RIBS ARE IRREGULAR AND RARE. RIBS OF APPROXIMATELY SAME THICKNESS OVER THE WHORL HEIGHT. ABOUT 100 RIBS, BOTH PRINCIPAL AND INTERCALATORY, PER WHORL OF THE SHELL ATTAINING MORE THAN 50 MM IN DIAMETER. IN ADDITION 2 TO 5, MORE OFTEN 3 TO 4 CONSTRICTIONS PER WHORL. ON THE SHELL THE CONSTRICTIONS ARE CLEARLY MARKED BY TWO THICK, HIGH RIBS (OF WHICH THE POSTERIOR USUALLY ATTAINS THE GREATER THICKNESS) WHICH RUN DISTINCTLY PROSIRADIATELY. AS A RESULT ONE RIB BEARING A CONSTRICTION (AND SOMETIMES EVEN THE RIB IN FRONT OF IT) DOES NOT REACH THE UMBILICUS. APART FROM THE SPECIMENS DISCUSSED ABOVE, A NUMBER OF THE FORMS CONSTITUTE INTERMEDIATE STAGES BETWEEN OTHER SPECIES. THERE ARE SPECIMENS SHOWING INDICATIONS OF TUBERCLES, OR HAVING SLIGHTLY RAISED TUBERCLES AT THE UMBILICUS WITH THE SOMEWHAT MORE CLOSELY SPACED RIBS RESEMBLING THOSE OF Costidiscus nodosostriatus UHLIG, 1883; SOME HAVE LONGITUDINAL, RIDGE-LIKE PROJECTIONS NEAR THE UMBILICUS, MORE OR LESS ASSOCIATED WITH THE BIFURCATING RIBS, A FEATURE IN WHICH THEY RESEMBLE Costidiscus olcostephanoides UHLIG, 1883 (WHICH IS ALSO THE CASE WITH THE SPECIMEN SHOWN BY UHLIG ON PI. 8, FIG. 2); OTHERS HAVE SHELLS BEARING RIBS WHICH ARE AT FIRST CURVED FORWARD AT THE UMBILICUS AND THEN BECOME STRAIGHT, SEE THE SPECIMEN SHOWN BY F. SZYMAKOWSKA, 1965 ON PI. 1, FIG. 2; AND FINALLY ONE SPECIMEN FROM FALLAUX COLLECTION (NOT FIGURED BY V. UHLIG) DESIGNATED HERE AS Costidiscus CF. recticostatus ON PI. IV, FIG. 1. THESE HAVE RIBS ON THE LAST WHORL PROMINENTLY CURVED (BUT NOT STRAIGHT) TOWARD THE APERTURE AND A SHELL WHICH IS INVOLUTE (IN CONTRAST TO THE OTHER SPECIMENS).

ONLY ONE SPECIMEN FROM MY OWN COLLECTION SHOWS THE SUTURE LINE AND IS IN A VERY POOR STATE OF PRESERVATION. THE REPRESENTATION OF THE SUTURE LINE GIVEN BY V. UHLIG (1883, PI. 5, FIG. 15) SEEMS TO BE RATHER INCORRECT BECAUSE OF THE STATE OF PRESERVATION OF THE SHELL IN THE UMBILICAL REGION. THUS, V. UHLIG REGARDS THE LOBE ON THE INNER WHORL SIDE AS A THICK INNER BRANCH OF THE LATERAL LOBE. THIS FACT HAS ALSO BEEN OBSERVED BY O. H. SCHINDEWOLF (1961, P. 691). MEASUREMENTS : THE FOLLOWING VALUES ARE GIVEN BY V. UHLIG (1883, P. 194) FOR A STEINKERN (PI. 2, FIG. 2): D = 122 MM, H = 33.5 (0.27), U = 63 (0.52), B = 40 (0.33). HIS VALUE FOR THE WHORL BREADTH MUST BE CONSIDERED WITH SOME RESERVATION, TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THAT ONLY ONE HALF OF THE SHELL IS, IN REALITY, PRESERVED WHILE THE OTHER IS DISSOLVED, AS IS TYPICAL OF SPECIMENS FROM THE BESKYDY MTS.

THE VALUES MEASURED ON THE COMPRESSED AND DEFORMED SHELL OF KN9/01 IN ITS AXIS OF PROLONGATION ARE: D = 41 MM, H = 12 (0.29), U = 19.5 (0.48); AND ITS AXIS OF SHORTENING: D = 46 MM, H = 14.8 (0.32), U = 21.2 (0.46). THE AVERAGE SIZE OF THE SHELLS IS ABOUT 60 MM, THE LARGEST DIAMETER MEASURED IN ONE SPECIMEN IS MORE THAN 150 MM. REMARKS AND COMPARISONS: THE GREAT VARIABILITY OF THIS SPECIES HAS ALREADY BEEN DISCUSSED IN THE DESCRIPTION. HERE I WISH TO DRAW ATTENTION TO DIFFERENCES FOUND BETWEEN THIS AND OTHER SPECIES. (1) Costidiscus microcostatus (SIMONOWITSCH, BACEWITSCH ET SOROKIN, 1875), AS AGAINST TYPICAL REPRESENTATIVES OF C. recticostatus, POSSESSES RIBS BENT ADAPICALLY, A GREATER NUMBER OF THE INTERCALATORY RIBS EVEN IN ADULT STAGES, AND INDISTINCT CONSTRICTIONS. (2) Costidiscus olcostephanoides UHLIG, 1883 HAS RIDGE-LIKE, LONGITUDINAL BULLAE NEAR THE UMBILICUS. FROM THEM TWO RIBS EXTEND ALMOST REGULARLY, AND THE SHELL IS HIGHLY INVOLUTE. (3) Costidiscus nodostriatus nodostriatus UHLIG, 1883 BEARS PROMINENT TUBERCLES ON SEVERAL RIBS NEAR THE UMBILICUS. (4) Costidiscus grebenianus (TIETZE, 1872) POSSESSES THIN RIBS, VERY WEAK CONSTRICTIONS, A NARROWER

44 UMBILICUS, AND WHORL HEIGHT APPROXIMATELY EQUAL TO WHORL BREADTH (TIETZE'S ORIGINAL IS A STEINKERN). IT IS STILL QUESTIONABLE WHETHER SOME OF THE STEINKERNS, WHICH ARE DESCRIBED BY V. V. DRUSHCHITS AND M. P- KUDRYAVTSEV (1960) AS Costidiscus striatisulcatus (D'ORBIGNY, 1841), DO BELONG TO C. recticostatus. C. recticostatus IS PROBABLY THE ANCESTRAL FORM OF MOST OF THE SPECIES MENTIONED IN THIS PAPER. OCCURRENCE: TYPICAL REPRESENTATIVES COME FROM THE EXPOSURES OF UPPERMOST BARREMIAN AGE AT

KUNČICE P. ONDŘEJNÍKEM (KNS,KN8), THE SPOIL HEAPS OF UPPER BARREMIAN AGE ATMALENOVICE (M2, MS),

BETWEEN KOZLOVICE AND TICHÁ (K5), KRÁSNÁ (KRJ), KUNČICE P. ONDŘEJNÍKEM-MUZIČANKY (KN9) AND THOSE CONTAINING MIXED UPPER BARREMIAN AND LOWER APTIAN FAUNAS AT MALENOVICE (M^ AND VEŘOVICE (V^. ONE SPECIMEN HAS BEEN FOUND IN BOREHOLE NP-532 AT KUNČICE P. ONDŘEJNÍKEM AT A DEPTH OF 206.5 METRES. V. UHLIG STATES (1883) THAT THE SPECIES IS KNOWN FROM VEŘOVICE, MALENOVICE, HRADIŠTĚ, NÝDEK AND KRÁSNÁ. ACCORDING TO Z. ROTH AND A. MATĚJKA (1953), ONE SPECIMEN OF THIS SPECIES CAME FROM THE SPOIL HEAPS AT THE WESTERN BORDER OF THE VILLAGE OF BORDOVICE. DISTRIBUTION: C. recticostatus IS KNOWN ESPECIALLY FROM THE UPPER BARREMIAN. IT HAS BEEN RE­ CORDED FROM MALLORCA, FRANCE, ITALY, AUSTRIA, POLAND, ROUMANIA, YUGOSLAVIA, BULGARIA, THE CAUCASUS, ? CRIMEA AND TUNISIA.

Costidiscus microcostatus (SIMONOWITSCH, BACEWITSCH ET SOROKIN, 1875) PI. IV, FIG. 2

1875 Ammonites microcostatus; SIMONOVICH, SOROKIN AND BATSEVICH, P. 167, PI. 4, FIG. LA,B. 1910 Costidiscus recticostatus D'ORB. SP. VAR. crassa KLLIAN; KLLIAN, P. 252, 253. 1913 Costidiscus recticostatus D'ORB. SP. VAR. crassa KLLIAN; KILIAN, P. 330. 1915 Costidiscus recticostatus D'ORB. SP. VAR. crassa KILIAN; KILIAN AND REBOUL, P. 23. 1916 Costidiscus recticostatus D'ORB.; DOUVILLÉ, P. 94, PI. 11, FIG. 7. 1933 Costidiscus micocrostatus SIM., BAC, SOR. ; ROUCHADZÉ, P. 175. 1949 Costidiscus microcostatus SIM., BAC, SOR.; LUPPOV, P. 191, PI. 11, FIG. 1. 1952 Costidiscus microcostatus SIM., BAC, SOR.; LUPPOV, P. 177, FIG. 3. HOLOTYPE: Ammonites microcostatus SIMONOWITSCH, BACEWITSCH AND SOROKIN, 1875, PI. 4, FIG. LA,B. IT IS APPARENTLY DEPOSITED IN THE MUSEUM OF GEORGIA IN TIFLIS. STRATUM TYPICUM ET LOCUS TYPICUS: LOWER APTIAN, GEORGIA. MATERIAL: ONLY THREE POORLY PRESERVED SPECIMENS WITH ORIGINAL SHELLS. INNER WHORLS PARTICULARLY ARE IN A POOR STATE OF PRESERVATION.

DESCRIPTION: SHELL EVOLUTE, WITH ROUNDED VENTRAL AND UMBILICAL WALL. INITIAL WHORLS NOT PRESERVED. ON THE NON-DEFORMED SHELL ATTAINING ABOUT 15 MM IN DIAMETER PRINCIPAL RIBS REGULARLY ALTERNATE WITH INTERCALATORY RIBS EXTENDING APPROXIMATELY HALF-WAY ALONG WHORL HEIGHT. THE SHELL DIAMETER ATTAINING A VALUE OF ABOUT 70 MM BEARS TWO PRINCIPAL RIBS WITH ONE INTER­ CALATORY RIB BETWEEN THEM. ABOUT 90 RIBS OF BOTH TYPES PER WHORL IN THE SHELL ATTAINING A DIAMETER OF ABOUT 70 MM. PRINCIPAL RIBS DISTINCTLY CURVED ADAPICALLY NEAR THE UMBILICUS. CONSTRICTIONS INDISTINCT, PERHAPS ONE OR LESS PER WHORL. MEASUREMENTS: IT WAS NOT POSSIBLE TO MEASURE WITH CERTAINTY THE SPECIMENS FROM THE BESKYDY MTS. N. P. LUPPOV (1949) GIVES THE FOLLOWING VALUES FOR ONE NON-DEFORMED SPECIMEN. H/D = 0.28, U/'D = 0.51. REMARKS AND COMPARISONS: C. microcostatus, EVEN IN LARGE INDIVIDUALS, DIFFERS FROM Costi­ discus recticostatus (D'ORBIGNY, 1841) IN THAT IT HAS A NUMBER OF INTERCALATORY RIBS; IN ADDITION THE TOTAL NUMBER OF THE RIBS IS A LITTLE LESS PER WHORL, RIBS ARE BENT POSTERIORLY NEAR THE UMBILICUS, AND CONSTRIC­ TIONS ARE MORE WIDELY SPACED, OR RARE. OCCURRENCE: C. microcostatus HAS WITH CERTAINTY BEEN FOUND ONLY IN THE SPOIL HEAP AT MALENOVICE (MJ OF LOWER APTIAN AGE. DISTRIBUTION: THIS SPECIES IS WIDELY DISTRIBUTED ESPECIALLY IN THE LOWER APTIAN OF GEORGIA, THE CAUCASUS, FRANCE AND EGYPT. IT SEEMS THAT IT HAS HITHERTO RECEIVED LITTLE ATTENTION. W. KILIAN (1910,

45 P. 253) GAVE AN ACCOUNT OF IT FROM THE UPPER BARREMIAN, BUT THIS OCCURRENCE CANNOT BE CONFIRMED FOR CERTAIN ON THE BASIS OF MY OWN MATERIAL. NEVERTHELESS, AT LEAST INTERMEDIATE FORMS EXISTED IN THE UPPER BARREMIAN.

Costidiscus olcostephanoides UHLIG, 1883 PI. IV, FIG. 6

1883 Lytoceras (Costidiscus) olcostephanoides N.SP.; UHLIG, P. 195, PI. 8, FIG. 4. 1920 Costidiscus holcostephanoides UHL.; GIGNOUX, P. 17. 1962 Costidiscus olcostephanoides D'ORB.; ELIÁŠOVÁ, FIG. 1.

HOLOTYPE: Lytoceras (Costidiscus) olcostephanoides UHLIG, 1883, PI. 8, FIG. 4. DEPOSITED IN UHLIG COLLECTION IN THE GEOLOGISCHE BUNDESANSTALT, VIENNA, UNDER THE REGISTERED NUMBER 3913. STRATUM TYPICUM ET LOCUS TYPICUS: BARREMIAN (?), MALENOVICE, DISTRICT FRÝDEK-MÍSTEK. MATERIAL: THREE RELATIVELY WELL-PRESERVED SPECIMENS WITH ORIGINAL SHELL.

DESCRIPTION: SHELL SEMI-EVOLUTE, WITH UNKNOWN NON-DEFORMED SHELL DIAMETER. SCULPTURE OF INITIAL WHORLS, LIKE THAT OF UHLIG'S HOLOTYPE, IS NOT PRESERVED. THE SHELL DIAMETER ATTAINING A VALUE OF APPROXIMATELY 10 MM CONSISTS OF SHARP STRAIGHT RIBS DIVERGING PROSIRADIATELY FROM THE UMBILICUS. THESE ARE SLIGHTLY THICKENED ON THE UMBILICAL SIDE, FORMING PROMINENT BULLAE. ONE INTERCALATORY RIB, AT THE BEGINNING EXTENDING ABOUT HALF-WAY ALONG WHORL HEIGHT, IS REGULARLY INTERCALATED BETWEEN THESE RIBS. WITH AN INCREASING SHELL DIAMETER THE RIBS BECOME RATHER STRAIGHT AND THE INTER­ CALATORY RIBS SPLITT OFF APPROXIMATELY NEAR THE UMBILICUS. IN MOST CASES THE RIBS ARE NOT BIFURCATED; INTERCALATORY RIBS CONSPICUOUSLY WEAKEN NEAR THE PRINCIPAL RIB AND OFTEN DISAPPEAR UNTIL THEY JOIN. ON THE LAST WHORL OF THE SHELL, SINGLE RIBS WITHOUT BULLAE MAY BE INTERCALATED FROM A DIAMETER OF 90 MM BETWEEN THE PAIRED RIBS AND CONTINUE UP TO THE UMBILICUS. THREE CONSTRICTIONS ARE SEEN ON THE LAST WHORLS, FORMED OF TWO THICKENED RIBS. THE POSTERIOR RIB RAISES DISTINCTLY FORMING RIDGE-LIKE BULLAE NEAR THE UMBILICUS. MEASUREMENTS : ALL SPECIMENS OF THIS SPECIES HITHERTO FOUND ARE FLATTENED. ONLY THE HOLOTYPE CAN BE MEASURED, YIELDING THE FOLLOWING VALUES: D = 84 MM, H = 25 (0.30), U = 36 (0.43). MOST OF THE SPECIMENS ARE OF SIMILAR SIZE RANGING FROM 30 TO 75 MM IN DIAMETER. REMARKS AND COMPARISONS: THIS SPECIES MAY EASILY BE DISTINGUISHED FROM THE SPECIMENS WITH PRESERVED ORIGINAL SHELL BY THE RIDGE-LIKE BULLAE NEAR THE UMBILICUS. HOWEVER, IT MUST BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT THAT THESE TUBERCLES ARE USUALLY BROKEN OFF. IN ADDITION THERE OCCUR REGULARLY PAIRED RIBS AS A TYPICAL FEATURE OF THIS SPECIES, AND UNPAIRED RIBS DO NOT DEVELOP BETWEEN THEM UNTIL A DIAMETER OF ABOUT 70 MM IS REACHED. THIS FEATURE HAS NOT BEEN OBSERVED IN ANY OTHER SPECIES OF THE GENUS Costi­ discus. WHORLS PROVIDED WITH PROMINENT LAPPETS.

OCCURRENCE: THE SPECIES OCCURS IN THE EXPOSURES OF UPPER BARREMIAN AGE (KN8) AND APTIAN

AGE (KN7) AT KUNČICE P. ONDŘEJNÍKEM AND IN THE SPOIL HEAPS OF UPPER BARREMIAN (KZ2) AND LOWER

APTIAN AGE (KZ3) AT KOZLOVICE. ONLY ONE SPECIMEN IS RECORDED BY V. UHLIG (1883) FROM MALENOVICE AND BY E. ELIÁŠOVÁ (1962) FROM THE SPOIL HEAP AT KUNČICE P. ONDŘEJNÍKEM. DISTRIBUTION: C. olcostephanoides IS SOFAR KNOWN ONLY FROM THE BESKYDY MTS. ITS STRATIGRAPHICAL POSITION IS NOT YET QUITE CLEAR. MY SPECIMENS SUGGEST THAT IT OCCURS IN THE UPPERMOST BARREMIAN AND LOWER APTIAN.

GENUS Macroscaphites MEEK, 1876

TYPE SPECIES: Scaphitesyvani PUZOS, 1831. BARREMIAN, FRANCE.

Macroscaphites yvani (PUZOS, 1831) PI. IV, FIG. 3; PI. V, FIG. 1

1831 Scaphites Yvani; PUZOS, P. 355, PI. 2 (NON VIDI, FIDE F. ROMAN, 1938). 1842 Scaphites Yvani PUZ.; D'ORBIGNY, P. 515, PI. 128, FIGS. 1, 2.

46 1849 Scaphites Yvanii PUZ.; QUENSTEDT, P. 275, PI. 20, FIG. 15. 1850 Scaphites Yvanii PUZ.; D'ORBIGNY, P. 100. 1878 Macroscaphites Yvani PUZ.; BAYLE AND ZEILLER, PI. 98. 1883 Hamites (Macroscaphites) Yvani PUZ.; UHLIG, P. 205, PI. 5, FIG. 18; PI. 9, FIGS. 5, 6. 1889 Macroscaphites Yvani PUZ.; KILIAN, P. 228. 1910 Macroscaphites Yvani PUZ.; KILIAN, PI. 7, FIG. 1. 1920 Macroscaphites Yvani PUZ.; GIGNOUX, P. 117. 1921 Macroscaphites Yvani PUZ.; PETKOVIČ, P. 51. 1938 Macroscaphites Yvani PUZ.; ROMAN, P. 38, PI. 4, FIG. 33. ?1955 Macroscaphites AFF. ivani PUZ.; ERISTAVI, P. 58. NONL907 Macroscaphites Yvani PUZ.; KARAKASH, P. 145, PI. 28, FIG. 15. NONL938 Macroscaphites AFF. Yvani PUZ.; RUKHADZE, P. 137 (162), PI. 5, FIG. 1. NONL964 Macroscaphites yvani PUZ.; NIKOLOV, P. 120, PI. 1, FIG. 220.

HOLOTYPE: Scaphites yvani PUZOS, 1831, PI. 2. STRATUM TYPICUM ET LOCUS TYPICUS: BARREMIAN, FRANCE. MATERIAL: TWENTY-TWO, ALMOST FRAGMENTARY, INCOMPLETE BUT CHARACTERISTIC SPECIMENS WITH SHELL PRESERVED.

DESCRIPTION: EVOLUTE PHRAGMOCONE COILED REGULARLY, BODY CHAMBER UNCOILED IN FORM OF SLIGHTLY CURVED, HOOK-SHAPED ARM; AS A RESULT PROVERSUM, FLEXUS (BEND) AND RETROVERSUM CAN BE DISTINGUISHED. THE COILED PART OF SHELL IS COVERED BY PROMINENT, CLOSELY SPACED RIBS, AT THE BEGINNING STRONGLY CURVED PROSIRADIATELY. INITIAL WHORLS WITH PRINCIPAL RIBS REGULARLY ALTERNATING WITH INTERCALATORY RIBS; THE LATTER EXTEND APPROXIMATELY HALF-WAY ALONG THE WHORL. SUCCEEDING WHORLS WITH DECREASING NUMBER OF THE INTERCALATORY RIBS INCREASE IN HEIGHT TOWARDS THE UMBILICUS. THE LAST WHORL OF THE COILED PART BEARS ABOUT 90 RIBS EXTENDING OVER THE WHOLE HEIGHT OF THE WHORL, AND IS SLIGHTLY CURVED PROSIRADIATELY. THE STRONGEST CURVE IS AT THE UMBILICUS. RIBS ON THE INNER PART NEAR THE UMBILICUS, ALMOST GENERALLY THICKENED FORMING SMALL MORE OR LESS PROMINENT NODES. EACH OF THE WHORLS USUALLY BEARS 3 DEEP CONSTRICTIONS, ON EITHER SIDE WITH THICK RIBS. THE LAST CON­ STRICTION IN THE COILED SEPTATE PART OF THE SHELL OCCURS WHERE THE SPIRAL BECOMES UNCOILED. PROVERSUM THICKER-RIBBED THAN THE COILED PART. RIBS BENT TOWARD THE APERTURE AND BEAR NODULES ON THE INNER SIDE. INTERCALATORY RIBS EXTENDING ABOUT HALF-WAY ALONG WHORL HEIGHT APPEAR BETWEEN THE RIBS IN PLACES OF MARKED CURVATURE. THE BEND IS FOLLOWED BY A CONSTRICTION BEYOND WHICH THERE IS A SLIGHTLY RIBBED RETROVERSUM. A THICK RIB IS DEVELOPED ONLY IMMEDIATELY BEFORE THE APERTURE. MEASUREMENTS: VALUES OBTAINED BY MEASUREMENT OF NON-DEFORMED SHELLS ARE UNKNOWN. UHLIG'S SPECIMEN (1883, PI. IX, FIG. 6) IS 100 MM HIGH, RETROVERSUM 40 MM LONG, DISTANCE BETWEEN ARMS 5 MM. ARM-HEIGHT IN BEND IS 18 MM. THE COILED PART YIELDS THE FOLLOWING VALUES: D = 45 MM, H = 14 (0.31), U = 20 (0.44). THE SECOND OF V. UHLIG'S SPECIMENS (PI. IX, FIG. 5) IS 105 MM HIGH, THE RETROVERSUM 48 MM LONG, THE DISTANCE BETWEEN SHELL ARMS 6 MM. THE COILED PART ALSO HAS A PROMINENT AXIS OF PROLONGATION WHICH IS CHARACTERIZED BY VALUES AS FOLLOWS: D = 47 MM, H = 13 (0.28), U = 23 (0.49). SIMILAR VALUES HAVE ALSO BEEN OBTAINED FROM

SPECIMENS IN MY COLLECTION. FOR EXAMPLE, SPECIMEN KZ2/82 YIELDED VALUES AS FOLLOWS: D = 42 MM (MAXIMUM SHELL DIAMETER), H = 13 (0.31), U = 19 (0.45). REMARKS AND COMPARISONS: THE COMPLETELY PRESERVED SPECIMENS OF M. yvani ARE EASILY DISTINGUISHED FROM OTHER SPECIES OF THE GENUS Macroscaphites BY THEIR LARGER SIZE, AND ABSENCE OF NODES ON THE FLANKS. WHEN THE BROKEN UNCOILED PART IS BROKEN AWAY IT IS NOT CERTAIN WHETHER THIS SPECIMEN MAY OR MAY NOT BE A SPECIES OF THE GENUS Costidiscus UHLIG, 1882. MEASUREMENTS OF THE SPECIMENS AVAILABLE TO ME REVEAL THAT THE MAXIMUM DIAMETER OF THE DEFORMED SHELL IS NOT MORE THAN 53 MM. IN THE COILED PART OF M. yvani THE RIBS USUALLY BEAR FINE TUBERCLES IMMEDIATELY NEAR THE UMBILICUS WHEREAS THE SPECIES OF Costidiscus POSSESS THE THICKER NODES PLACED ABOVE THE UMBILICUS. IN M. yvani THE RIBS ARE ARCHED FORWARD ESPECIALLY ON THE LAST WHORL. THREE CONSTRICTIONS REGULARLY OCCURRING ON ALL WHORLS ARE TYPICAL OF THIS SPECIES. IT CANNOT DEFINITELY BE DISTINGUISHED ONLY FROM Costidiscus nodosocostatus KARAKASCH, 1907, FOR IT COULD BE CONSIDERED THAT THE LATTER IS EVEN AN INCOMPLETE COILED PART OF M. yvani.

OCCURRENCE: M. yvani HAS BEEN FOUND IN THE EXPOSURES OF UPPER BARREMIAN (KN5) AND LOWER

APTIAN (KN7) AGE AT KUNČICE P. ONDŘEJNÍKEM; IN THE SPOIL HEAPS AT MALENOVICE (M2, M5), BETWEEN

47 KOZLOVICE AND TICHÁ (K5); AT KOZLOVICE (KZ.>), ALL CONTAINING UPPER BARREMIAN ROCKS. IT HAS ALSO BEEN OBTAINED FROM SPOIL HEAPS OF BARREMIAN-APTIAN OR APTIAN AGE AT MALENOVICE (MJ, BETWEEN KOZLOVICE

AND TICHÁ (K3), AT VEŘOVICE (V,) AND KUNČICE P. ONDŘEJNÍKEM (KN4). THIS SPECIES WAS RECORDED BY V. UHLIG (1883) FROM MALENOVICE, STARÉ HAMRY (?) AND HRADIŠTĚ. DISTRIBUTION: THE SPECIES OCCURS IN THE UPPER BARREMIAN AND LOWER APTIAN AND IS DISTRIBUTED IN FRANCE, GERMANY, YUGOSLAVIA, AND PERHAPS IN THE CAUCASUS.

Macroscaphites CF. binodosus UHLIG, 1883 PI. IV, FIG. 4

1883 Hamites (Macroscaphites) binodosus N. SP.: UHLIG, P. 207, PI. 9, FIG. 7. 1920 Macroscaphites binodosus UHL. ; GlGNOUX, P. 117.

HOLOTYPE: Hamites (Macroscaphites) binodosus UHLIG, 1883, PI. 9, FIG. 8. DEPOSITED IN UHLIG COLLECTION IN THE GEOLOGISCHE BUNDESANSTALT, VIENNA, UNDER REGISTERED NUMBER 3965. STRATUM TYPICUM ET LOCUS TYPICUS: BARREMIAN (?), NEAR THE VILLAGE OF VEŘOVICE, NOVÝ JIČÍN DISTRICT. MATERIAL: ONE SPECIMEN STRONGLY COMPRESSED, WITH PARTS OF SHELL PRESERVED; WITHOUT UNCOILED PART.

DESCRIPTION: SHELL EVOLUTE, WITH ONLY PROVERSUM SLIGHTLY INDICATED. INITIAL WHORLS NOT PRESERVED. ORNAMENT ON THE PRESERVED WHORLS BEARS THIN RIBS BENT FORWARDS, ALL OF THE UNIFORM TYPE. LAST WHORL BEARS SIMPLE RIBS TOGETHER WITH RIBS HAVING PROMINENT ROUNDED TUBERCLES ON OUTER SIDE. AT FIRST THE TUBERCLES ARE NOT SEEN ON THE UMBILICAL SIDE, BUT IN THE LAST HALF OF THE BEST PRESERVED WHORL THESE ARE VAGUELY VISIBLE AND RATHER ELONGATED. TWO TO THREE SIMPLE RIBS FREQUENTLY INTERCALATED BETWEEN TUBERCLED RIBS, USUALLY UNITING WITH THE OUTER TUBERCLES. CONSTRICTIONS AND SUTURE LINE NOT PRESERVED. MEASUREMENTS: AN EXAMINATION OF THE SPIRAL PART OF UHLIG'S SPECIMEN YIELDED THE FOLLOWING

RESULTS: D (MAX.) = 40 MM, H = 12 (0.30), U = 19 (0.48); SPECIMEN M5/498: D = 40.5 MM, H = 12 (0.30), U = 20.3 (0.50). REMARKS AND COMPARISONS: IT WAS NOT POSSIBLE TO ASSIGN WITH CERTAINTY MY SPECIMEN TO THE GENUS Macroscaphites BECAUSE ITS UNCOILED PART IS PRESERVED ONLY AS A SMALL FRAGMENT AND THE SUTURE LINE IS UNKNOWN. IT DIFFERS FROM THE HOLOTYPE Macroscaphites binodosus UHLIG, 1883 IN THE VAGUELY VISIBLE UMBILICAL TUBERCLES ON THE LAST WHORL AND IN HAVING THE TUBERCLES SOMEWHAT THICKER ON THE OUTER SIDE. IN OTHER RESPECT THE TWO SPECIMENS COINCIDE IN ORNAMENT AND SIZE. IN ADDITION, IT MAY BE DISTINGUISHED FROM Costidiscus binodosus KULJINSKAJA—VORONEC, 1933 BY THE SMALLER DIAMETER OF THE COILED PART AND BY THE ELONGATED (INSTEAD OF ROUNDED) TUBERCLES ON THE OUTER SIDE. ALTHOUGH Macroscaphites tirolensis UHLIG, 1888 IS APPARENTLY A LITTLE SMALLER IN SIZE, ITS RIBS ARE MORE PROMINENT AND THICKER WITH TUBERCLES THAN WITHOUT THEM. TUBERCLES OR NODES ARE SOMEWHAT ELONGATED IN THIS SPECIES BUT ROUNDED IN M. binodosus.

OCCURRENCE: THE SPECIMEN HERE DESCRIBED COMES FROM THE SPOIL HEAP AT MALENOVICE (M5) CONTAINING A FAUNA THAT SUGGESTS THE UPPER BARREMIAN AGE. V. UHLIG (1883) REPORTS THIS SPECIMEN FROM THE LOCALITIES OF VEŘOVICE AND LIPNIK IN POLAND. DISTRIBUTION: M. binodosus IS KNOWN ONLY FROM THE DATA GIVEN BY V. UHLIG (1883). STRATIGRAPH- ICALLY IT MAY BE ATTRIBUTED TO THE UPPER BARREMIAN OR LOWER APTIAN. G. PATZELT (1964) REPORTED Macroscaphites CF. binodosus FROM THE BARREMIAN OF ALBANIA BUT GAVE NO DESCRIPTION OF IT.

Macroscaphites} tirolensis UHLIG, 1888 PI. ILL, FIG. 2

1888 Macroscaphites tirolensis N. SP.; UHLIG, P. 86, PI. 4, FIG. 2. 1920 Macroscaphites tirolensis UHL. ; GlGNOUX, P. 117.

HOLOTYPE: Macroscaphites tirolensis UHLIG, 1888, PI. 4, FIG. 2. IT IS PLACED IN UHLIG COLLECTION, THE GEOLOGISCHE BUNDESANSTALT, VIENNA. STRATUM TYPICUM ET LOCUS TYPICUS: BARREMIAN, THE TIROL (AUSTRIA). MATERIAL: TWO INCOMPLETE COILED PARTS AND ONE FRAGMENTARY COIL WITH REMAINS OF ORIGINAL SHELL.

48 DESCRIPTION : SPIRAL PART EVOLUTE. FLANK APPARENTLY FLAT, UMBILICAL WALL INCLINED. INITIAL WHORLS NOT PRESERVED. WHAT APPEARS TO BE AN INCOMPLETE PART OF THE LAST WHORL BEARS RELATIVELY THIN RIBS, EXTENDING FORWARDS, SOMETIMES WEAKLY SINUOUS. ONE RIB, SLIGHTLY MORE PRONOUNCED, WITH TUBERCLES OCCURS BETWEEN 2 TO 4 SIMPLE RIBS. TUBERCLES ELONGATED, SMALL AT THE TRANSITION OF UMBILICUS TO FLANKS, AND A LITTLE GREATER AND MORE PROMINENT AT THE TRANSITION OF THE FLANKS TO THE OUTER SIDE. ONE AND SOMETIMES TWO RIBS EXTEND FROM THE LOWER NODES. IN SOME CASES THE TUBERCLE IS NOT DEVELOPED ON THE SAME BUT SUCCEEDING RIB. REMARKS AND COMPARISONS: IT WAS NOT POSSIBLE TO MAKE AN EXACT GENERIC ASSIGNMENT OF MY SPECIMENS BECAUSE OF POOR STATE OF PRESERVATION. ESPECIALLY THE UNCOILED PART IS LACKING, DUE CHIEFLY TO THE SMALL SHELL DIAMETER. SUTURE LINE IS ALSO ABSENT. THE SIZE AND TYPE OF THE ORNAMENT CORRESPONDS MOST CLOSELY TO THE HOLOTYPE OF UHLIG'S M. tirolensis. OCCURRENCE: SPECIMENS REFERRED TO AS M.? tirolensis HAVE BEEN FOUND IN THE SPOIL HEAPS AT

TICHÁ (T6, LOWER BARREMIAN AND T3, UPPER BARREMIAN). DISTRIBUTION: AS FAR AS I KNOW, THE TYPICAL SPECIES OF M. tirolensis HAS SO FAR BEEN FOUND ONLY IN THE BARREMIAN OF THE TIROL.

Suborder Ancyloceratina WIEDMANN, 1966

Superfamily Ancylocerataceae MEEK, 1876

Family Ancyloceratidae MEEK, 1876

Subfamily Ancyloceratinae MEEK, 1876

GENUS Ancyloceras D'ORBIGNY, 1842

SUBGENUS Audouliceras THOMEL, 1964

TYPE SPECIES: Ancyloceras audouli ASTIER, 1851. LOWER APTIAN, FRANCE.

Ancyloceras (}Audouliceras) fallauxi UHLIG, 1883 PI. VII, FIG. 1

1883 Crioceras Fallauxi N. SP.; UHLIG, P. 265, PI. 29, FIG. 1. 1889 Ancyloceras Fallauxi UHL. ; HAUG, P. 215. 1889 Ancyloceras Fallauxi UHL. ; KILIAN, P. 233. 1902 Crioceras Fallauxi UHL.; SARASIN AND SCHÓNDELMAYER, P. 101. 1907 Ancyloceras Fallauxi UHL.; KILIAN, P. 274. 1938 Ancyloceras Fallauxi UHL.; ROMAN, P. 357. 1955 Crioceras fallauxi UHL.; SARKAR, P. 58. 1964 Ancyloceras (?Audouliceras) fallauxi UHL.; THOMEL, P. 59.

HOLOTYPE: Crioceras Fallauxi UHLIG, 1883, PI. 29, FIG. 1. DEPOSITED IN HOHENEGGER COLLECTION, THE BAYERISCHE STAATSSAMMLUNG F. PALAONTOLOGIE U. HISTOR. GEOLOGIE, MUNICH (?). STRATUM TYPICUM ET LOCUS TYPICUS: UPPER BARREMIAN (?). MALENOVICE, FRÝDEK-MÍSTEK DISTRICT. MATERIAL: STRONGLY COMPRESSED, COILED PART OF ONE SPECIMEN HAVING ORIGINAL SHELL; ONE POORLY-PRESERVED FRAGMENT, APPARENTLY OF SAME SPECIES, AS ABOVE.

DESCRIPTION. SHELL ANCYLOCERATICONE, WITH WHORLS WHICH INCREASE RAPIDLY, CLOSELY SPACED BUT NOT TOUCHING. STRAIGHT ARM NOT PRESERVED. PHRAGMOCONE POORLY PRESERVED. ONE WEAK RIB, WHEN OBSERVABLE, ON THE PHRAGMOCONE, USUALLY BETWEEN THICKER RIBS BEARING THREE TUBERCLES. OUTER TUBERCLES DO NOT DISAPPEAR UNTIL A DIAMETER OF ABOUT 65 MM IS REACHED. THEREAFTER ALL RIBS ATTAIN UNIFORM THICKNESS. RIBS ALMOST STRAIGHT, FLATTENED PARTIC­ ULARLY WITH LARGER SHELL DIAMETER, AND BECOMING THICKER TOWARD THE OUTER SIDE.

49 REMARKS AND COMPARISONS: ALTHOUGH THE NEW SPECIES HAS ADDITIONALLY BEEN FOUND ELSEWHERE ITS SYSTEMATIC POSITION IS STILL UNCLEAR. I AGREE WITH V. UHLIG (1883) WHO STATES THAT Ancyloceras (Audou- liceras) audouli (ASTIER, 1851) IS THE MOST CLOSELY RELATED SPECIES. THIS SUGGESTS, IN AGREEMENT WITH G. THOMEL (1964A), THAT IT CAN BE REFERRED TO THE SUBGENUS Ancyloceras (Audouliceras) RATHER THAN TO THE GENUS Crioceratites LÉVEILLÉ, 1837, AS PROPOSED BY S. S. SARKAR (1955). OCCURRENCE: THE BEST PRESERVED SPECIMEN COMES FROM THE SPOIL HEAPS BETWEEN TICHÁ AND

KOZLOVICE (K3), IN AN AMMONITE ASSEMBLAGE TYPICAL OF THE UPPERMOST BARREMIAN AND LOWERMOST APTIAN. FRAGMENTS DESIGNATED AS Ancyloceras (} Audouliceras ) CF. fallauxi HAVE BEEN OBTAINED FROM THE SPOIL

HEAP AT VEŘOVICE (VX) IN ASSOCIATION WITH THE SAME ASSEMBLAGE AS HAS BEEN FOUND FOR THE TYPE MATERIAL. UHLIG'S HOLOTYPE IS FROM MALENOVICE. DISTRIBUTION : ACCORDING TO V. UHLIG (1883), W. KILIAN (1889, 1910), AND S. S. SARKAR (1955), THE SPECIES CAN BE ASCRIBED TO THE BARREMIAN. THE LAST AUTHOR STATES, HOWEVER, THAT IT MAY ALSO COME FROM THE HAUTERIVIAN (?). W. KILIAN (1913, P. 351) RECORDS IT IN LOWER APTIAN. IT HAS SO FAR BEEN KNOWN ONLY AS A SINGLE SPECIMEN FROM MALENOVICE AND AS INCOMPLETE FRAGMENTS (?) FROM FRANCE.

GENUS Acrioceras HYATT, 1900

SUBGENUS Acrioceras HYATT, 1900

TYPE SPECIES: Ancyloceras tabarelli ASTIER, 1851. LOWER BARREMIAN, SOUTH-EASTERN FRANCE.

Acrioceras (Acrioceras) AFF. tabarelli (ASTIER, 1851) PI. ILL, FIG. 3

1849 Ancyloceras pulcherrimum N. SP.; QUENSTEDT, P. 283, PI. 21, FIG. 1. 1851 Ancyloceras Tabarelli N. SP.; ASTIER, P. 449, PI. 7, FIG. 9. 1858 Ancyloceras Tabarelli AST.; PICTET AND LORIOL, P. 27, PI. 5, FIGS. 1—7. 1860 Ancyloceras Tabarelli AST.; OOSTER, P. 37, PI. 41, FIGS. 1, 6, 7. 1863 Ancyloceras Tabarelli AST. ; PICTET AND CAMPICHE, P. 48. 1883 Ancyloceras Tabarelli AST.; UHLIG, P. 268, PI. 28, FIG. 2. 1890 Ancyloceras CF. Tabarelli AST.; ToULA, P. 338, PI. 1, fig. 7. 1900 Crioceras Tabarelli AST.; PAQUIER, P. 304. 1902 Crioceras CF. Tabarelli AST. ; SARASIN AND SCHONDELMAYER, P. 127, PI. 15, FIG. 3. 1905 Crioceras (Ancyloceras) Tabarelli AST.; RlCHARZ, P. 350. 1907 Crioceras Tabarelli AST.; KlLIAN, P. 272. 1955 Acrioceras tabarelli AST.; SARKAR, P. 102. 1955 Acrioceras tabarelli SP. VAR. uhligi AST.; SARKAR, P. 103. 1956 Ancyloceras tabarelli AST. ; ANDJELKOVIČ, P. 147. 1964 Acrioceras tabarelli AST.; NIKOLOV, P. 123, PI. 2, FIG. 3; PI. 3, FIGS. 1, 2A,B, 4. 1964 Acrioceras tabarelli AST.; THOMEL, P. 41, PI. 7, FIGS. 2—4. 1966 Acrioceras tabarelli tabarelli ASTIER; BRESKOVSKI, P. 78, PI. 3, FIG. 2. 1966 Acrioceras tabarelli sarasini SARKAR, BRESKOVSKI, P. 79, PI. 1, FIG. 2.

HOLOTYPE: Ancyloceras tabarelli ASTIER, 1851, PI. 21, FIG. 9. DEPOSITED IN ASTIER COLLECTION, BRITISH MUSEUM, LONDON. STRATUM TYPICUM ET LOCUS TYPICUS: LOWER BARREMIAN, SOUTH-EASTERN FRANCE. MATERIAL: TWO FRAGMENTS WITH SHELL PRESERVED AND IMPRESSION IN MATRIX.

DESCRIPTION: THE FIRST FRAGMENT SHOWS ONE-THIRD OF THE LAST WHORL OF THE ANCYLOCERATICONE SPIRE AND A PART PASSING INTO THE STRAIGHT SHAFT (PROVERSUM). IN GENERAL IT HAS A CHARACTERISTIC ORNAMENT, I. E. THE MAIN RIBS HAVING THREE NODES (OF WHICH THE CENTRAL TUBERCLES ARE MORE CLOSELY SPACED THAN THE OUTER ONES) AND 3 TO 4 SIMPLE RIBS BETWEEN THEM. THE SECOND FRAGMENT IS A PROVERSUM HAVING A SIMILAR ORNAMENT TO THAT DESCRIBED ABOVE, THE ONLY DIFFERENCE BEING 5 TO 6 THIN INTERCALATORY RIBS. REMARKS AND COMPARISONS: BECAUSE OF POOR PRESERVATION THE SPECIMENS FOUND CANNOT BE COMPARED SUFFICIENTLY WITH THE NUMEROUS VARIETIES DESCRIBED IN DETAIL BY S. S. SARKAR (1955). THE

50 whole situation is complicated by several reservations G. THOMEL (1964a) raised to Sarkar's concept. It is not possible for me to express an opinion especially regarding the subspecies Acrioceras (Acrioceras} tabarelli uhligi SARKAR, 1955 because I have not seen Uhlig's specimen and more complete material is not available to me. Nevertheless, I should like to point out that both shell dimensions and thickness of the ribs of Uhlig's specimen must have been considerably influenced by deformation. Occurrence: The specimens described in this paper have been found in the spoil heap at Tichá

(T15 Lower Barremian) and Malenovice (M5, lower part of Upper Barremian). Distribution: A. (A.) tabarelli is distributed in the lower Barremian of France, Switzerland, Poland, Yugoslavia and Bulgaria.

Genus Acanthoptychoceras MANOLOV, 1962

Type species: Acanthoptychoceras spinacostatum MANOLOV, 1962. Lower Barremian, Bulgaria.

It was not possible to determine the exact systematic position of Acanthoptychoceras because of lacking information on the embryonal part of the shell and suture line.4 Let us give now an account of the systematic position of the genera Acanthoptychoceras MANOLOV, 1962 and Acantholytoceras SPATH, 1923 determined by J. R. MANOLOV (1962, p. 530) and indirectly by R. CASEY (1960, p. 16). These two authors studied the shell of a typical Acantholytoceras in quite a different way than did V. UHLIG (1883). They disregarded V. Uhlig's interpretation and based their studies on the specimen shown by W. J. AR­ KELL et al. (1957) in the Treatise in fig. 234 as a lectotype of the species Acantholytoceras longispinus (UHLIG, 1883). This specimen, which is preserved as a small fragment, cannot be attributed with cer­ tainty to any genus. According to V. UHLIG (1883), the typical specimen of his new species Hamites (Pictetia) longispinus is that shown on pi. 15, fig. 1, although the remainder of the specimens depicted by him may belong to other distinct species. Both the typical specimen and Uhlig's description suggest that this form has developed as a free whorl of the crioceratid type, not a hamulinicone shell. Contrary to the statement given by R. CASEY (1960, p. 16), I do not place Hamulina alpina d'ORBiGNY, 1850 in the genus Acantholytoceras. Finally, I should like to draw attention to the fact that the suture line of H. (P.) longispinus figured by V. UHLIG (1883) on pi. 14, fig. 11 is, in reality, that of a fourth specimen not shown by him. This specimen is deposited in Munich and was not available to me. It cannot therefore be conclusively demonstrated whether it corresponds to Spath's lectotype, or Uhlig's specimen figured on pi. 15, fig. 1, or to still another type.

Acanthoptychoceras aff. spinatocostatum MANOLOV, 1962 PI. V, fig. 2; pi. VI, fig. 3

1962 Acanthoptychoceras spinatocostatum n. sp.; MANOLOV, p. 530, pi. 74, fig. 1; pi. 75, fig. 1; pi. 76, fig. 1; text-fig. 2.

Holotype: Acanthoptychoceras spinatocostatum MANOLOV, 1962, pi. 74, fig. 1, pi. 75, fig. 1, pi. 76, fig. 1. It is housed in the State Geological Museum, University of Sofia, under the registered number Cifi. Stratum typicum et locus typicus: Lower Barremian, northern Bulgaria. Material: One incomplete, strongly deformed specimen with original shell; two additional fragments showing questionable affinities to the former.

Description: The most complete specimen has a hamulinicone shell with incomplete proversum and a part of the retroversum without a bend. It is shown on pi. VI, fig. 3. Proversum bears wide, prominently raised primary ribs (each having 3 thick spines on the preserved half whorl) and 3 to 4 simple ribs. Ribs bent slightly toward the aperture.

4 In a paper of 1967 (which was not available to me at the time of writing of this manuscript) N. DIMITROVA stated that Acanthoptychoceras spinacostatum MANOLOV may be included in the genus Hamulina. If these deductions are sound, the designation Acanthoptychoceras can be regarded as invalid.

51 Spines about equally distant from one another and all of them broken off. It can be stated that the median spines (about 6 mm across at their bases) are the thickest and that the lower ones are the thinnest; all of them are hollow. Retroversum in a poor state of preservation, with thinner spines. Between the primary ribs about 4 simple ribs attained greater thickness and were more widely spaced than those on the proversum. In the second specimen (pi. V, fig. 2) the area of the bend is very incomplete. Only wide ribs bearing spines are well preserved; whereas a number of outer spines (except one on the proversum) are absent. Median spines are thick, attaining a length of about 30 mm. In addition, there are two small spines toward the outer side about 15 mm long at their bases. The intercalating ribs (where observable) correspond to those seen on the retroversum of the specimen shown on pi. VI, fig. 3. Ribs on the inner side of the arm are also vaguely visible. The third specimen coming from another horizon is shown on pi. V, fig. 3 as 1 Acanthoptychoceras sp. In essence, only a ring of the primary rib with spines is preserved; a feature which would permit determination of its cross section. The orientation of the ring of the primary rib by the plane of sym­ metry and the arrangement of spines indicates that whorl height exceeds whorl breadth. The length of the tubercles in this specimen bears no compa­ rison with that in the species discussed above and in J. R. Manolov's holotype.

15. Reconstructions of the shell of Hamulinites aff. parvulus (UHLIG)

The generic position of this specimen where only a single rib is known seems open to debate. According to V. UHLIG (1883, p. 220), both diameter and length of the outer tubercles would agree with Acantho- lytoceras longispinum (UHLIG, 1883). Measurements: It is sufficient to say that the best preserved specimen has a proversum 200 mm long and a deformed whorl 65 mm high. Remarks and comparisons: The specimen from Tichá (pi. VI, fig. 3) is very similar to J. R. MANOLOV'S holotype. My specimen apparently may be distinguished from his illustration (1962) by the shorter lower spines, the longer median spines, and by the larger distance between both shell- arms. The specimen, shown on pi. V, fig. 2, differs from the above form in the presence of a small ad­ ditional median spine. Occurrence: Specimens designated as Acanthoptychoceras aff. spinatocostatum are found in the spoil heap at Tichá (T5, Lower Barremian). One specimen named ?Acanthoptychoceras sp. has been collected from another spoil heap at Tichá (T3, lower part of Upper Barremian). Distribution: Only a single specimen of A. spinatocostatum has sofar been found in the Lower Barremian of northern Bulgaria.

Subfamily Leptoceratoidinae THIEULOY, 1966

Genus Hamulinites PAQUIER, 1901

Type species : Hatnulina munieri NlCKLÉS, 1894. Barremian, Querola (Alicante province, Spain).

This genus comprises small shells with ancyloceraticone coiling and a simple suture line. These shells were described for the first time by V. UHLIG (1883) who referred them to his genus Leptoceras UHLIG, 1883 having small crioceraticone shells. In 1894 R. NICKLÉS described a species as

52 Humulina munieri NICKLÉS, 1894, which is a type genus of Paquier's genus Hamulinites PAQUIER, 1901, but he made no reference to its possible affinities with Uhlig's leptoceratids. In 1962 J. R. MANOLOV separated ancyloceraticone specimens from Leptoceras and referred them to the new genus Eoleptoceras (MANOLOV, 1962) including two distinguishable subgenera: Wrightites MANOLOV, 1962 and Tzankoviceras MANOLOV, 1962. In 1963 (p. 108) J. WIEDMANN rightfully pointed out that Wrightites is merely a synonym of the genus Eoleptoceras and the validity of the subgenus Tzankoviceras can now hardly be maintained. He also figured an initial part of the shell of H. munieri and noted that there is a synonymy of two genera, Hamulinites and Eoleptoceras. Although J.-P. THIEULOY (1966, p. 289) did not agree with the latter contention, I fully agree with J. WIEDMANN in this respect on the basis of the law of priority. In full agreement with J. R. MANOLOV 1962 and J.-P. THIEULOY 1966 but contrary to J. WIEDMANN 1963, it is assumed that these forms can rightfully be separated from the subfamily Ancyloceratinae MEEK, 1876 and placed in the independent subfamily Leptoceratoidinae THIEULOY, 1966 on the basis of shell sizes and especially the characteristically simple suture line which is developed even in adult shells.

Hamulinites parvulus (UHLIG, 1883) PI. VII, fig. 2; text-fig. 15

1883 Crioceras (Leptoceras) parvulus n. f.; UHLIG, p. 273, pi. 29, fig. 3a-c, non fig. 10 (= PHamulinites n. sp.). 1962 Eoleptoceras (Wrightites) parvulum UHLIG; MANOLOV, pi. 75, fig. 3a-c, 11, ?12. nonl938 Leptoceras parvulum UHLIG; ROMAN, pi. 35, figs. 335, 336 (= Leptoceratoides pumilus (UHL.)). nonl958 Leptoceras parvulum UHLIG; LUPPOV and DRUSHCHITS, pi. 48, figs. 6, 7 (= Leptoceratoides pumilus). Holotype: Leptoceras parvulum UHLIG, 1883, pi. 29, fig. 3a-c. It is deposited in Hohenegger Collection, the Bayerische Staatssammlung f. Paláontologie u. histor. Geologie, Munich. Stratum typicum et locus typicus: Lower Barremian (?), Veřovice, Nový Jičín district. Material: One incomplete compressed specimen, partly preserved with original shell and partly as an impression in the matrix.

Description: Ancyloceraticone shell very small. Proversum bent, at the beginning apparently smooth, with rough surface; then relatively closely spaced, weakly bent ribs which extend from the internal side prosiradiately, are of uniform type without tubercles, and gradually increase in thickness. The bend is incomplete. Retroversum near proversum, of similar sculpture. Six thin, more closely spaced ribs appear only at the end of the shell, probably near the aperture. Measurements: The proversum directed toward the outer periphery of bend is about 27 mm long; the retroversum measured in the same direction is about 13 mm long. The height of proversum and retroversum at the band is 3.5 and 5 mm, respectively. The distance between both shell-arms is 2 mm. Proversum bears 17 ribs per 1 cm. Remarks and comparisons: The specimen differs from the two known subspecies of this species, Hamulinites parvulus parvulus (UHLIG, 1883) and Hamulinites parvulus kraptshenensis (MANO­ LOV, 1962). It may be distinguished from the former by the smaller distance between both shell-arms and probably by the relatively thinner ribs; from the latter by the considerably straighter proversum. My specimen seems to be similar to that figured by J. R. MANOLOV (1962) on pi. 75, fig. 12 in that it too lacks a retroversum. It cannot be discounted that this one specimen represents a new subspecies of H. parvulus, as far as the subdivision of H. parvulus in subspecies can be held to be well founded. Hamulinites tzankovi (MANOLOV, 1962) differs from my specimen in the sinuous rib, whereas Hamu­ linites tvrighti (MANOLOV, 1962) and Hamulinites fragilis (UHLIG, 1883) differ from it especially in ornament. Occurrence: This specimen has been found in one spoil heap of Lower Barremian age between

Kozlovice and Tichá (K8). V. UHLIG (1883) reports this specimen from the localities of Veřovice and Lipnik in Poland. Distribution: H. parvulus is known only from the Lower Barremian of Bulgaria, Moravsko­ slezské Beskydy Mts. (Czechoslovakia) and Beskid Šla.ski Mts. (Poland).

53 Genus Leptoceratoides THIEULOY, 1966

Type species : Leptoceras pumilum UHLIG, 1883. Lower Barremian (?), Poland.

Leptoceratoides pumilus (UHLIG, 1883) PI. IV, fig. 5

1860 Ancyloceras Escheri OOSTER; OOSTER, p. 29, pi. 37, figs. 3, 4. 1883 Crioceras (Leptoceras) pumilum n. sp.; UHLIG, p. 270, pi. 29, figs. 4—6. 1902 Crioceras (Leptoceras) pumilum UHLIG; SARASIN and SCHÓNDELMAYER, p. 147, pi. 20. fig. 4. 1938 Leptoceras parvulum UHLIG; ROMAN, pi. 35, figs. 335, 336. 1958 Leptoceras parvulum UHLIG; LUPPOV and DRUSHCHITS, pi. 48, figs. 6, 7. 1966 Leptoceratoides pumilus UHLIG; THIEULOY, p. 289.

Lectotype: Determined by J.-P. THIEULOY 1966 as Leptoceras pumilum UHLIG, 1883, pi. 29, fig. 4. It is housed in Hohenegger Collection, the Bayerische Staatssammlung f. Paleontologie u. histor. Geologie, Munich. Stratum typicum et locus typicus: Lower Barremian (?), Straconka, Poland. Material: Two strongly compressed specimens with impression on a single piece of rock.

Description: Small shell developed as a free crioceraticone spiral, the last whorl touching the preceding one at least over a short distance. Initial whorl quite smooth. Straight ribs run gently prosiradiately starting from a shell diameter of about 8 mm. Ribs of uniform type, rather weaker on their outer sides. Mild constrictions are accom­ panied by two, rather thickened ribs at a shell diameter of 15 and 17 mm. On the final part of the last whorl the ribs on the inner third to half its height are bent downwards, as in the lectotype.

Measurements : The compressed specimen T4/17 has a maximum diameter of approximately

25 mm. D = 21 mm, = 6 mm, U = 10.5 mm, H2 = 4.5 mm. Twenty-eight ribs occupy one half- whorl from a shell diameter of 21 mm measuring back toward the beginning of the shell. Remarks and comparisons: The relationship between Leptoceras brunneri (OOSTER, 1860), Leptoceras studeri (OOSTER, 1860) and Leptoceratoides pumilus (UHLIG, 1883) has been elucidated mainly on the basis of the stratigraphical position of the species collected by J.-P. THIEULOY (1966) in Switzer­ land (Berriasian). Since no Leptoceras have been obtained from rocks representing a long period of time (comprising part of Valanginian and Hauterivian), I fully agree with J.-P. THIEULOY (1966, p. 289) in that Barremian and Berriasian-Valanginian Leptoceras constitute two homeomorph branches which diverged separately from a lytoceratid or, more probably, an ancyloceratid stock. Virtually at the same time T. NIKOLOV (1966, 1967) reached the same conclusions regarding the systematic position of crio­ ceraticone leptoceratids. But his new genus, Protoleptoceras NIKOLOV, 1966, additionally erected for Berriasian specimens, is open to objection because it contradicts historical priority and even J.-P. THIEU- LOY'S conclusions (1966).

Occurrence: The species here described comes only from one spoil heap at Tichá (T4, Lower Barremian). V. UHLIG (1883) recorded the species from Straconka and Gorki Wielkie (Poland). Distribution: The species is known only from the Barremian of Switzerland and the Beskid Šl^ski Mts. in Poland.

Leptoceratoides subtilis (UHLIG, 1883) PI. VII, fig. 4; text-fig. 16

1883 Crioceras (Leptoceras) subtile n. sp.; UHLIG, p. 271, pi. 29, figs. 7, 8, ?9. 1966 Leptoceratoides subtilis UHLIG ; THIEULOY, p. 289.

Lectotype : I propose the specimen shown by V. UHLIG (1883) as Leptoceras subtile in this paper on pi. 29, fig. 7. It is deposited in the Collection of the Geologische Bundesanstalt Museum, Vienna, no. 3948.

54 Stratum typicum et locus typicus: Lower Barremian (?), Skalice, Frýdek-Místek district. Material: Four compressed specimens with shells preserved together with impressions in the matrix.

Description : Small shells coiled throughout their course in a free crioceraticone spiral. Initial whorl is generally smooth up to a shell diameter of about 4 mm. Thereafter thin ribs are curved rather prosiradiately. After 5 to 6 ribs there appear two thickened ribs which apparently flank the constrictions. Then the ribs become more pronounced, slightly thickened toward their outer side but weaken again just on it. Some ribs are bifurcated conspicuously on the inner side of the whorl and joined on the outer side of the shell. Unlike the lectotype, my specimens show no trace of an aperture. Measurements : The lectotype yielded the following values: D = 16 mm, = 5 mm, U = 8 mm, H2 = 3 mm. The specimen with a suture line preserved (shown by V. UHLIG, 1883 on pi. 29, fig. 9) in the form of slightly de­ formed pyritic steinkern gave values as follows: D = 15 mm,

Hi = 4 mm, U = 8,5 mm, H2 = 2.5 mm. Maximum diameter of this specimen including com­ 16. Suture-line of UHLIG'S specimen (1883, pression at the aperture is 19 mm. pi. 29, fig. 9) Leptoceratoides cf. subtilis

The dimensions measured on my specimen T5 152 with a whorl-height of 2.2 mm having a maximum diameter of 14 mm are: = 5 mm,

U = 6.5 mm, H.2 = 2.5 mm. Twenty-six ribs per half-whorl beyond the aperture. Remarks and comparisons: My specimens are very similar to the type material, in spite of the fact that none of them is as large as Uhlig's specimen. This species differs from Leptoceratoides pumilus (UHLIG, 1883) mainly in the mode of coiling, the earlier ribbing on the shell at a diameter of about 4 mm, and the bifurcation of the ribs. Suture line is known only from UHLIG'S specimen shown in 1883 on pi. 29, fig. 9. This specimen, also re-figured on pi. V, fig. 4 of the present work, differs from the lectotype in the thicker ribbing; as a result it cannot be referred with certainty to the species L. subtilis. Nevertheless I assume that the suture line of V. Uhlig's specimen, which is shown in text-fig. 16, cannot differ essentially from that of the species discussed. This suture line is extremely simple. The external lobe (E) has a markedly pronounced saddle; the lateral lobe (L) and umbilical lobe (U) bear slight indications of trifid division. This indis­ tinct division may be due to the mode of preservation of the pyritic steinkern but it seems probable that the forms were always similar to one another. The internal lobe is not preserved. The suture line of this specimen strikingly contrasts with the deeply incised suture line of the Berriasian species Leptoceras studeri (OOSTER, 1860), as was figured by J.-P. THIEULOY (1966) in text- fig. 3. This feature also supports Thieuloy's separation of the Barremian species from Leptoceras UHLIG, 1883 and its inclusion in the new genus Leptoceratoides THIEULOY, 1966. Distribution: The specimens described by V. UHLIG (1883) come only from Czechoslovakia (Skalice, Nýdek) and are unknown elsewhere. My specimens have been obtained from only one spoil

heap at Tichá (T2, Lower Barremian).

Genus ? Veleziceras WRIGHT, 1957

Type species : Orbignyceras veleziense ROYO Y GOMEZ, 1945. Barremian, Columbia.

The validity of this genus is not quite evident. As far as the suture of Hemibaculites obliquatus (D'ORBIGNY)—type species of the genus Hemibaculites (which I do not know)—will correspond to that of the species Veleziceras veleziense or the new species here described, the genus Veleziceras will become a synonym of the genus Hamibaculites.

55 Veleziceras uhligi n. sp. PI. VI, figs. 1, 2; text-figs. 17—19

?1883 Hamites (Anisoceras) aff. abliquatum ORBIGNY; UHLIG, p. 220.

Holotype : Specimen shown in this paper on pi. VI, fig. 1, indicated by arrow, T5/267. Deposited in the geolog- ical-palaeontological collections of the Geological Survey, Prague. Stratum typicum: Lower Barremian, Těšín-Hradiště Formation, upper part of the zone of Silesites vulpes.

Locus typicus : An old spoil heap recalling the mining of pelosiderites at Tichá—T5 (Nový Jičín district). Derivatio nominis: After V. Uhlig, a Viennese palaeontologist, who was the first to carry out systematic evaluation of the cephalopod fauna from the Beskydy Mts.

Paratypes : Specimen T5/322 with suture line figured in text-fig. 19; specimen T5/106 shown on pi. VI, fig. 2. Both come from the same locality as the holotype. Material: Five relatively well preserved specimens mostly with shell preserved; fifty fragments showing various stages of preservation.

Diagnosis: Juvenile part coiled in a free spiral passing into an arched arm. Ornament comprises simple ribs which are gently arched forwards and pass over the inner and outer part without interruption. Suture line simple, of leptoceratid type. Description: Juvenile part best preserved in the holotype, but incomplete. It may have developed in a free spiral which then continues into a gently arched arm. Free arm apparently of elliptical to circular cross section. The bend is not developed. From the initial part which is preserved the ornament is formed of thin, simple ribs extending moderately prosiradiately. Ribs become gradually thickened, attaining comparatively great thickness and a high degree of rounding on the arm. Ribs pass over the outer and inner part without interruption. At about half-way along the coiled part one rib bears a thin tubercle on its inner and outer side. Examination under the microscope has revealed that comparatively closely spaced growth lines running parallel to the ribs, i.e. both on and between them, are also typical of the ornament (see text-fig. 18). The ribs apparently disappear after a short distance in front of the aperture and only the above lines are left.

Reconstruction of the shell of Veleziceras uhligi n. sp.

18. Detail of sculpture of 19. Suture-line of Veleziceras uhligi, n. sp. with a whorl-height Veleziceras uhligin.sp. of 4.5 mm. Specimen TJ332; Lower Barremian, Tichá

56 The suture line is ill-preserved and incomplete. The internal lobe is not preserved at all and the external lobe is apparently subdivided, as can be seen from text-fig. 19. Also the saddles show a poor state of preservation, and these may have been only slightly incised. The lateral lobe about as long as the external lobe, unsymmetrical and divided by three small saddles. The umbilical lobe almost one- third shorter than the lateral lobe, weakly trifid.

Measurements: Arm-height of the holotype 46 mm, of the paratype T5/106 approximately 55 mm. The spiral part of the holotype (measured in front of the beginning of the uncoiled part) has a

strongly compressed shell with a diameter of 13 mm, H = 6.5 mm, U = 3.5 mm, H2 = 3 mm. The arm-height of the aperture is reduced to approximately 10 mm.

The specimen T5/106 bears 15 ribs per 2 cm from the aperture measured towards the beginning of the shell. Remarks and comparisons: The lower part of the arm in the holotype was damaged possibly during the life of this animal. Nevertheless, this is the only specimen with most of the shell coils pre­ served. It is an interesting fact that shells of V. uhligi are usually found in clusters at one locality. A typical representative of this genus, the species Veleziceras veleziense (ROYO Y GOMEZ, 1945) from Columbia, is known imperfectly from fragments as long as 34 mm. The shape of the shell, orna­ ment, size, and especially suture line, are all features which would refer this species to the genus Vele­ ziceras WRIGHT, 1957. The single representative of the genus hitherto known, V. veleziense, is distinguishable from V. uhligi, mainly by virtue of the less intricate suture line bearing smooth lobes and saddles of approxi­ mately uniform size (see text-fig. 19). In addition two to three, ring-shaped ribs are occasionally thick­ ened on the shell. The species of the genus Leptoceratoides, namely Leptoceratoides pumilus (UHLIG, 1883) and Leptoceratoides subtilis (UHLIG, 1883) cannot be regarded as juvenile stages of V. uhligi because their crioceraticone shells attain larger diameters and the suture lines are less intricate. This new species is close to Hamibaculites saharievae MANOLOV, 1962 judging by the sculpture and the shape of the shell-arm. However, the systematic position of Manolov's species still remains question­ able because its suture line and initial part have not previously been described. Should these two features prove to correspond to the genus Veleziceras, then the new species described here will still differ from it in the smaller length of the arched arm, the imperceptibly more pronounced and strongly curved ribs, and probably in the presence of fine growth lines between and on the ribs. Occurrence : V. uhligi n. sp. has been found in one exposure of Lower Barremian age at Tichá

(T9) and especially in large numbers in the spoil heap of the same age at Tichá (T5). A single fragment

has also been collected from another spoil heap at Tichá (Lower Barremian, T6). Distribution: According to J. ROYO Y GOMEZ (1945), the typical species of the genus Velezi­ ceras comes from the Barremian of Columbia.

Family Heteroceratidae Hyatt, 1900

Genus Heteroceras D'ORBIGNY, 1850

Subgenus Argvethites ROUCHADZÉ, 1933

Type species: Heteroceras (Argvethites) lashense ROUCHADZÉ, 1933. Uppermost Barremian, Georgia.

PHeteroceras (Argvethites) sp. ind. PI. V, figs. 5, 6

Material: One specimen preserved with the larger part of the uncoiled hook-shaped arm having original shell intact and as a nearly complete impression.

57 Description : Owing to the imperfect preservation of the coiled part, it can only be assumed that the shell was developed in a spatial spiral of relatively small size. The helicoid part probably passes into a free hook-shaped arm. The arm bears comparatively thick, almost straight ribs. Minute tubercles are seen on most of the ribs of the proversum but they become even smaller and finally disappear on the bend. The ribs on the bend are bifurcated in the lower third of their height, as is seen from measurements given below. Measurements: Length of whorl shell 55 mm Length of retroversum 25 mm Height of helicoid part 15 mm Height of bend 14 mm

Remarks and comparisons: The shell was probably injured on the proversum (in front of the bend) during the life of the animal. The features which support this assumption are the improb­ able bend of the shell-arm, sudden change in the course of the ribs (although evidence of deformation is lacking), and one secondary intercalatory rib of considerably lesser thickness occurring three times between the primary ribs on their outer sides. Since the whorls are ill-preserved it is impossible to determine more exactly the systematic position of this species. This shell can be referred to the genus Heteroceras D'ORBIGNY, 1850 because the initial whorls seem to be helicoid but not surrounded by later whorls coiled in a plane, as in the genus Colchi- tides DJANÉLIDZÉ, 1924. Since it is comparatively small and in particular the proversum bears tubercles on its outer side, this shell is regarded as a member of the subgenus Argvethites ROUCHADZÉ, 1933. Owing to the imperfect preservation and deformation during life of the animal, and also the varying pattern of the ornament, I have not been able to assign this shell to any of the species of the subgenus Arg­ vethites previously described. Apart from the above specimen, a single incomplete helicoid shell 23 mm high may also belong to the Heteroceratidae. It was obtained from the Upper Barremian of the exposure at Kunčice p. Ondřej­ níkem (KN8). i

Occurrence: This specimen comes from the spoil heap between Tichá and Kozlovice (K5, Upper Barremian). Distribution: As far as I know, the subgenus Argvethites occurs only in the so-called Colchi- dites-beds of Lower Aptian age in the Caucasus (J. ROUCHADZÉ, 1933). In a new stratigraphical study V. V. DRUSHCHITS and I. A. MIKHAILOVA (1966) state, however, that these beds are of Upper Barre­ mian age.

Family Baculitidae Meek, 1876

Subfamily Ptychoceratinae Meek, 1876

Genus Hamulina D'ORBIGNY, 1850

Type species: Hamulina astieriana D'ORBIGNY, 1852. Barremian, France.

Hamulina astieriana D'ORBIGNY, 1852 PI. VII, fig. 3

1850 Hamulina Astieriana; D'ORBIGNY, p. 162, no. 647. (nom. nud.) 1852 Hamulina Astieriana D'ORB. ; D'ORBIGNY, p. 216, pi. 3, figs. 4—6. 1883 Hamites (Hamulina) Astieri D'ORB. ; UHLIG, p. 209, pi. 10, figs. 2, 3; pi. 11, fig. 2. 1888 Hamulina Astieriana D'ORB.; UHLIG, p. 88. 1902 Hamulina Astieriana D'ORB. ; SARASIN and SCHÓNDELMAYER, p. 155. 1920 Hamulina Astieriana D'ORB.; GIGNOUX, p. 126. 1937 Hamulina astieriana D'ORB. ; COTTREAUX, p. 69, pi. 79, figs. 12, 13. 1938 Hamulina astieriana D'ORB.; ROMAN, p. 48, pi. 5, fig. 44.

58 1960 Hamulina astieriana D'ORB.; DRUSHCHITS and KUDRYAVTSEV, p. 265, pi. 11, figs. 1, 2. 1964 Hamulina astieriana D'ORB.; FULOP, pi. 28, fig. 3. 1964 Hamulina astieri D'ORB.; THOMEL, p. 66, pi. 11, fig. 4; pi. 12, fig. 1. Holotype : Hamulina astieriana D'ORBIGNY, 1852, pi. 3, figs. 4—6. It is deposited in d'Orbigny Collection, Paris, Museum National d'Histoire naturelle. Stratum typicum et locus typicus: Barremian, south-eastern France. Material: Two fragments of proversum about 7 cm long with remains of shell preserved.

Description: In preserved fragments the arm-height is reduced to about 30—35 mm. One rib bearing 3 tubercles regularly occurs between 3 to 4 simple ribs of uniform size. The tubercles are most markedly developed on the outer side and vaguely visible on the inner side of the shell-arm. The ribs bearing tubercles attain approximately the same thickness as those without them. On the inner half-whorl all ribs run obliquely prosiradiately, then become straight. Measurements : G. THOMEL (1964a) states that the proversum is probably as much as 850 mm long and the retroversum 200—270 mm long. It was not possible to measure my own material. Remarks and comparisons: The ornament on the fragments agrees closely with that on the juvenile part of the proversum recently denned more exactly by G. THOMEL (1964a). This species seems to be most similar to Hamulina haueri HOHENEGGER in UHLIG, 1883, but the ornament of the proversum does not bear so thick and widely spaced ribs. There are only 2 to 3 ribs without tubercles between the ribs with them. In Hamulina alpina D'ORBIGNY, 1850 both primary and secondary ribs can be distinguished with an arm-height of 11.5 mm. Less conspicuous tubercles do not make their appearance until a height of some 34 mm is reached. Hamulina meyrati (OOSTER, 1860) has only two rows of nodes.

Occurrence: One member of this species has been found in the spoil heap at Tichá (T5, pro­ bably also T4, Lower Barremian). According to V. UHLIG (1883), the species was discovered at Veřovice and Hradiště (both Czecho­ slovakia) and Gorki Wielkie and Lipnik (both Poland). Distribution: H. astieriana is known from the Barremian and restricted to Middle Barremian of south-eastern France, a classic area from which the holotype also was collected. The species has further been recorded from the Barremian of Switzerland, Austria, Hungary, and northern Caucasus.

Genus Anahamulina HYATT, 1900

Type species : Hamulina subcylindrica D'ORBIGNY, 1850. Barremian, south-eastern France.

Anahamulina hoheneggeri (UHLIG, 1883) PI. VIII, fig. 4, pi. X, fig. 7

1883 Hamites (Hamulina) Hoheneggeri n. f.; UHLIG, p. 213, pi. 12, figs. 7, 8. ?1907 Hamulina Hoheneggeri UHLIG; KARAKASH, p. 154, pi. 28, fig. 11. 1920 Hamulina Hoheneggeri Uhlig; GIGNOUX, p. 130.

Lectotype: I propose to select the specimen figured by V. UHLIG (1883) as Hamites (Hamulina) hoheneggeri on pi. 12, fig. 7, now deposited in Uhlig Collection housed in the Geologische Bundesanstalt, Vienna, no. 3946. Stratum typicum et locus typicus: Barremian, Straconka (Poland). Paratype: Hamites (Hamulina) hoheneggeri UHLIG, 1883, pi. 12, fig. 8, also deposited as a lectotype under Reg. No. 3954. Barremian, Hradiště. Material: Seven incomplete and compressed specimens with shells preserved.

Description : Hamulinicone shell with arms running a short distance apart from one another. Proversum bears comparatively thin prominent ribs running slightly prosiradiately from the inner side. At the beginning all ribs are of uniform size, at the bend shorter secondary ribs occur between

59 them. The bend also bears intercalatory ribs or bifurcated ribs. In the middle of the bend the ribs form a fascicle which is markedly thickened toward the outer side. As the bend passes into the retroversum the ribs become less arched and curve prosiradiately; finally they straighten and run horizontally. There are only a few ribs which reach to the inner side of the retroversum which therefore tends to be

virtually smooth. Only a single specimen (T9/17) has the retroversum sufficiently preserved, and so thick ribs also mentioned by V. UHLIG (1883) can be observed at a distance of about 3.5 and 5.5 cm from the inner side of the bend. The distance between the two shell-arms is so small that in some specimens these almost touch as a result of deformation. Measurements: The lectotype is flattened, with an incomplete proversum nearly 110 mm long and retroversum 80 mm long. Proversum is 17 mm high 1 cm in front of the inner periphery of bend and 21 mm high at the bend. The retroversum is 18 mm high 1 cm behind the inner curvature of the bend. The distance between both shell-arms is 3 mm. Fifteen to seventeen ribs per a 2 cm-length of shell-arm on the proversum, just under the bend. Remarks and comparisons: In my opinion this species is most closely related to Anahamulina suttneri (UHLIG, 1883). It can be distinguished from A. hoheneggeri only by the generally smaller size of the shell and still smaller distance between the arms. Other forms of Anahamulina differ from it either in the greater distance between both shell-arms or in the nature of ribbing.

Occurrence: A. hoheneggeri comes from the exposure of Lower Barremian age at Tichá (T9)

and from the spoil heap at Tichá (T5, Lower Barremian). V. UHLIG (1883) gave an account of the following localities: Hradiště and Nýdek (Czechoslovakia); Straconka and Lipowiec (Poland). Distribution: According to V. UHLIG (1883), this species is known from the Barremian of the Moravskoslezské Beskydy Mts., both in Czechoslovakia and Poland. It may also occur in the Crimea.

Anahamulina cf. paxillosa (UHLIG, 1883) PI. IX, fig. 1

1883 Hamites (Hamulina) paxillosus n. sp.; UHLIG, p. 218, pi. 14, figs. 3, 5, 6. 1920 Hamulina paxillosa UHLIG; GIGNOUX, p. 128. ?1964 Hamulina paxillosa UHLIG; FULÓP, pi. 9, fig. 8.

Lectotype : It is proposed to select the specimen figured by V. UHLIG (1883) as Hamites (Hamulina) paxillosus on pi. 14, fig. 3. It is in Hohenegger Collection housed in the Bayerische Staatssammlung f. Paláontologie u. histor. Geologie, Munich, and re-figured in this paper on pi. XV, fig. 3. Stratum typicum et locus typicus: Barremian, Jaworze (Ernsdorf), Poland. Paratype: Hamites (Hamulina) paxillosus UHLIG, 1883, pi. 14, fig. 5, now deposited in the Museum of Geolo- gische Bundesanstalt Vienna, no. 3936. It comes from the Barremian, Gorki Wielkie (Gurek), Poland. Material: Three fragments of proversum with shell preserved.

Description: The longest preserved part of shell-arm reaches to the beginning of the bend and is marked by very slow growth. Shell-arm bears uniform flattened ribs which weaken in intensity. On the inner side the ribs extend obliquely prosiradiately, then suddenly become straight and run hori­ zontally, i.e. perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the shell-arm. Toward the outer side the ribs become thickened. The distance between ribs increases at the bend and on occasion a short intercalatory rib may occur.

Measurements : Of the three specimens preserved Tx/4 exhibits the highest degree of preserva­ tion, having a proversum which is 110 mm long. In the direction of the embryonal part of the shell there are 11 ribs per 2 cm length of shell arm, whereas about 4 cm from the bend there are 13 ribs to the same length of shell. Remarks and comparisons: Although these two specimens are poorly preserved and in­ complete, they are most closely related to Anahamulina paxillosa on the basis of slow growth of the pro­ versum and the ornament. In the lectotype, however, the rib density is a little lower. These may be

60 distinguished from other related species such as Anahamulina acuaria (UHLIG, 1883) and Anahamulina ptychoceroides (UHLIG, 1883) by the distinctly larger dimensions of the shell. The straight arms without bend preserved resemble to some extent those of the species Bochianites neocomiensis (D'ORBIGNY, 1842), but the latter is distinguished by the greater steepness, thickness, and the different position of the ribs. Occurrence: A. cf. paxillosa has been obtained from 3 spoil heaps in association with Lower

Barremian species at Tichá (Tls T4, T5). Distribution: V. UHLIG (1883) stated that this species occurs in the Barremian of the Beskydy Mts. in Poland. It may also occur in Hungary.

Anahamulina distans HOHENEGGER in litt. PI. IX, figs. 3, 4; pi. XV, fig. 4

1883 Hamites (Hamulina) n. f. ind.; UHLIG, p. 217, pi. 13, fig. 7. 1895 Hamulina distans HOH. ; KILIAN, p. 740. 1920 Hamulina distans HOHENEGGER in Uhlig; GIGNOUX, p. 129. As the name proposed by L. Hohenegger has by now become well established, even though the species has not yet been validly described, I present here its complete description.

Holotype: It is proposed to select the specimen figured by V. UHLIG (1883) as Hamites (Hamulina) n. f. ind. UHLIG on pi. 13, fig. 7. It is re-figured in this paper on pi. XV, fig. 4 and deposited in Hohenegger Collection in the Bayerische Staatssammlung fur Paláontologie und historische Geologie, Munich. Stratum typicum: Barremian, Hradiště Formation. Locus typicus: Hradiště, Karviná district. Derivatio nominis : From the Latin distans = distant, referring to diverging arm shell. Material: Holotype from the Collection in Munich; two compressed, almost complete shells; and eight frag­ ments which can probably be referred to this species.

Diagnosis: Hamulinicone shell with diverging arms and wide bend. Both shell arms bear simple ribs. Ribs are obliquely arched toward the aperture on proversum and almost straight on retroversum. Description: Hamulinicone shells with diverging arms. Proversum bears moderately thick, closely spaced ribs which run obliquely and are bent toward the aperture. Ribs of uniform size, only a little thickened on outer side. The bent part of both arms is very extensive; the bend itself has a broad parabolic outline. Ribs on the bend gradually thicken, particularly toward the outer side, and the dis­ tance between them increases. On the retroversum the ribs are only weakly curved, more prominent, and the distance between them is greater than that on the proversum. Measurements: The preserved length of the proversum is 84 mm and that of the retroversum

30 mm (M5/491). At a distance of 1 cm from the inner periphery of the bend the proversum is 6.2 mm high, retroversum about 7 mm high, and the distance between them 15 mm. The proversum grows at an angle of about 4° and the retroversum of virtually 0°. Fifteen ribs on the proversum occur, per 2 cm at the bend and six ribs on the retroversum occur per 1 cm. Remarks and comparisons: This species is distinguished from all other Anahamulina by its unusual position of the shell arms. This feature also attracted the attention of L. HOHENEGGER who named the holotype provisionally Hamites distans without any further description. V. UHLIG (1883) did not adopt his name, designating it merely as Hamites (Hamulina) n.f.ind. This species is most closely related to Anahamulina rothi. n. sp. on the basis of its sculpture, but this Anahamulina has subparallel shell arms. Occurrence : The members of this species have been collected especially from the spoil heap of

Upper Barremian age at Malenovice (M5). A few fragments also referable to this species have been recorded from the spoil heaps at Tichá (T3, Upper Barremian) and between Kozlovice and Tichá

(Kg, Lower Barremian). V. UHLIG (1883) states that Hohenegger's specimen comes from Hradiště. Distribution: A. distans is known only from the Barremian of Czechoslovakia and France.

61 Anahamulina beskydensis n. sp. PI. VIII, fig. 1; text-fig. 20

Holotype: Specimen shown in this paper on pi. VIII, fig. 1, no. M5/496. It is deposited in the Geological and Palaeontological Collection of the Geological Survey, Prague. Stratum typicum: Upper Barremian, Těšín-Hradiště Formation. Lower part of the zone with Silesites se- ranonis and Costidiscus resticostatus.

Locus typicus: An abandoned spoil heap of mining operations for pelosideritic ores at Malenovice—M; (Frýdek-Místek district). Derivatio nominis : After the Moravskoslezské Beskydy Mts. wherefrom the specimens have been collected. Material: Three specimens only. The first possesses a smaller part of proversum with shell preserved and most of the retroversum with some parts of the shell preserved; the second has only part of the proversum 90 mm long beginning at the bend; and the third is a fragment with the aperture discernible. Diagnosis: Comparatively large hamulinicone shell with subparallel arms running at a distance of about one-third less than the retroversum- height. The sculpture of both arms consists of sub-horizontal simple ribs, which are closely spaced, comparatively thick on the proversum but widely spaced and less thick on the retroversum. Description: Hamulinicone shells which approach in size Anaha­ mulina subcincta (UHLIG, 1883). Proversum bears regular, weakly sharp prominent ribs which are gently curved prosiradiately at the inner side but straight at the outer side of the shell arm. At the bend the ribs become thickened, more widely spaced, and distinctly curved toward the aperture. The bend itself is not preserved. The retroversum is similar to proversum in sculpture-shape, but the former has the ribs more widely spaced, less pronounced, sharply bounded, prosiradiate toward the bend, and weekly S-shaped. Apart from the ribs described above, an aperture consisting of a broad rib is preserved on the fragment which probably also belongs to this species. Growth lines can be observed between the ribs. The distance between shell arms is approximately one-third less than retroversum-height. Shell arms were apparently subparallel. Measurements: Ona more complete specimen the preserved pro­ versum is only 60 mm and retroversum 130 mm long. The former is esti­ mated to have been about 350 mm and the latter about 190 mm long. The deformed and therefore reduced height of the retroversum at the bend is 16 mm, at the aperture 20 mm.

20. Partial reconstruction of the shell of Anahamulina beskydensis n. sp.

Twenty-seven ribs occur toward the beginning on a 4 cm-length of proversum with an arm-height of 13 mm; 24 ribs occurring on the same length of shell at the bend with an arm-height of 15 mm; on the retroversum 18 ribs occur on a 4 cm-length of shell arm 16 mm high. Proversum makes an angle of approximately 3°. Remarks and comparisons: This new species shows a poor state of preservation; especially the bend and suture line are unknown. It seems to be most similar to A. subcincta especially on the basis of the dimensions and shape of the shell, or the ribbing on the proversum. It may easily be distinguished from them by the sub horizontal ribbing of the proversum and in part by the less prominent ribbing on the retroversum. In other Anahamulinae, however, these ribs are always oblique. Although the new species is poorly preserved and thus can be described only in a general manner, the distinguishing feature—a characteristic sculpture—will make its recognition quite easy.

62 Occurrence: A. beskydensis n. sp. has been found only in the spoil heap at Malenovice (M5) side by side with the Upper Barremian species Costidiscus recticostatus (D'ORBIGNY), Partschiceras infun- dibulum (D'ORBIGNY), etc.

Anahamulina rothi n. sp. PI. VIII, fig. 2

Holotype : Specimen shown in this paper on pi. VIII, fig. 2, no. M5/032a. It is deposited in the Geological and Palaeontological Collection of the Geological Survey, Prague. Stratum typicum: Upper Barremian, Těšín-Hradiště Formation. Lower part of the zone with Silesites seranonis and Costidiscus recticostatus. Locus typicus: An abandoned spoil heap of mining operations for pelosideritic ores at Malenovice. Derivatio nominis : After Z. Roth, a worker of the Geological Survey, Prague, who contributed much to the solution of modern stratigraphy of the Moravskoslezské Beskydy Mts. Material: Only a single, almost complete but compressed specimen with shell preserved and its impression in matrix. Diagnosis: Small hamulinicone shell with shell arms making an angle of 7°. The proversum is attached at an angle of 4° and bears oblique, widely spaced ribs of uniform kind which are bowed prosiradiately, as in the bend. Retroversum covered by thicker, more widely spaced, and weakly S-shaped ribs which run sub-horizontally. Description : Shell of small size with conical proversum and cylindrical retroversum. The ribs from the preserved beginning of the proversum are of uniform type. There is only one rib of a considerably lesser thickness which appears some 24 mm away from the preserved origin of the proversum. Toward the outer side, the ribs become straight, thus running almost perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the shell arm, and pass over the venter without interruption. Only a single intercalatory rib appears in front of the bend. No constriction on the bend, the ribs being similar to those seen on the proversum, only more closely spaced on the inner side. At the transition to the retroversum the ribs gradually become straight, more widely spaced, and weakly S-shaped on the straight part of the retroversum. Unlike the proversum, the retroversum bears ribs of greater thickness and the posterior part of these ribs is declined somewhat more sharply. The aperture is not preserved. Due to deformation effects the shell arms unknown in cross section. Measurements: The preserved length of the proversum is 78 mm and that of the retroversum 48 mm; the inferred length of the former being approximately 130 mm. Bend 8.5 mm high, proversum 7.5 mm high some 3 cm in front of bend, retroversum 8 mm high some 3 cm behind bend, distance between shell arms 7.5 mm. There are 11 ribs per 2 cm shell length from the bend of the retroversum to the bend; and 16 ribs over the same distance on the proversum. Remarks and comparisons: A. rothi is most closely related to Anahamulina distans HOHEN­ EGGER on the basis of the ornament, but it has not so divergent shell arms being narrower in cross sec­ tion. Anahamulina, which was figured by V. UHLIG (1883) on pi. 13, fig. 6 and designated as Hamites (Hamulina) n. sp. ind., also resembles A. rothi, but it possesses more widely spaced ribs on the prover­ sum and more closely spaced ones on the retroversum.

Occurrence: This species has been found in the spoil heap at Malenovice (M5) in the same assemblage as Anahamulina beskydensis n. sp. (lower part of the Upper Barremian).

}Anahamulina sp. ind. PI. IX, fig. 2

Material: Only a single, incomplete shell with impression of the same. Description: Hamulinicone shell with sub-parallel but widely separated shell arms.

63 Proversum bears simple, oblique ribs which run prosiradiately. A rib of greater thickness may also rarely occur, but it cannot be stated with certainty whether this is or is not due to fossilization process. The bend also covered by similar, imperceptibly thicker ribs without intercalatory ribs. The bend bears no constrictions. On the retroversum the ribs are slightly prosiradiate on the inner side but straight on the outer side of the height, and imperceptibly thicker than those on the bend. On the inner side ribs are only vaguely indicated. The distance between shell arms is extremely wide, almost one-half greater than retroversum- -height. Measurements: The preserved length of the proversum is 40 mm and that of the retroversum 55 mm; height of bend 8 mm and that of proversum 8 mm, distance between shell arms 13 mm; height of retroversum 10 mm. All measurements from 1 cm above bend. Shell arms include an angle of approximately 4°, proversum of approximately 5°, and retroversum grows at a negligible angle. There are 19 ribs on the proversum and 16 ones on the retroversum measured 1 cm above the bend over a length of 2 cm. Remarks and comparisons: This specimen may be referred to a group of Anahamulinae having no constrictions on the bend on the basis of the ornament and overall shell shape. It corresponds most closely to Anahamulina quenstedti (UHLIG, 1883), but differs from it in the size, the sculpture of retroversum and the distance between both shell arms. Anahamulina rothi n. sp. is smaller, and has a retroversum showing a rather different mode of sculpture; both shell arms are comparatively close to one another. It cannot be refuted that this specimen belongs to a group of the subgenus Acrioceras (Paraspino- ceras) BREISTROFFER, 1952 on the basis of the extremely large distance between both shell arms.

Occurrence: One specimen has been found in the spoil heap at Malenovice (M5, Upper Barre­ mian) side by side with the species Costidiscus recticostatus (D'ORBIGNY, 1841), Partschiceras infundibu- lum (D'ORBIGNY, 1841), and other Anahamulinae.

Genus Ptychoceras d'Orbigny, 1842

Type species: Ptychoceras emericianum D'ORBIGNY, 1842. Aptian, France.

In agreement with J. WIEDMANN (1962, pp. 88, 89, 91) I include in this genus some species pre­ viously referred to Euptychoceras BREISTROFFER, 1952.

Ptychoceras puzosianum D'ORBIGNY, 1842 PI. VIII, fig. 3

1842 Ptychoceras Puzosianus D'ORB.; D'ORBIGNY, p. 557, pi. 137, figs. 5—8. 1850 Ptychoceras Puzosianus D'ORB. ; D'ORBIGNY, p. 102, no. 645. 1860 Ptychoceras Puzosianum D'ORB.; OOSTER, p. 85, pi. 58, fig. 7. 1883 Hamites (Ptychoceras) Puzosianus D'ORB.; UHLIG, p. 219, pi. 14, fig. 1. 1888 Ptychoceras Puzosianum D'ORB.; UHLIG, p. 90. 1889 Ptychoceras Puzosi D'ORB. ; HAUG, p. 200. 1889 Ptychoceras Puzosi D'ORB. ; KILIAN, p. 234. 1902 Ptychoceras Puzosianum D'ORB.; SARASIN and SCHÓNDELMAYER, p. 176. 1938 Ptychoceras Emerici D'ORB.; ROMAN, pi. 5, fig. 45. 1952 Ptychoceras emericianum D'ORB.; BASSE in J. PIVETEAU, pi. 2, fig. 14. nonl960 Ptychoceras puzosianus D'ORB.; DRUSHCHITS and KUDRYAVTSEV, p. 226, pi. 11, fig. 3a,b; 4 (= Ptychoceras emericianum D'ORB.).

Holotype : Ptychoceras puzosianus D'ORBIGNY, 1842, pi. 137, figs. 5—8. It is deposited in d'Orbigny Collection, Paris (Museum National d'Histoire naturelle). Stratum typicum et locus typicus: Barremian, France. Material: One incomplete specimen largely with shell preserved.

64 Description: Large ptychoceracone shells. Proversum has only a partly preserved shell bearing ribs which are fine, obliquely prosiradiate, slightly curved, and closely spaced apart. Ribs are imperceptibly indicated on the steinkern, too. The steinkern also has one shallow constriction. Pro­ versum grows at a very low angle. On the bend the shell shows indications of three thicker ribs and one shallow constriction. Retroversum is smooth except where there occur irregular, single, distinct, and narrow ribs. On the retroversum there is apparently preserved an area of aperture consisting of three flattened ribs the last of which is the least thick. Despite the absence of the shell on most of the proversum, the suture line is not preserved. Measurements: The preserved length of the proversum is 82 mm and that of the retroversum 66 mm. The height at the bend is 12 mm. The proversum is 9 mm high at bend. Remarks and comparisons: This specimen, which is similar to the specimen shown by V. UHLIG (1883, pi. 14, fig. 1), differs from the holotype in the irregular distribution of single ribs on the retroversum. In addition to the specimen described above, there are two shells at my disposal which show on their proversa indications of numerous sub-horizontal grooves as coinciding probably with constrictions on the steinkern. Ribs regularly occur on the retroversum, similar to d'Orbigny's holotype. I designate the specimens as Ptychoceras cf. puzosianum D'ORBIGNY, 1842. P. puzosianum may easily be distinguished from the other species of this genus by the fine, close ribbing of the proversum and the sparce, comparatively thick ribs on the retroversum. Occurrence: The species here described has been collected from the spoil heap at Malenovice

(M5, Upper Barremian). P. cf. puzosianum has also been found at this locality. In addition it occurs in the spoil heap at Kozlovice (KZj, Upper Barremian). V. UHLIG (1883) recorded only one specimen from Hradiště. Distribution: This species is known primarily from the Barremian of France, Switzerland and Austria.

Ptychoceras morloti OOSTER, 1860 PI. X, figs. 4, 5

1860 Ptychoceras Morloti OOSTER; OOSTER, p. 84, pi. 60, fig. 1, non fig. 2 (= Anahamulina suttneri UHLIG). 1902 Ptychoceras Morloti OOSTER; SARASIN and SCHÓNDELMAYER, p. 174, pi. 25, fig. 3. Ppartim 1907 Ptychoceras Morloti OOSTER; KARAKASH, p. 156, non pi. 25. fig. 12 (= Anahamulina sp.)

Holotype: Ptychoceras morloti OOSTER, 1860, pi. 60, fig. 1, deposited in Ooster Collection in Berne. Stratum typicum et locus typicus: Barremian, Switzerland. Material: Two incomplete compressed specimens with shells preserved, one of them having additionally a stein­ kern. Description: Ptychoceraticone shells of larger size. Both shell arms markedly ribbed. On the proversum ribs are closely spaced, obliquely prosiradiate from the inner side, simple, slightly curved, of uniform size throughout their course. On the bend these ribs run prosiradiately and bifurcate at about the middle of their height. No constrictions have been observed. The ribs on the retroversum are nearly horizontal, thicker, and more widely spaced than those on the proversum.

Measurements : It was possible to measure only the following dimensions (specimen K5/063): height at the bend—10 mm. There are 21 ribs per 2 cm of shell length on the proversum and 15 ribs for the same length on the retroversum. Remarks and comparisons: Specimens from the Beskydy Mts. agree well with Ooster's holotype. The only, though slight, difference lies in the greater thickness of the ribs visible in the ma­ terial from the Beskydy Mts.; a feature which can be explained by the preservation of Ooster's individ­ ual as a steinkern. The detailed ornament seen even in the steinkern is typical of P. morloti, in contrast to all species of the genus Ptychoceras except Ptychoceras sp. ind. described by I. RUKHADZE (1938). His species may be distinguished by the smaller size and particularly the oblique ribs on the retroversum.

65 Ptychoceras humboldti KARSTEN, 1858 has straight but much more widely spaced ribs totalling 9-10 per 2 cm of shell length. In addition Anahamulina suttneri (UHLIG, 1883) differs in the shell arms not touching each other and in the presence of one constriction on the bend.

Occurrence: P. morloti comes from the spoil heaps between Kozlovice and Tichá (K5, Upper

Barremian) and at Veřovice (V5, lowermost Aptian). Distribution : This species occurs in the Barremian of Switzerland and probably in the Crimea.

Ptychoceras cf. meyrati OOSTER, 1860 PI. X, fig. 1

1860 Ptychoceras Meyrati; OOSTER, p. 82, pi. 59, figs. 1—4. 1883 Hamites (Ptychoceras) n. f. ind.; UHLIG, p. 219. 1889 Ptychoceras Meyrati OOSTER; KILIAN, p. 234. ?1898 Ptychoceras inornatum; SlMIONESCU, p. 123, pi. 2, figs. 5, 6. 1902 Ptychoceras Meyrati OOSTER; SARASIN and SCHÓNDELMAYER, p. 173, pi. 25, figs. 1, 2. 1907 Ptychoceras Meyrati OOSTER; KARAKASH, p. 155, pi. 4, fig. 5; pi. 26, fig. 7. ?1938 Ptychoceras meyrati OOSTER; RUKHADZE, p. 162, pi. 1, fig. 3. 1955 Ptychoceras meyrati OOSTER; ERISTAVI, p. 62. 1961 Ptychoceras meyrati OOSTER; ERISTAVI, p. 83.

Lectotype: Erected by M. BREISTROFFER in 1952, Ptychoceras meyrati OOSTER, 1860, pi. 59, fig. 1, is now de­ posited in Ooster Collection, Berne. Stratum typicum et locus typicus: Barremian, Switzerland (Veveyse). Material: Three incomplete specimens with original shells. Description : Ptychoceracone shells of average size with ribs of approximately uniform thickness. The ornament of the proversum consists of weak flattened ribs which disappear toward the inner side. They are obliquely prosiradiate from the inner side and perpendicular toward the outer side. The steinkern apparently bears occasional constrictions which are limited only to the outer side. Both bend and retroversum are smooth.

Measurements : The specimen KN5/25 yields the following values: The proversum is 65 mm long and the retroversum 50 mm long; the bend is 6 mm high; 1 cm above the bend the height of the proversum and the retroversum is 7.5 and 8 mm, respectively. Remarks and comparisons: It was not possible to make a certain determination at species level, for the obvious reason of insufficient preservation. The retroversum of most specimens is generally not well enough preserved to permit recognition of any constrictions. The constrictions detectable on the proversum suggest that the species is comparable to P. meyrati. Its holotype is preserved as a stein­ kern, possibly with constrictions probably resulting from deformation effects and the state of preserva­ tion, as was originally stated by CH. SARASIN and CH. SCHONDELMAYER (1902). Otherwise the first two shells are generally smooth. There is also a marked similarity of my own material to one of the specimens described by N. I. KARAKASH (1907) as P. meyrati on pi. 25, fig. 7. This species has parts of the shell preserved with vaguely indicated thin ribs on the proversum; the retroversum of this form is smooth however. Another similar specimen mentioned by V. UHLIG (1883, p. 219—220) in his description of Ptychoceras puzosianum (D'ORBIGNY, 1842) comes from Uhlig Collection housed in the Geologische Bundesanstalt, Vienna. This author designated the specimen as Hamites (Ptychoceras) n. f. ind., but the specimen label bears the designation Ptychoceras sp. n. ind. found in the vicinity of Veřovice (not illustrated). Occurrence: P. cf. meyrati comes from the outcrop of Upper Barremian age at Kunčice p.

Ondřejníkem (KN5) and from the spoil heaps at Veřovice and Malenovice (V15 Ml3 Barremian/Aptian). M. S. ERISTAVI (1961a) recorded this species from the gap of the River Orava in the Malá Fatra Mts. Distribution: The main occurrences of the type species P. meyrati are the Barremian of Switzer­ land, France, Roumania, probably the Crimea, and the Lower Aptian ( ?) of Georgia.

66 Ptychoceras dittleri n. sp. PI. X, figs. 2, 3

Holotype: Specimen designated as KN5/30a, shown in this paper on pi. X, fig. 2 and deposited in the Geolog­ ical and Palaeontological Collection of the Geological Survey, Prague. Stratum typicum: Upper Barremian, Těšín-HradiŠtě Formation. Zone of Silesites seranonis and Costidiscus recticostatus.

Locus ty picus : An exposure on the left bank of the brook Tichávka at Kunčice p. Ondřejníkem—KN5 (Frýdek- Místek district). Derivatio nominis: After my colleague K. Dittler, who found the holotype in the field. Material: Four incomplete and compressed specimens, otherwise comparatively well-preserved, mostly with original shell preserved. Diagnosis : Ptychoceratid shells of relatively small size. The proversum narrow, growing at slow rate, bears ribs which are closely spaced, vaguely visible, and run obliquely. The retroversum has weakly bent, sub-horizontal ribs of unequal thickness in irregular arrangement. Description: Proversum bears oblique, almost straight, flattened, less pronounced ribs visible even on the steinkern. A smooth shell covers most of the bend and broadens suddenly beyond it to form a cylindrical retroversum. The retroversum is covered by irregularly spaced ribs, some of which are thicker, run across the shell arm, and are probably accompanied by constrictions. Next to them are irregular intercalating ribs which extend up to half-way along the height of the arm. Both shell arms widen slowly. Measurements: In the holotype the reduced length of the proversum is 45 mm and that of the retroversum 50 mm; height of the bend 4 mm; 1 cm above the bend the proversum and retroversum is 3.5 and 8 mm high, respectively. There appears to be a good deal of variation in size, for smaller individuals have also been observed. There are 17 ribs occurring per 2 cm of shell length on the proversum. Remarks and comparisons: This new species belongs to a group of Ptychoceratidae with ornament suggesting a systematic position intermediate between Ptychoceras morloti OOSTER, 1860 and Ptychoceras emericianum D'ORBIGNY, 1842. The former may be distinguished from the present species by the stronger, sharper and irregular ribbing, particularly on the retroversum. P. emericianum differs from P. dittleri in the generally smooth proversum, but is related to it on the basis of the sculpture of the proversum: each third rib is thicker and runs over the entire arm-height, whereas the two other ribs are shorter. Ptychoceras sp. ind., which was erected by I. RUKHADZE (1938, pi. 1, fig. 5), is also similar to my species, but its ribs on the proversum run markedly obliquely. Ptychoceras meyrati OOSTER, 1860, Ptychoceras puzosianum D'ORBIGNY, 1842 and Ptychoceras laeve hamaimense PERVINQUIĚRE 1907, are all species which lack the ribbing developed in P. dittleri. Occurrence: The new species has been found in the outcrop of Upper Barremian age at Kunčice p. Ondřejníkem (KN5), in the spoil heaps at Kozlovice-Záry (KZ2, Upper Barremian), Malenovice (M2,

Upper Barremian) and between Kozlovice and Tichá (K3 — Barremian/Aptian).

Superfamily Douvilleicerataceae Parona et Bonarelli, 1897

Family Douvilleiceratidae Parona et Bonarelli, 1897

Genus Procheloniceras SPATH, 1923

Type species: Ammonites stobieckii D'ORBIGNY, 1850. Lower Aptian, France.

Procheloniceras albrechtiaustriae (HOHENEGGER in UHLIG, 1883) PI. X, fig. 6; pi. XI, fig. 2

1883 Acanthoceras Albrechti-Austriae HOH. in UHLIG; UHLIG, p. 253, pi. 22, pi. 23, fig. 1, ? pi. 20, fig. 13. 1889 Acanthoceras Albrechti-Austriae HOH.; KILIAN, p. 248.

67 1898 Acanthoceras Albrechti-Austriae HOH.: SIMIONESCU, p. 140, pl. 6, fig. 11. 1906 Douvilleiceras Albrechti-Austriae HOH. : SINZOW, p. 167, pl. 4, figs. 1. 2. 1913 Douvilleiceras Albrechti-Austriae HOH. ; KILIAN, pl. 8, fig. 2. 1915 Douvilleiceras Albrechti-Austriae HOH. ; KILIAN and REBOUL, p. 57, pl. 1. fig. 6: pl. 3, fig. 5: pl. 8, fig. 3. 1927 Douvilleiceras Albrechti-Austriae HOH. : ROCH, p. 20. 1938 Douvilleiceras (Procheloniceras) albrechti-austriae HOH. ; KSIAŽKIEWICZ, p. 234, pl. 2, figs. 2—4. 1938 Procheloniceras Albrechti-Austriae HOH. ; ROMAN, p. 425 ' 1949 Cheloniceras albrechti-austriae HOH.; LUPPOV, p. 234, pl. 49, fig. 3a,b. 1960 Procheloniceras albrechti-austriae HOH.; DRUSHCHITS and KUDRYAVTSEV, p. 335, pl. 16, fig. la,b. 1965 Douvilleiceras (Procheloniceras) albrechti-austriae HOH.; SZYMAKOWSKA, p. 146, pl. 2, fig. 1, 3a,b. nonl902 Acanthoceras Albrechti-Austriae Hon.; KOENEN, p. 405, pl. 41, fig. 1 (= Procheloniceras pachy stephanum). Lectotype: It is proposed to select the specimen shown by V. UHLIG (1883) as Acanthoceras albrechtiaustriae HOHENEGGER on pl. 22. It is from Uhlig Collection, Geologische Bundesanstalt, Vienna, Reg. No. 3962. Stratum typicum et locus typicus: Lower Aptian, Malenovice, Frýdek-Místek district. Material: Thirteen, comparatively complete, strongly compressed specimens with shells preserved. Description: Nearly evolute shells with wide whorls, relatively flattened flanks, and high umbil­ ical wall which is steeply inclined. Ornament is composed of thick ribs of two types: one type comprises ribs with tubercles and the other without them. The ribs with tubercles appear at the umbilicus and broaden continuously toward the outer side. The first tubercle is located where the umbilical wall passes into the flank. The distance between both tubercles equals approximately that between the lower tubercle and spiral line. Tubercles are very strong, often curved backwards. In most cases one rib without tubercle is intercalated between tubercled ribs; at first they appear only at the level of lower tubercles, then become suddenly thickened, and attain the same thickness as the ribs with tubercles at their outer sides. Intercalatory ribs become elongated with increasing shell diameter. In some cases several ribs with tubercles appear successively, but less pronounced tubercles may also occur on outer whorls, particularly in more mature forms. Measurements: The values measured vary widely because the specimens from the Beskydy Mts., which originally had whorls much higher than long, are compressed and the periphery conse­ quently shows an irregular outline. The compressed lectotype yields the following values: D = 230 mm, H = 77 (0.33), U = 80 (0.35); 215 mm, 78 (0.36), 68 (0.32). Maximum shell diameter is about 240 mm.

The specimen KN7/37, which is still more compressed, has parameters as follows: D = 34 mm, H = 34 (0.45), U = 21.5 (0.29). M. P. KUDRYAVTSEV noted on p. 335 (in V. V. DRUSHCHITS and M. P. KUDRYAVTSEV 1960) that non-deformed shells have H/D = 0.34, U/D = 0.38, B/D =0.51. There are 43 ribs per whorl on the lectotype; and 29—40 ribs per whorl in shells from my own collection at a diameter ranging from 50 to 70 mm. Most of the specimens in my collection have a shell diameter of 70—80 mm. My own specimens correspond closely to those of V. Uhlig. In addition both are deformed in a similar manner. Although it was not possible to study the variability in whorl-section, a considerable variation has been noted in the thickness and number of ribs, the tubercle-sizes, the distance between ribs, etc., even in specimens that come from one and the same locality. This remarkable variation was also observed by other authors who used it for distinguishing between several intermediate forms. For instance, W. KILIAN and P. REBOUL (1915) state on p. 60 that, apart from a typical form, there are 8 additional deformations not designated by special names. Furthermore, M. S. ERISTAVI (1955) described the new subspecies Procheloniceras albrechtiaustriae meridionalis. Some authors, such as W. KILIAN and P. REBOUL (1915), E. ROCH (1927), J. ROUCHADZÉ (1933) and M. S. ERISTAVI (1955) regard Procheloniceras stobieckii (D'ORBIGNY, 1850) as a subspecies of P. albrechtiaustriae. In most cases it has not been conclusively demonstrated that P. albrechtiaustriae is conspecific with Procheloniceras pachy stephanum (UHLIG 1883) as is the case with my own material. The latter may typically be distinguished especially on the basis of the thick ribs lying at a distance from one another

68 which exceeds rib-thickness and the tubercles which weaken with increasing shell diameter. It should be noted however, that both species can hardly be objectively distinguished not only in my own material but also in specimens of other authors. It cannot therefore be discounted that both species are conspecific. P. stobieckii is also very similar to P. albrechtiaustriae, which may be distinguished mainly by the whorl-section the height of which exceeds breadth and by the outer tubercles which become thin to disappear. Much difficulty was encountered in distinguishing P. albrechtiaustriae from Procheloniceras marco- mannicum (UHLIG, 1883), for the obvious reason of the state of preservation. These two species are very similar with regard to sculpture when the shell diameter is as high as 50 mm. Occurrence: Members of the species P. albrechtiaustriae have been found in the outcrop of

Lower Aptian age at Kunčice p. Ondřejníkem (KN7), and in the spoil heaps at Veřovice (V^ and between Kozlovice and Tichá (K3) and at Kozlovice (KZ3) together with Barremian-Aptian fauna. V. UHLIG (1883) recorded this species from Veřovice, Malenovice and Hradiště. Distribution: The species is typical of the Lower Aptian of France, Poland, Roumania, and U.S.S.R., particularly in the Caucasus and Dagestan.

Procheloniceras cf. pachystephanum (UHLIG, 1883) PI. XI, fig. 1

1883 Acanthoceras pachystephanus n. sp.; UHLIG, p. 255, pi. 24, figs. 1, 2; pJ. 25, fig. 1. 1906 Douvilleiceras pachystephanus UHL. ; SlNZOW, p. 169, pi. 4, fig. 3a,b. 1913 Douvilleiceras Cornuelianum D'ORB. ; KILIAN, pi. 9, fig. 3. 1915 Douvilleiceras pachy stephanum UHL. ; KlLIAN and REBOUL, p. 61, pi. 3, fig. 4; pi. 4, fig. 7, pi. 8, fig. 4. 1933 Douvilleiceras pachy stephanum UHL. ; ROUCHADZÉ, p. 187, text-fig. 9. 1960 Procheloniceras pachy stephanum UHL. ; DRUSHCHITS and KUDRYAVTSEV, p. 336, pi. 17, fig. 1; pi. 19, fig. la,b. ?1961 Cheloniceras pachy stephanum UHL.; ERISTAVI, p. 63. 1965 Douvilleiceras (Procheloniceras) pachy stephanum UHL.; SZYMAKOWSKA, p. 146, pi. 2, fig. 2; ? pi. 1, fig. 3. Lectotype: I propose to select the specimen shown by V. UHLIG (1883) as Acanthoceras pachystephanus on pi. 25, fig. 1 and which is deposited in Hohenegger Collection in the Bayerische Staatssammlung f. Paláonto- logie u. hist. Geologie, Munich. Stratum typicum et locus typicus: Lower Aptian, Krásná, Frýdek-Místek district. Material: Only 4 ill-preserved specimens with original shells. Description: Comparatively large evolute shells bearing strong ribs the distance of which from each other exceeds rib thickness. These ribs have two tubercles on each side of the whorl. Tubercles become thinner during growth, particularly in the upper row. Ribs having no tubercles are thinner on their outer side than tubercled ribs between which they are intercalated. Measurements: J. ROUCHADZÉ (1933,p. 187) gave the following values for non-deformed shells: D = 78 mm, H = 29 (0.37), U = 33 (0.42), B = 38.5 (0.49); D = 125 mm, H = 36 (0.32), U = 45 (0.41), B = 50 (0.46). It proved impossible to measure my own material because of the poor state of preservation. The largest shell has a diameter of more than 110 mm. Remarks and comparisons : This species differs from the closely related species Procheloni­ ceras albrechtiaustriae (HOHENEGGER in UHLIG, 1883) in the thicker primary ribs, the thinner intercalated ribs, and in the gradually weakening tubercles. Cheloniceras pschechense LUPPOV, 1952 is closely related in ornament to P. pachystephanum, but the thickest tubercles occur at a diameter of about 125 mm. Con­ trary to Uhlig's species, it possesses primary and intercalated ribs which alternate regularly over the whole of the shell. Occurrence: The species was collected from the outcrop of Lower Aptian age at Kunčice p.

Ondřejníkem (KN7) and the spoil heap containing mostly Barremian elements at Malenovice (Mx). V. UHLIG (1883) stated that this species comes from Veřovice, Malenovice, Krásná and Hradiště. Distribution: P. pachystephanum is known from the Lower Aptian of France, Poland, U.S.S.R. (Georgia, Caucasus).

69 Genus Cheloniceras HYATT, 1903 Type species : Ammonites cornuelianus D'ORBIGNY, 1841. Aptian, France.

Cheloniceras sp. ind. Pl. XII, fig. 1 Material: Only a single strongly compressed, but comparatively complete specimen with shell preserved. Description: Evolute shell with breadth in excess of height apparently before diagenetic frac­ ture. Juvenile whorls not preserved. Penultimate whorl bears straight, uniform, thick ribs between which there is one occasional intercalated rib which almost reaches to the umbilicus. Thick ribs with two tubercles. Lower tubercles are located relatively high above spiral line and apparently they were situated where flanks pass into umbilical wall. Upper tubercles are located at the same distance from spiral line as lower ones. Both lower and upper tubercles are approximately of uniform thickness. Last whorl overlaps preceding whorl so that spiral line extends over the upper tubercles. On the last whorl primary ribs broaden from the umbilicus toward the outer side. There are as many as 3 intercalatory ribs at the termination of the last whorl. Of these one or two usually reach the spiral line and the remaining ribs extend as far as the level of lower tubercles. One or two intercalatory ribs reach only upper tubercles, in particular on the earlier half-whorl. In general, intercalatory ribs are thicker than primary ribs, and only the middle of the three intercalatory ribs on rare occasions bears a thin tubercle developed at the level of upper tubercles. All ribs cross outer side without interruption. Measurements : Maximum diameter of the compressed shell is 105 mm, apparently correspond­ ing to a non-deformed shell-diameter of about 70—80 mm. There are 23 primary ribs with tubercles and approximately 27 intercalatory ribs on the last whorl. This value is considerably influenced by the increasing number of ribs in the last part of the whorl. On the last half-whorl there are 9 primary ribs and 21 intercalatory ribs. Remarks and comparisons: It was not possible to classify the species in greater detail mainly because of the lack of information about whorl-section, extent of the involubility, and suture line. My own specimen is assigned to the family Cheloniceratidae SPATH, 1923 on the basis of external morphological features, but its generic assignment must remain uncertain. The genus Cheloniceras was selected by the following characters: (a) There are 2 rows of tubercles—contrary to the genus Epicheloniceras CASEY, 1954 with three rows and Roloboceras CASEY, 1954 with one row; (b) There are as many as 3 ribs intercalated between ribs with tubercles—contrary to the genus Pro­ cheloniceras SPATH, 1923 which has usually one intercalated rib. The thickness of outer tubercles does not exceed that of lower tubercles and no bifurcation is re­ cognized in primary ribs, as is typical of most of the species included in this genus. These are features which in a way are contradictory to the diagnosis of Cheloniceras. I have as yet failed to find in literature a species which corresponds to my own specimen.

Occurrence: My specimen was found in the spoil heap at Malenovice (M4) together with the assemblage of species which occur in the Lower Aptian.

Family Deshayesitidae Stoyanow, 1949

Genus Prodeshayesites CASEY, 1961 Type species: Ammonitesfissicostatus PHILIPS, 1829. Lower Aptian (Speeton Clay), northern England.

?Prodeshayesites sp. ind. Pl. XI, figs. 3,4 Material: One almost complete juvenile specimen with shell preserved; four incomplete specimens. Description: At first rather evolute but later semievolute shell with wide umbilicus and pro­ nounced sculpture. Umbilical wall short, steep, smoothly passing into flanks.

70 Ornament is composed of primary ribs which alternate regularly with the intercalatory ribs. Pri­ mary ribs slightly rusiradiate at the umbilicus, then falcoid, passing over the outer side markedly pro­ siradiately without interruption. One intercalatory rib between primary ribs on the outer side. In early growth stages intercalatory ribs amount to three-fourths to two-thirds of deformed whorl-height, but later they extend only halfway or one-third along upper whorl-height. Generally these ribs do not merge with the primary ribs. Primary ribs generally attain a greater thickness and are more widely spaced from a shell-diameter of about 13 mm onwards and intercalatory ribs are usually thinner. Up to a diameter of approx­ imately 30 mm primary ribs are of almost uniform size, and then broaden pronouncedly toward the outer side. There are 34 to 36 primary ribs per whorl (and a few more on initial whorls) and 64 ribs of both types on the periphery.

Measurements : It proved possible to measure (V5/024) with certainty weak deformation effects. The results were as follows: D = 18.3 mm, H = 6.3 (0.34), U = 7 (0.38). The largest compressed

specimen (V1/073) yielded the following values (not examined more closely because of poor state of preservation): D = 45 mm, H = 18 (0.40), U = 15 (0.33). In spite of deformation it may be assumed that the umbilical breadth tends to decrease with con­ tinued growth. Remarks and comparisons: My own material can only be identified on the basis of ornament and coiling pattern. Specimens coming from the Beskydy Mts. correspond most closely to the genera Turkmeniceras TOVBINA, 1962 (in AMANNIAZOV et al.) and Prodeshayesites CASEY, 1961. These two genera differ from another genus, Deshayesites KAZANSKY, 1914, especially in the wider umbilicus, more numerous ribs, and probably in the slightly rusiradiate ribs near the umbilicus, and other features which cannot, however, be discerned in my own specimens. The authors who erected the genera Turkmeniceras and Prodeshayesites did not make any com­ parison with each other. R. CASEY (1964) noted on p. 290 that he regarded Turkmeniceras as a member of the family Hemihoplitidae SPATH, 1924. J. WIEDMANN (1966b) asserted that Turkmeniceras should rightfully be placed in the family Hemihoplitidae as an intermediate form between Hemihoplites SPATH, 1924 and Prodeshayesites. Unlike Prodeshayesites, Turkmeniceras has free initial whorls and ribs which pass over the outer side more radially. It is possible to distinguish both genera by suture-line, particularly the shape of lobes, which are broader and less deep (especially outer lobe) in Prodeshayesites. Turkmeniceras has been recorded from the Upper Barremian5, Prodeshayesites from the base of Lower Aptian. In most cases these genera are distinguished by criteria which cannot be applied to my own speci­ mens. Nevertheless my specimens are assigned to the genus Prodeshayesites in spite of the following reasons which seem open to objection: (a) Ribs pass over outer side forming an arch as in Prodeshayesites; (b) No evidence exists regarding either the existence or absence of the free coiled initial whorls; (c) My own specimens probably come from the lowermost Aptian. Contrary to my material, Prodeshayesites possesses an umbilicus the breadth of which increases with continuous growth. As far as my specimens of Prodeshayesites are concerned, it can be stated that these are not con- specific with any of the species included in the genus especially because of their closer ribbing. Prodes­ hayesites germanicus CASEY, 1964 (= P. tenuicostatus [v. KOENEN, 1902], according to E. KEMPER, 1967) having highest rib density bears 53 to 55 ribs on its outer side, whereas Prodeshayesites sp. ind. bears 60 ribs or more. In addition the former is characterized by a different type of intercalatory ribs. Turkmeniceras turkmenicum TOVBINA, 1963 differs in the straighter ribs and especially in the much smaller number of ribs on the outer side totalling 38—42 (S. Z. TOVBINA, 1963, p. 103).

5 It is considered by I. A. MIKHAILOVA (1969) to be Lower Aptian in age!

71 It thus seems reasonable to admit the possibility that Prodeshayesites sp. ind. is a new species which cannot, however, be safely determined because its generic identification still remains problematic.

Occurrence : This species comes from two spoil heaps at Veřovice (V15 V5). It proved impossible to determine its exact stratigraphic position because it occurs in one spoil heap in assemblage with Upper Barremian specimens (e.g., Silesites seranonis D'ORBIGNY, 1841, Barremites strettostoma UHLIG, 1883) and the species Procheloniceras albrechtiaustriae (HOHENEGGER, 1883) of Lower Aptian age. The other spoil heap yielded this specimen in assemblage with species that come from the Barremian and Aptian—except the Aptian species Partschiceras baborense (COQUAND, 1880). It is assumed that the for­ mer spoil heap is from two similar but stratigraphically different horizons, ?Prodeshayesites sp. ind. coming from the horizon of Aptian age.

Suborder Ammonitina Hyatt, 1889

Superfamily Desmocerataceae Zittel, 1895

Family Desmoceratidae Zittel, 1895

Subfamily Eodesmoceratinae Wright, 1955

Genus Barremites KILIAN, 1913

Type species : Ammonites difficilis D'ORBIGNY, 1841. Barremian, France.

Barremites strettostoma (UHLIG, 1883) Pl. XII, fig. 4; pl. XVI, figs. 5—8

1872 Ammonites bicurvatus MICHELIN; TIETZE, p. 137, pl. 9, fig. 5. 1883 Haploceras strettostoma n. sp.; UHLIG, p. 225, pl. 16, figs. 3, 4, ?8, 15. 1889 Desmoceras strettostoma UHL.; HAUG, p. 201. ?1890 Desmoceras strettostoma UHL.; SAYN, p. 39, pl. 2, fig. 9. 1894 Desmoceras strettostoma UHL.; NICKLÉS, p. 57, pl. 8, fig. 5; pl. 10, fig. 7. 1897 Desmoceras strettostoma UHL.; SARASIN, p. 786, fig. 14. 1900 Sonneratia strettostoma UHL.; ANTHULA, p. 121. 1901 Desmoceras strettostoma UHL.; SARASIN and SCHONDELMAYER, p. 51. ?1907 Desmoceras strettostoma UHL.; KARAKASH, p. 72, pl. 5, figs. 3a,b, 4a,b, 5a,b: pl. 6, figs. 5a,b; pl. 24, fig. 19. 1907 Desmoceras strettostoma UHL.; PERVINQUIĚRE, p. 129, pl. 5, figs. 19, 20, ?18. 1921 Desmoceras strettostoma UHL. ; PETKOVIČ, p. 64, pl. 1, fig. 16. 1957 Barremites strettostoma UHL. ; ERISTAVI, p. 64, pl. 3, fig. 3. 1960 Barremites strettostoma UHL.; DRUSHCHITS and KUDRYAVTSEV, p. 299, pl. 43, fig. 6. 1964 Barremites strettostoma UHL.; FULOP, pi. 10, fig. 1, ?pl. 16, fig. 16. 1966 Barremites strettostoma UHL.; BRESKOVSKI, p. 91, pl. 5, fig. 4; pl. 7, fig. 1. ?1966 Barremites strettostoma UHL. ; WIEDMANN, pl. 1, fig. 5.

Lectotype: Determined by S. BRESKOVSKI, 1966 as Haploceras strettostoma UHLIG, 1883, pl. 17, fig. 3a,b. It is deposited in E. Tietze Collection housed in the Geologische Bundesanstalt, Vienna, and re-figured in this paper as pl. XVI, figs. 5, 6. Stratum typicum et locus typicus: Barremian, Svinicea, Banat in Roumania. Material: Four compressed, imperfectly preserved specimens.

Description: Involute shells with narrow umbilicus, flat flanks and steep umbilical wall. Shell bears relatively fine ribs and striae, forming bands which are separated by a shallow but dis­ tinct furrow. Ribs or growth lines are strongly S-shaped, prosiradiate from the umbilicus, suddenly bent rusiradiately at about the middle of the whorl-height, and passing over the outer side prosiradi­ ately.

72 Measurements: The lectotype, with D attaining a value of as much as 23.6 mm as almost the maximum shell diameter, has the following parameters: H = 12.8 (0.54), U = 3.2 (0.135), B = 5.9 (0.25). The only measurable compressed specimen from Veřovice (Vj 053) yields values of D = 20 mm, H = 11.2 (0.56), U = 1.8 (0.09). The shell-diameter usually does not exceed 20 mm. Remarks and comparisons: Barremites strettostoma (UHLIG, 1883) may apparently be dis­ tinguished from the other members of the genus Barremites, such as Barremites psilotatus (UHLIG, 1883), Barremites difficilis (D'ORBIGNY, 1841), Barremites subdifficilis (KARAKASCH, 1907) and Barremites hemiptychum (KILIAN, 1889), by the strongly S-shaped ribs and particularly by the narrow umbilicus. Apart from typical specimens with a very narrow umbilicus and small whorl-breadth, there are further records of the occurrences of the species especially in the Crimea (N. I. KARAKASH, 1907) and Spain (J. WIEDMANN, 1966a) which have shells with a slightly wider umbilicus and greater whorl breadth. It cannot yet be conclusively demonstrated that these are a different species or at least a new subspecies. In addition J. Wiedmann's specimen comes from the Lower Barremian whereas typical specimens are recorded in most cases from the Upper Barremian. Occurrence: B. strettostoma is known from the spoil heap of Upper Barremian age between

Kozlovice and Tichá (K5) and from another spoil heap at Veřovice (VJ in association with a Barremian- Aptian fauna. According to V. UHLIG (1883), the species is known from only Skalice (?) and Těrlicko. Distribution: Typical specimens occur mostly in the Upper Barremian of Tunisia, Spain, Switzerland, Austria, Hungary, Roumania, Yugoslavia, Bulgaria, U.S.S.R (the Caucasus).

Barremites psilotatus (UHLIG, 1883) PI. XII, figs. 2, 3

1883 Haploceras psilotatum n. sp.; UHLIG, p. 226, pi. 16, figs. 2, 3. ?1901 Desmoceras psilotatum UHL.; SARASIN and SCHÓNDELMAYER, p. 53, pi. 6, figs. 1, 2. 1907 Desmoceras psilotatum UHL.; KARAKASH, p. 63, pi. 5, fig. 7a,b. 1939 Barremites psilotatus UHL. ; LUPPOV, p. 23, pi. 4, fig. 4. 1956 Desmoceras psilotatum UHL.; ANDJELKOVIČ, p. 139, pi. 7, fig. 1. ?1957 Barremites psilotatus UHL.; ERISTAVI, p. 64. 1960 Barremites psilotatus UHL.; DRUSHCHITS and KUDRYAVTSEV, p. 299, pi. 42, fig. 3a,b. ?1961 Barremites psilotatus UHL.; ERISTAVI, p. 99, pi. 5, fig. 3. 1964 Barremites psilotatus UHL.; FŮLOP, pi. 16, fig. 12. 1966 Barremites psilotatus UHL. ; BRESKOVSKI, p. 89, pi. 9, fig. 1.

Lectotype: Determined by S. BRESKOVSKI, 1966 as Haploceras psilotatum UHLIG, 1883, pi. 16, fig. 3. It is housed in Uhlig Collection, Geologische Bundesanstalt, Vienna, No. 3910. Stratum typicum et locus typicus: Barremian, Nýdek (Frýdek-Místek district). Material: Twenty compressed, mostly imperfectly preserved specimens with shell preserved.

Description: Involute shells with narrow umbilicus, flanks showing maximum convexity on the inner half-whorl, and umbilical wall steeply inclined. Ornament is very simple, consisting of weakly S-shaped growth lines some of which are occasionally a little thicker than the other. Relatively broad constrictions on the steinkern run parallel with growth lines and are relatively sharply defined anteriorly but fade out posteriorly. Only one specimen has a partially preserved suture line, with a typically unsymmetrical lateral lobe of barremitid type. Measurements : It was not possible to measure the lectotype because of compression and the poorly visible outline, although it was drawn completely as though preserved perfectly by V. Uhlig. The following values have been obtained by measuring the non-deformed, well-preserved steinkern from Drushchits Collection (figured by V. V. DRUSHCHITS et M. P. KUDRYAVTSEV, 1960 on pi. 52, fig. 3): D = 81.3 mm, H =-- 38.4 (0.47), U = 17.2 (0.21), B = 25 (0.30).

73 A compressed specimen (T3 165) from the Beskydy Mts. yielded values as follows: D = 46.5 mm, H = 23.0 (0.49), U = 7.5 (0.16). In most specimens the shell diameter is approximately 40 mm. Remarks and comparisons: B. psilotatus is quite distinct from the other species of Barre­ mites, as it has sculpture consisting of simple, weakly S-shaped striae (growth lines) on the shell with no constrictions. B. psilotatus differs considerably from Eodesmoceras (Miodesmoceras) lechicum (UHLIG, 1883) with a somewhat similar sculpture in the much narrower umbilicus and the presence of constrictions on the steinkern.

Occurrence : B. psilotatus was found in the exposure of Lower Barremian age at Tichá (T9) and in the spoil heap of the same age at Tichá (T5). Specimens of this species also occur in association with the Upper Barremian fauna in some spoil heaps at, e.g., Kozlovice (KZ2) and between Kozlovice and Tichá (K5), but their poor state of pre­ servation made certain identification very difficult. V. UHLIG (1883) recorded the species in the main from Nýdek, Hradiště, and Jaworze (Poland). A less plausible specimen from the Velká Fatra Mts. was figured by M. S. ERISTAVI (1961a). Distribution: The species was recorded from the Lower and Upper Barremian of Hungary, Yugoslavia, Bulgaria (zone of Barremites strettostoma), Caucasus, the Crimea (Lower Barremian only), France and Austria (last specimen was, however, not figured).

Subfamily Puzosiinae Spath, 1922

Genus Melchiorites SPATH, 1923

Type species : Ammonites melchioris TIETZE, 1872. Barremian (?), Roumania. This genus includes Desmoceratidae having a markedly oval whorl section, semi-involute shells, and comparatively straight constrictions.

Melchiorites cf. melchioris (TIETZE, 1872) Pl. XII, fig. 5

1872 Ammonites Melchioris TIETZE; TIETZE, p. 135, pl. 9, figs. 9, 10. 1883 Haploceras Melchioris TIETZE; UHLIG, p. 232, pl. 17, figs. 5, 12. 1898 Puzosia Melchioris TIETZE; SlMIONESCU, p. 73, pl. 4, fig. 2. ?1907 Puzosia (Latidorsella?) Melchioris TIETZE; PERVINQUIĚRE, p. 147, pl. 6, fig. 15. 1913 Desmoceras Melchioris TIETZE; KILIAN, p. 335, pl. 12, fig. 5. ?1920 Puzosia Melchioris TIETZE; FALLOT, p. 254, pl. 3, fig. 5. 1921 Desmoceras (Uhligella) Melchioris TIETZE; PETKOVIČ, p. 71, pl. 1, fig. 25. 1923 Melchiorites melchioris TIETZE; SPATH, p. 33. ?1949 Puzosia (Melchiorites) melchioris TIETZE; KOKOSZYŇSKA, p. 44, pl. 4, fig. 10. ?1957 Melchiorites melchioris TIETZE; ERISTAVI, p. 67. Lectotype (here selected): Ammonites melchioris TIETZE, 1872, pl. 9, fig. 9, is deposited in Tietze Collection, Museum of the Geologische Bundesanstalt, Vienna, and re-figured in this paper as pl. XVI, figs. 1—3. Stratum typicum et locus typicus: Barremian (?), Svinicea, Banat in Roumania. Material: One relatively complete, compressed specimen and two incomplete specimens, all with original shell preserved. Description: Semi-involute shells, probably with flat flanks and short vertical umbilical wall. The last whorl on the shell itself bears rather thick, less pronounced ribs which coincide on the steinkern with constrictions. In addition it bears more widely spaced, thin growth lines which are ac­ companied on the last whorl of the largest specimen by a few shallow furrows. No traces of ornament have been observed on the initial whorls.

74 Thicker ribs are only weakly S-shaped on their flanks and markedly prosiradiate on outer sides, the same being true of growth lines. These ribs are situated on the outer sides of the constrictions. Constrictions are only weakly indicated on the shell, relatively wide on the steinkern, clearly marked prosiradiately but only vaguely visible rusiradiately. The constrictions seem to be restricted to the last whorl of larger shells only. Measurements: The following values have been obtained by measuring the lectotype: D = 42.6 mm, H = 16.8 (0.39), U = 14.5 (0.34), B = 13.1 (0.31).

My compressed specimen T3/114 yielded the following values: D = 59 mm, H = 24 (0.41), U = 17.7 (0.30); D = 53 mm, H = 21.5 (0.405), U = 16.5 (0.31). Remarks and comparisons: It is probable that the lectotype has not been studied since Uhlig's times. It is preserved as a generally smooth steinkern, except where relatively straight con­ strictions occur. In subsequent years some authors (L. PERVINQUIĚRE, 1907, P. FALLOT, 1920b, M. S. ERISTAVI, 1957) assigned to this genus also the species which differ from the lectotype especially in the narrower umbilicus, greater whorl-height, and partly whorl-breadth. It proved, however, impossible to compare my own material, which would be of great help in deciding whether all types are identical or whether differences exist. The specimens with original shell from the Beskydy Mts. are most closely related and referred to Melchiorites melchioris (TIETZE, 1872) with cf. on the basis of the size. Occurrence: The specimens of Melchiorites cf. melchioris are known only from the outcrop at

Tichá (T9) anda single spoil heap at Tichá (Ts). Both are Lower Barremian in age. V. UHLIG ( 1883) states that the species M. melchioris comes from Veřovice and Hradiště. Distribution: Typical members of this species most commonly occur in the Barremian. It is also true that TIETZE'S (1872) species comes from the Aptian, but some of this species presumably found associated with M. melchioris are known only from the Barremian (particularly Silesites seranonis). It is therefore possible that the lectotype of M. melchioris is of Barremian age, not of Aptian age. The Barre­ mian age of Tietze's locality is also supported by V. UHLIG (1882a, 1883) and V. K. PETKOVIČ (1921). M. melchioris is known with certainty from Roumania and Yugoslavia. Other occurrences of it have mostly been recorded from the Aptian of France, Georgia and Tunisia.

Melchiorites cassidoides (UHLIG, 1883) PI. XIII, figs. 1—3; text-fig. 21

1883 Haploceras cassidoides n. sp.; UHLIG, p. 227, pi. 16, fig. 4; pi. 17, fig. 10. ?1898 Desmoceras cassidoides UHL.; SIMIONESCU, p. 126, pi. 3, fig. 4. 1949 Desmoceras cassidoides UHL.; PETKOVIČ and MILETIČ, p. 131, pi. 2, fig. 5. ?1966 Barremites cassidoides UHL.; BRESKOVSKI, p. 87, pi. 4, fig. 6. nonl889 Desmoceras cassidoides UHL.; HAUG, p. 201, pi. 9, figs. 1, 2 ( = Melchiorites haugi BRESKOVSKI, 1966). non 1901 Desmoceras cassidoides UHL.; SARASIN and SCHÓNDELMAYER, p. 54, pi. 5, fig. 5 f = Melchiorites haugi). nonl907 Desmoceras cassidoides UHL.; KARAKASH, p. 63, pi. 8, fig. 6a, b ( = Melchiorites haugi). Holotype: Haploceras cassidoides UHLIG, 1883, pi. 16, fig. 4, housed in Uhlig Collection, Geologische Bundes- anstalt, Vienna, and re-figured in this paper as pi. XIII, figs. 1—3. Stratum typicum et locus typicus: Barremian, Chatillon (Drome), France. Material: Owing to the fact that the species is defined only in a broad sense, it seems useful to give its description following a discussion on the holotype. Description: Holotype is preserved incompletely as a steinkern. In general the last whorl only is preserved. Whorl-section is oval, with relatively flat flanks and rounded outer side. Umbilical wall short and abrupt. Relatively shallow and narrow constrictions are seen on the steinkern, being rather straight and arched forwards only on the outer side which they pass without interruption. Constrictions are bounded

75 prosiradiately by a low thin rib; rusiradiately their borders are vaguely visible. Only a single, compar­ atively thick rib is developed on the outer side and this fades out evenly when it passes into an un- curved part of the shell. There are 10 constrictions on the last whorl, gradually disappearing toward the embryonal part. A few thin ribs are indicated between constrictions on the outer side, only passing over a short distance. Since the suture-line is not well preserved there is nothing to add to the figure given by V. UHLIG (1883, pl. 17, fig. 10). Measurements: D = 96.4 mm, H = 40.2 (0.42), U = 27.2 (0.28), B = 27.5 (0.285); D = 89.5 mm, H = 38 (0.42), U = 26.2 (0.29), B = 24.8 (0.28). Remarks and comparisons: Melchiorites melchioris (TIETZE, 1872) is closely related to M. cassidoides, but may be distinguished from the latter by the rather broad umbilicus and the constrictions without a rib on the outer side. The other similar species are Melchiorites haugi (BRESKOVSKI, 1966) and Melchiorites uhligi (HAUG, 1889). These were included by S. BRESKOVSKI (1966) in the genus Valdedorsella BREISTROFFER, 1947. There are a relatively large number of ref­ erences to M. cassidoides, but the specimens are mostly poorly preserved and thus it is not pos­ sible to decide whether these belong to M. cassi­ doides or to other species. S. Breskovski's speci­ men (1966, pl. 4, fig. 6), designated as Barremites

21. Holotype of Melchiorites cassidoides (UHLIG) with imperceptibly indicated constrictions

cassidoides, possesses more strongly S-shaped constrictions, rusiradiately accompanied by a pronounced rib. From these data it seems that it cannot rightfully be considered to be identical with Uhlig's specimen. In addition Breskovski's specimen may be distinguished by the smaller whorl-height (H/D = 0.39). Occurrence: V. UHLIG (1883) recorded (but did not figure) the specimens from Gorki Wielkie (Poland). Distribution: It is known with certainty only from the Barremian of southern France.

Melchiorites blayaci (KILIAN in BLAYAC, 1900) Pl. XIII, figs. 4, 5; pl. XVI, fig. 4

?1872 Ammonites Charrierianus D'ORBIGNY; TIETZE, p. 134, pl. 9, figs. 14, 15, non fig. 13 (= Melchiorites nab- dalsa COQ.). 1883 Haploceras aff. Charrierianum ORB.; UHLIG, p. 232, pl. 17, figs. 6, 7. ?1883 Haploceras Charrierianum ORB.; UHLIG, p. 231, pl. 16, figs. 6, 7 (non pl. 16, fig. 5). 1900 Desmoceras Blayaci; KILIAN in J. BLAYAC, p. 22. 1907 Desmoceras Blayaci KILIAN; KILIAN, p. 259. nonl921 Desmoceras Blayaci KlLIAN; PETKOVIČ, p. 67, pl. 1, figs. 19, 20 (= Barremites sp. juv.). Holotype : Haploceras aff. charrierianum UHLIG, 1883, pl. 17, fig. 6, stored in Hohenegger Collection, Bayerische Staatssammlung f. Paláontologie u. histor. Geologie, Munich, and re-figured in this paper as pl. XVI, fig. 4. Stratum typicum et locus typicus : Barremian, Veřovice, Nový Jičín district. Material: Twelve compressed, badly preserved specimens with original shell intact.

76 Description: Semi-involute shells with flanks passing smoothly into a short, relatively abrupt umbilical wall. Sculpture of the original shell consists of eight to eleven, relatively thin but pronounced ribs on the last whorls. These are comparatively straight, running obliquely forwards on the inner side of the whorl, then markedly prosiradiate with decreasing thickness at one-fourth of the outer whorl side. A sharp furrow followed by one additional thin rib occurs only where the ribs are bowed forwards on the outer side of the whorl. Growth lines occur between stronger ribs with which they run parallel. On shells of a larger diameter these lines are replaced by indistinct and very thick flat ribs. On the steinkern wide constrictions coincide with thick ribs with which they run parallel. The anterior of the constrictions on the inner whorl side is more pronouncedly bounded and weakly arched, whereas the posterior is only vaguely visible and straight; as a result, the constrictions decrease con­ siderably in breadth at the point where they start to bow forward. Both constrictions and ribs are clearly seen also on the juvenile whorls, but they decrease in number to 5 to 6 per whorl. The suture line in my material is unknown. Measurements: The compressed specimens which could be measured yielded very similar

values. One measurement made on T5/182 may serve as an example: D = 39.5 mm, H = 15.8 (0.40), U = 12.0 (0.31). Uhlig's holotype has similar dimensions, but these values have been obtained by measuring the figure and not the specimen itself and thus subject to measuring error: D = 42 mm, H = 17 (0.405), U = 13 (0.31). The shell size is on the average 40 mm. Remarks and comparisons: The generic assignment of this imperfectly preserved desmocer- atid must be considered with some reserve, taking into account that the whorl section is unknown. The comparatively wide umbilicus and the shape of the constrictions suggest its assignment to the genus Melchiorites SPATH, 1923. Small differences lie only in the presence of constrictions on early whorls and in the relatively rounded, poorly visible umbilical wall. This is, however, not the case with the typical species Melchiorites melchioris (TIETZE, 1872) and Melchiorites cassidoides (UHLIG, 1883). Valdedorsella BREISTROFFER, 1947 also shows some similarity to the species, but it is defined in a relatively broad sense. I am of the opinion that only the desmoceratids with a wide whorl-section can be referred to this genus. It is assumed that in my own specimens whorl-height exceeded whorl breadth despite compression; a feature which would justify their exclusion from Valdedorsella. I have also failed to find a specimen in the literature which is identical to my material on species level. The general shape, broad umbilicus, and the number of constrictions in my material correspond most closely to Haploceras aff. charrierianum, a species of UHLIG (1883) which was chosen by W. KI­ LIAN (1900) as a holotype of the new species Desmoceras blayaci. A number of the specimens which V. UHLIG (1883) identified as Haploceras charrierianum (see Synonymy) are also similar to my specimens, but differ from it in the generally weaker ornament. Un­ fortunately, the suture-line figured belongs to the specimen which I did not have at my disposal. Am­ monites charrierianus, figured by E. TIETZE (1872) as pi. 9, fig. 15, also seems to reveal some similarity to my material, but it is a juvenile form preserved as steinkern. It should be noted that the other specimens of E. Tietze are apparently lost, except the one mentioned above. It is also interesting that V. UHLIG (1883, p. 232) noted a similarity of the suture-line in his Haploceras charrierianum and Tietze's Ammo­ nites charrierianus to that seen in present-day Melchiorites melchioris (TIETZE, 1872). Barremites tachthaliae (TIETZE, 1872), which is preserved as a steinkern, to some extent resembles my specimens in having the same number and shape of constrictions, but differs considerably from them in the dimensions, particularly in the narrow umbilicus, which is typical of Barremites: D = 23 mm, H = 10 (0.43), U = 5.2 (0.23), B = 8.2 (0.36). Occurrence: The specimens identified as Melchiorites blayaci were found only at Tichá—in an exposure of Lower Barremian age (T9) and a spoil heap of the same age as above (T5). Distribution : Typical members of Melchiorites blayaci (KILIAN, 1900) probably come from the Barremian of Algeria (not figured) and, according to V. UHLIG (1883), from Veřovice.

77 Genus Pseudohaploceras HYATT, 1900

Type species: Ammonites liptoviensis ZEUSCHNER, 1856. Lower Aptian (?), Chočské pohorie Mts., Slovakia.

Pseudohaploceras liptoviense (ZEUSCHNER, 1856) Pl. XIV, fig. 4

1856 Ammonites Liptoviensis n. sp.; ZEUSCHNER, p. 181, pl. 2, figs. la,b,c, 3a,b, ?fig. 2. 1868 Ammonites Austeni; SCHLOENBACH, p. 465; pl. 11, fig. 3. 1883 Haploceras Liptoviense ZEUSCHN.; UHLIG, p. 229, pl. 17, figs. 9, 16—18; pl. 18, figs. 1, 3, 5, 6. 1898 Puzosia Liptoviensis ZEUSCHN. ; SIMIONESCU, p. 129. ?1902 Desmoceras Liptoviense ZEUSCHN.; KOENEN, p. 62, pl. 43, fig. la,b. 1910—1913 Puzosia Liptoviensis ZEUSCHN. ; KILIAN, p. 261, 335. 1920 Puzosia Liptoviensis ZEUSCHN. ; FALLOT, p. 259, pl. 1, figs. 5, ?6. ?1933 Puzosia liptoviensis ZEUSCHN. ; ROUCHADZÉ, p. 182, pl. 2, fig. 3. ?1953 Pseudohaploceras cf. liptoviense ZEJSN. ; ROTH and MATĚJKA, p. 36, pl. 1, fig. 2. Lectotype: Specimen designated by ZEUSCHNER, 1856 as Ammonites liptoviensis on pl. 2, fig. 1. It is deposited (?) in the Museum of Geologische Bundesanstalt, Vienna. Stratum typicum et locus typicus: Upper Barremian or Lower Aptian, Lučky. Chočské pohorie Mts., Slovakia. Material: Fifteen specimens, some of them almost complete, with shell intact. Description: Semi-involute shells with weakly rounded flanks and smooth umbilical wall. Ornament composed of 7—10 thick, S-shaped ribs per whorl attaining maximum thickness on their outer side. Each of these ribs is followed by a broad but comparatively shallow constriction. Between constrictions there are minor ribs some of which reach almost the umbilicus and these usually weaken further into growth lines. Other ribs extend only about half-way along the whorl height. The number of ribs between the constrictions varies, amounting to 6—9 on the smaller shells and 9—14 on the larger ones. Shorter ribs sometimes split off from longer ones. The uniform sculpture is also visible on the steinkerns. Measurements: It was impossible to measure even one of non-deformed specimens. The following values were obtained by measuring P. FALLOT'S (1920b) figure shown as pl. 1, fig. 5: D = 59 mm, H = 23 (0.39), U = 19 (0.32), B = 23 (0.39). V. UHLIG (1883, p. 229) gave the following dimensions for his own specimen: D = 85 mm, H = 39 (0.46), U = 22 (0.26). Another Uhlig's specimen, pl. 18, fig. 1, yielded values as follows: D = 75 mm, H = 33 (0.44), U = 23 (0.31).

My specimen KZ2/80 yielded the following values: D = 78 mm, H = 33 (0.42), U = 21 (0.27).

In contrast to Fallot's specimen, KZ2/80 shows lower values for the umbilicus and higher values for whorl-height — factors which can easily be explained by compression of the material from the Bes­ kydy Mts. Widely varying values are due to uneven deformation and are probably the result of some variation occurring in whorl section. Remarks and comparisons: Zeuschner's non-deformed lectotype was reported to be in the Museum of the Geologische Bundesanstalt in Vienna. Unfortunately this specimen was not available to me during my stay in Vienna. If it can definitely be stated that the lectotype is lost it would be ne­ cessary to choose a neotype. My own material corresponds closely to Uhlig's specimen. Pseudohaploceras matheroni (D'ORBIGNY, 1840) is best comparable to this species. According to P. FALLOT (1920b), it can be distinguished from P. liptoviense (Upper Aptian) by the weaker sculpture, the rather broader umbilicus, and the narrower whorl section. P. Fallot compared the material from the Upper Aptian, but it is not certain whether his P. liptoviense from the Upper Aptian is truly identical with the species of Upper Barremian age from the Beskydy Mts.; thus his comparison may not be of general use. It proved impossible to compare either my own or Uhlig's deformed material because of the poor state of preservation.

78 Occurrence: This species was found in the exposure of Upper Barremian age at Kunčice p.

Ondřejníkem (KN5) and in the following spoil heaps: Kozlovice (KZ2), between Tichá and Kozlovice

(K5), Malenovice (M2), Krásná (KRj), all in association with Upper Barremian fauna; and Veřovice (Vj), Malenovice (Mj), showing Barremian-Aptian character. The first occurrences of this species from Czechoslovak territory were recorded from Lučky in the Chočské pohorie Mts. and from Párnica in the Malá Fatra Mts. Both localities are probably lower­ most Aptian in age. V. UHLIG (1883) mentioned the localities of Veřovice, Malenovice, Krásná, Hradiště and Nýdek.

H. ELIÁŠOVÁ (1962) found the species in the spoil heap between Tichá and Kozlovice (K3). Z. ROTH and A. MATĚJKA (1963) recorded a fragment of this (?) species from the spoil heap at Veřovice. Distribution: P. liptoviense comes from the Upper Barremian and Lower Aptian. According to P. FALLOT (1920b), it also occurs in the Upper Aptian (?). The species is known from France, Rou- mania, and probably also from Switzerland, Germany and the Caucasus.

?Family Holcodiscidae Spath, 1924

Genus Holcodiscus UHLIG, 1882

Type species: Ammonites caillaudianus D'ORBIGNY, 1850. Barremian, France.

Holcodiscus sp. ind. PI. XIV, fig. 7

Material: Two incomplete, strongly compressed specimens with shell intact. Description: Semi-evolute shell with rounded, less steep umbilical wall. Shell bears 2 rib-types: stronger paired ribs with a constriction between them and more numerous, weaker, and pronounced intercalatory ribs between the paired ribs. Each flank of the stronger paired ribs bears one longitudinal, prominently raised ridge-like pro­ jection, which usually attains its greatest thickness on the last rib. On the outer side a longitudinal tubercle is seen only on the last rib and is a little lower than that on the flank. All ribs at the umbilicus extend backwards, then prosiradiately, in some cases they are slightly S-shaped. The majority of the ribs between constrictions, which are of invariable thickness, reaches the umbilicus; subordinately they are intercalatory, terminating at about the same height as the tubercles on the flanks. There are 11 constrictions on the last whorl. The number of ribs intercalated between them decreases toward the aperture from about 6 (including shorter ribs) to 3 or 2. Measurements: It was not possible to measure exactly either of my two specimens. The larger shell is approximately 50 mm across. Remarks and comparisons: My species seems to be similar to specimens described by V. UHLIG (1883) as Holcodiscus caillaudianus (D'ORBIGNY, 1850) and particularly Holcodiscus aff. cail­ laudianus from the Beskydy Mts. However, I did not have Uhlig's material at my disposal and so I could not make direct comparison of his individuals with my specimens. Two stronger ribs adjacent to the constrictions bearing lateral tubercles, particularly in H. aff. caillaudianus and to a lesser extent in the generally somewhat different H. caillaudianus are the characters typical of Uhlig's shells which come from the Beskydy Mts. From Uhlig's description and illustration of his specimen H. aff. caillaudianus (1883, pi. 19, fig. 12) it is apparent that there are differences in the arrangement or nature of the ribs between constrictions. For instance, the ribs in my own specimens are probably more curved forwards and generally fewer between the constrictions. The lateral tubercles in my specimens are distinctly developed on both ribs around the constrictions. My specimens differ from the typical species H. caillaidianus in the presence of two thickened ribs around the constrictions with tubercles on the flanks. The possibility cannot be overlooked that addi­ tional occurrences in a better state of preservation might require erection of a new species.

79 Occurrence : One of the specimens identified as Holcodiscus sp. ind. was collected from the ex­

posure of Lower Barremian age Tichá (T9) and the other from the spoil heap of the same age at Ti-

chá (T5). Distribution: The genus Holcodiscus is distributed particularly in the Lower Barremian of the Mediterranean area.

Family Silesitidae HYATT, 1900

Genus Silesites UHLIG, 1883

Type species: Ammonites seranonis D'ORBIGNY, 1841. Barremian, France.

Silesites seranonis (D'ORBIGNY, 1841) Pl. XIV, figs. 2, 3

1841 Ammonites Seranonis D'ORB. ; D'ORBIGNY, p. 361, pl. 109, figs. 4, 5. 1872 Ammonites Trajani n. sp.; TIETZE, p. 140, pl. 9, figs. 1, ?2. 1880 Ammonites impare costatus n. sp.; CoQUAND, p. 371. ?1880 Ammonites interpositus n. sp.; COQUAND, p. 19. 1883 Silesites Trajani TIETZE; UHLIG, p. 234, pl. 18, figs. 4, 7, 10, 11, 15. 1888 Silesites Seranonis D'ORB. KILIAN, p. 666, pl. 18, fig. 1. 1889 Silesites Seranonis D'ORB. KILIAN, p. 230. ?1890 Silesites Seranonis D'ORB. SAYN, p. 48, pl. 2, fig. 15. 1898 Silesites Seranonis D'ORB. SIMIONESCU, p. 132, pl. 4, fig. 5. 1907 Silesites Seranonis D'ORB. KILIAN, pl. 6, fig. 3. ?1907 Silesites Seranonis D'ORB. PERVINQUIĚRE, p. 170, pl. 6, fig. 24. 1919 Silesites Seranonis D'ORB. RODIGHIERO, p. 81, pl. 9, figs. 6, ?4. 1920 Silesites Seranonis D'ORB. FALLOT, p. 215. 1921 Silesites Seranonis D'ORB. PETKOVIČ, p. 60, pl. 1, fig. 13. ?1921 Silesites Trajani TIETZE; PETKOVIČ, p. 61, pl. 1, fig. 14. 1938 Silesites seranonis D'ORB. ; ROMAN, p. 410, pl. 42, fig. 403. ?1960 Silesites seranonis D'ORB.; DRUSHCHITS and KUDRYAVTSEV, p. 303, pl. 45, figs. 6, 7, 8a,b.

Holotype : Ammonites seranonis D'ORBIGNY, 1841, pl. 109, figs. 4, 5, placed in d'Orbigny Collection, Paris (Mu­ seum National d'Histoire naturelle). Stratum typicum et locus typicus: Barremian, France. Material: Seventeen compressed specimens of which one-half is relatively well-preserved, with original shell intact.

Description: Semi-evolute shells with comparatively flat flanks, rounded outer side, and smooth umbilical wall which is very short and fairly steep. Ornament is mostly composed of four (and occasionally three or five) constrictions per whorl, sometimes bounded prosiradiately by a strong rib, which is straight, and only on the outer side mark­ edly prosiradiate. Most commonly fifteen to twenty-four ribs occur between constrictions, being sharp, less pro­ nounced, straight and arched prosiradiately on the outer side. They are of uniform thickness when running straight until they reach a bend, and weaken thereafter, sometimes disappearing on the outer side. On occasion intercalatory ribs appear on their outer side. Small tubercles may also be present sporadically on the ribs where these are bowed, but only on shells of larger diameter. On initial whorls, the number of ribs (where observable) between the constrictions decreases to 11 and less.

80 Measurements: P. FALLOT (1920a) gave the following values for typical members of 5. se­ ranonis : Locality of Chumac: H/D = 0.32, U/D = 0.44, B/D = 0.24; Locality of Aubenasson: H/D = 0.30, U/D = 0.44, B/D = 0.26.

I have measured a non-deformed Uhlig's specimen, No. 3952, of which V. UHLIG (1883) alone figured the suture line on pl. 18, fig. 11. Except for immeasurable breadth, the dimensions are: D = 41 mm, H = 13 (0.32), U = 18 (0.44).

The compressed specimen M2/180 yielded values as follows: D = 59.6 mm, H = 20.8 (0.35), U = 25.1 (0.42); D = 57.6 mm, H = 20.9 (0.36), U = 23.4 (0.41). The largest specimen from the Beskydy Mts. has a shell diameter of 60 mm; 30—40 mm being the usual size range. Remarks and comparisons: In addition to 5. seranonis two species have been described, the systematic position of which is still uncertain. These are: Silesites trajani (TIETZE, 1872) and Silesites interpositus (COQUAND, 1880). The latter is regarded by L. JOLEAUD (1921) and P. FALLOT (1920a) as a subspecies of 5. seranonis. In most cases the description of both species is based on juvenile shells, but P. FALLOT (1920a, p. 217) states that Silesites seranonis s. str. does not become truly distinct from the other until a shell diameter of 15—20 mm is reached. During my stay in Vienna I further intended examination of Tietze's originals of S. trajani. Un­ fortunately I succeeded in discovering only a single specimen figured by E. TIETZE (1872) as pl. 9, fig. 2. This individual has a maximum diameter of only about 15 mm and cannot be measured properly be­ cause of a slight compression of the specimen. It bears 5 constrictions per whorl. There are 13 ribs be­ tween the last two constrictions and about 9 between preceding ones. Ribs disappear on the outer side. In my view, both the state of preservation and especially the small shell diameter do not justify erection of 5. trajani as an independent species. I could not discern any criteria of difference between 5. seranonis and Uhlig's 5. trajani. Usually the outer side is smooth only in small shells, due possibly to frequent resorption of the weakened ribs. The identity of both species was noted already by W. KILIAN (1889, p. 270). On the other hand, S. interpositus seems rightfully to retain an independent systematic position on account of its whorls (breadth typically greater than height) with 5 to 7 constrictions and 10 to 15 ribs between them. Only the specimens having shells diameters of more than 20 mm can possibly be dis­ tinguished from P. seranonis. For this reason I accompany some citations in the Chapter on Synonymy by a question mark, referring to small shells which were described as P. seranonis but regarded by P. FALLOT (1920a) as 5. interpositus, as well as to Drushchits' specimens of small diameter which have whorls (breadth typically greater than height) with 6 to 8 constrictions. Juvenile stages of Silesites vulpes (COQUAND in MATHERON, 1878) from stratigraphically lower horizons of the Barremian also resemble to some extent 5. seranonis in ornament.

Occurrence: S. seranonis comes from the spoil heaps of Upper Barremian are at Tichá (T3),

between Tichá and Kozlovice (K5), at Malenovice (M2), Kozlovice (KZ2). It was also recorded from the

spoil heaps at Veřovice (V^, between Tichá and Kozlovice (K3), at Malenovice (Mx), all with Barre- mian-Aptian species. V. UHLIG (1883) recorded the localities of Veřovice, Malenovice, Skalice, Hradiště, and Jaworze (Poland). Z. ROTH and A. MATĚJKA (1953) state that the species (here defined as "Silesites traiani

[TIETZE]") occurs in the spoil heap between Tichá and Kozlovice (K3). Distribution: 5. seranonis was found only in the Upper Barremian of northern Africa, France, Italy, Yugoslavia and Roumania.

Silesites vulpes (COQUAND in MATHERON, 1878) Pl. XIV, fig. l

1878 Ammonites vulpes n. sp.; COQUAND in MATHERON, pl. C-20, fig. 1. 1883 Silesites vulpes COQ. ; UHLIG, p. 235, pl. 18, figs. 8, 9, 13, 14; pl. 19, fig. 1.

81 1888 Silesites vulpes COQ.; UHLIG, p. 92, pi. 3, fig. 1: pi. 4, fig. 4. 1889 Silesites vulpes COQ. ; HAUG, p. 202, pi. 13, figs. 5, 6. 1901 Silesites vulpes COQ. ; SARASIN and SCHÓNDELMAYER, p. 36, pi. 4, fig. 1. 1907 Silesites vulpes COQ.; KARAKASH, p. 95, pi. 2, fig. 4; pi. 24, figs. 8, 12; pi. 25.. figs. 4, 21, 25. 1919 Silesites vulpes COQ.; RODIGHIERO, p. 82, pi. 9, figs. 7, 8. 1920 Silesites vulpes COQ.; FALLOT, p. 221. 1949 Silesites vulpes COQ. ; LUPPOV, p. 218, pi. 61, fig. 3a,b. 1960 Silesites vulpes COQ.; DRUSHCHITS and KUDRYAVTSEV, p. 303, pi. 45, figs. 4, 5. 1964 Silesites vulpes COQ.; FiJLÓP, pi. 10, fig. 5.

Holotype: Ammonites vulpes COQUAND in MATHERON, 1878, pi. C-20, fig. 1. Stratum typicum et locus typicus: Barremian, France. Material: Twenty-five compressed specimens, one-third of which is well-preserved, mostly with original shell intact.

Description: Semi-evolute shells with flat flanks and rounded, relatively less abrupt umbilical wall. At the beginning of the sculptured part of the shell there are about 4 constrictions per whorl, with two initial whorls not preserved; up to 11, weakly prosiradiate straight intercalatory ribs which disappear on the outer side. This sculpture is developed to a shell diameter of about 20 mm. Succeeding whorls bear more pronounced constrictions, with a relatively thick rib bent anteriorly. The rib is slightly bowed prosiradiately from the umbilicus toward the outer side, then markedly prosiradiate on the outer side, and finally weakens. Four to six, rarely more constrictions per whorl. The ribs between constrictions are thicker and more widely spaced than those on the initial whorls, thus decreasing in number to 6—9. With increasing shell diameter the ribs grow fewer and are more widely spaced. The ribs are almost straight, but become weaker or disappear when they bow forwards on the outer side. The suture-line is only partly preserved (as is documented by the lateral lobe encircled by parts of saddles) in a single specimen and corresponds perfectly with that figured by V. UHLIG (1883). Measurements : According to N. I. KARAKASH (1907), the non-deformed specimens are character­ ized by the following values: H/D = 0.33 — 0.34; U/D = 0.41 — 0.42; B/D = 0.27 — 0.28.

My own specimen T5/31 may serve as an example, being characterized by the following parameters : D = 55.2 mm, H = 20.0 (0.36), U = 20.8 (0.38). In my specimens the shell diameter is usually about 40 mm, with a maximum value of 70 mm. Remarks and comparisons: 5. vulpes is a species which shows a great variation in ornament, as is documented by strongly ribbed and almost smooth shells. As was pointed out by V. UHLIG (1883) and E. HAUG (1889) and other authors, there are intermediate stages between these extreme shell types even on one and the same shell. In addition to 5. vulpes, a number of closely related species, e.g. Silesites typus (MILASCHEWITZ, 1871), Silesites quinquesulcatus (TRAUTSCHOLD, 1886), Silesites concretus (KARAKASCH, 1907), Silesites tenuis (KARAKASCH, 1907) have mostly been described from the Crimea and are sometimes regarded as a synonym of 5. vulpes and other Silesites. These species differ from one another especially in the whorl section and the breadth of the umbilicus. Most of these, undoubtedly Russian species need a careful revision based on new finds. Some of them are known from single specimens, often forming weathered steinkerns. The specimens from the Beskydy Mts. resemble most closely 5". vulpes on the basis of the sculpture and dimensions.

Occurrence : The species was found in the exposure of Lower Barremian age at Tichá (T9) and in a number of spoil heaps in the vicinity of Tichá (Tj, T5, T6) and Kunčice p. Ondřejníkem (KNJ. All spoil heaps belong to the Lower Barremian. V. UHLIG (1883) recorded the species from Poland (Gorki Wielkie, Jaworze, Straconka, Lipowiec, Lipnik) and Czechoslovakia (Veřovice, Malenovice, Těrlicko, Hradiště, Nýdek). Distribution: 5. vulpes is a typical Lower Barremian species known especially from France, Switzerland, Austria, Italy, Hungary, and the Crimea.

82 Superfamily Hoplitaceae H. Douvillé, 1890

Family Pulchellidae Hyatt, 1903

Genus Psilotissotia HYATT, 1900

Type: Pulchellia chalmasi NICKLÉS, 1890. Barremian, Spain.

Psilotissotia aff. chalmasi (NICKLÉS, 1890) Pl. XIV, fig. 6

1890 Pulchellia (Tissotia?) chalmasi n. sp.; NICKLÉS, p. 16, text-figs. 17—22; pl. 1, figs. 17, 18, ?19; pl. 3, fig. 3. 1903 Psilotissotia Chalmasi NICKLÉS ; HYATT, p. 143. 1920 Psilotissotia Chalmasi NICKLÉS; GIGNOUX, p. 159.

Lectotype (chosen by A. HYATT, 1903): Pulchellia (Tissotia?) chalmasi NICKLÉS, 1890, pl. 1, fig. 17, placed in Nicklés Collection at the Sorbonně, Paris. Stratum typicum et locus typicus: Barremian, the province of Alicante, Spain. Material: Two incompletely and imperfectly preserved specimens with shell intact. Description: Shell involute, with very narrow umbilicus. The shell test bears weak growth lines, most markedly visible on the outer side. On the umbilicus these lines are bowed downwards for a short distance, and then straighten and extend somewhat forwards; in one-third of the outer height they are S-shaped, and disappear completely in front of the raising keel. On the steinkern these growth lines are also indicated, even more pronounced­ ly than on the shell. The suture line is not preserved.

Measurements: On a comparatively small specimen (T3/106) having a shell diameter of 20 mm H = 12.5 (0.62). The breadth of the umbilicus was not measurable. Remarks and comparisons : My material differs from typical specimens of Psilotissotia chal­ masi, as illustrated by R. NICKLÉS (1890), in the narrower keel and larger overall size. The fact that Nicklés' specimens are small steinkerns while my individuals have relatively large diameter and strongly compressed shells made further comparison of these collections difficult. The subspecies Psilotissotia chalmasi andina BURGL from Columbia, which was described by the above author in 1956 (p. 85), also resembles my species in ornament, but comes from the Lower Aptian. The other species of Psilotissotia can be distinguished by the broader and more pronounced ribs, particularly on the outer side. Occurrence: My own material was found in the spoil heaps at Tichá with a Lower Barremian

(T6) and Upper Barremian (T3) fauna. Distribution : Nicklés' specimens come from the Barremian of Spain.

Psilotissotia sp. ind. Pl. XIV, fig. 5

Material: Only a single, relatively complete, but strongly compressed specimen with shell intact. Description: Involute shell with very narrow umbilicus, apparently with flat flanks and marked keel. Early stages of the shell are smooth up to a diameter of about 20 mm where slightly crinkled ribs appear on outer side of the shell. These ribs become increasingly more pronounced toward the aperture, and in the lower half of the whorl-height it is possible to discriminate between weak and closely spaced, radial, slightly bent lines which disappear in one-half of the whorl-height. The suture line is not preserved.

83 Broad, flat ribs, relatively widely spacer! , ,

Pm SUddenly apPCar n the UtCr Slde SKmin without any connection with the above lines ' ° ° ' ^ There are 10 ribs on one half-whorl, beincr k A u ^ j j i _•• • • * of the keel uc»ig bowed backwards and suddenly disappearing in front Measurements: At a maximum diamei-Pr r, • , • „ ,,w ,r^ U = 2 (0 06) UJ«neter (specimen M,/l) of D = 35e mm is H = 19 (0.54)rt ,

Remarks and comparisons : In itL;*> „ , , , D ., . f„ , ,x.r , sculpture my specimen corresponds most closely to Psilotissotia (?) malladae (NICKLÉS 1894 y) froumm rh» t> • /c • A r 1 u- m , i- t, • , ./ . , , ... we Barremian of Spam and Columbia. Weaker lines on the inner half-whorl are much alike, as are tu~ • , , rm Com aratlv stron outer rib s hlch do a continuation of the ribs appearing first a^hp P 1 ^ spS ameil ma u y * distin u ™*s eJ>d Nicklés' form by the later development of from . . j hue c !sculpture T^ , ^an ™id by the fweake1r an d *more gwidel] hy spaced ribs not passing over the outer side. r J J v Occurrence: Only a single specimen ha« k » j r u -i , .» , • . . T3 . , ; nas oeen collected from the spoil heap at Malenovice M, m association with Barremian and Lower Anti ~ • f r \ u ^puaQn ammonites.

84 Stratigraphy

A proposal for the biostratigraphical division of the top part of the Těšín-Hradiště Formation

Z. ROTH and A. MATĚJKA (1953) summarized and evaluated earlier stratigraphical studies carried out in the Lower Cretaceous of the Moravskoslezské Beskydy Mts. These two authors also gave a brief account of the stratigraphical division of these beds, which is that in current use. Diversity of opinions regarding the stratigraphy of Lower Cretaceous beds suggests that early stratigraphical proposals, dating from the second half of the nineteenth century, denned stratigraphical units mostly on palaeobiological basis. This mode of sub-division was used in various ways until the end of World War II. Field work after 1945 has shown, however, that such a classification proved ineffective especially in geological mapping. It was often not possible to distinguish individual strat­ igraphical units from each other by palaeobiological means because new macrofaunal finds were not as frequent as required for a precise geological mapping. The stratigraphical division of the Lower Cretaceous of the Silesian unit was defined in greater detail, supplemented by additional information and revised by A. Matějka, Z. Roth, E. Menčík, V. Pesl, and other workers. This was done primarily on the basis of lithofacial data. Recently E. HANZLÍKOVÁ (in E. HANZLÍKOVÁ et Z. ROTH 1963a) provided additional information concerning index microfossils, thus contributing to our knowledge of lithofacies characters. The sum total of our present knowledge concerning the Lower Cretaceous in the Moravskoslezské Beskydy Mts. and its geology is documented especially by the following: Explanations of the Synoptical Geological Map of Czechoslovakia (Z. ROTH et al. 1962a,b — sheets Olomouc and Ostrava); chapters bearing on this problem by Z. ROTH and E. HANZLÍKOVÁ (in T. BUDAY et al. 1967) in the Regional Geology of Czechoslovakia; and the table showing the relative stratigraphy by Z. ROTH (in D. ANDRU- sov 1965, p. 1035). The stratigraphical division of the Lower Cretaceous in the Silesian part of the Těšín-Hradiště Formation is shown in table 2. Lithological descriptions accompanying a list of the localities yielding macrofauna (Z. VAŠÍČEK 1971) reveal that the specimens come from calcareous and non-calcareous pelites of grey or dark greyish colours. These rocks are typical of the top part of the Těšín-Hradiště Formation, showing a similar lithofacies character in the western area of the Silesian unit (and thus in the area examined). The eastern part differs in this respect. There are also in places sandy beds which are considered as possibly equivalent to the sandstones of the Hradiště Formation, but in most cases it is not possible to determine their exact stratigraphic position because of highly complicated tectonic conditions. The only sandy bed which underlies pelites of undoubtedly Upper Barremian age occurs at Veřovice. Results of my own collecting activities confirm the views of Z. ROTH and A. MATĚJKA (1953). These authors state that a macrofauna is lacking, or at least very rare, in the "Wernsdorfer Schichten" (sense Z. ROTH - A. MATĚJKA 1953) and that cephalopods recorded by L. HOHENEGGER (1855, 1961) and V. UHLIG (1883) from this horizon (as defined by Hohenegger himself) come, in reality, from the top part of the Těšín-Hradiště Formation (as per current lithological definitions). The impoverished nature of the macrofauna in the Veřovice Formation (as currently defined) results from the lithology of this horizon. The matrix consists of blackish, quartzitic claystone with an increased content of pyrites. This lithology gives strongly "rusty-weathered" spoil heaps. Apparently

85 sulphuric acid produced by the weathering of pyrites similarly gives the spoil heaps a rusty colour. These rusty-weathered layers also occur in the Těšín-Hradiště Formation, but probably only in its top part, as is documented by some of the spoil heaps at Veřovice.

Table 2 Stratigraphical division of the Lower Cretaceous in the Silesian Unit (modified after Z. ROTH et al. 1962b)

\ SILESIAN UNIT \ i Šaška development Godula development \ western p. eastern part 1 Godula Group Cenomanian j 1 Baška Formation Variegated Godula Formation Albian Lhoty Formation , .. Garqasian /Veřovice Formation \ Aptian fledžuí/an ChteOovice faciei —• i

—- i Barremian j Hradiště " " 1 Formation Hauterivian Tesm - Hradiště j CRETACEOUS Formation ' 1 Šipka Upper Těšín ' | Formation Valanginian green claystone Berriasian Kopřivnice Limestone Těšín Limestone

Tithonian Štramberk Limestone Lower Těšín Formation Kimmeridgian JURASSIC

It was also possible to determine a distinct macrofauna in the Lhoty Formation. It should be, however, emphasized that in some spoil heaps the rocks from the Těšín-Hradiště Formation which yield a fauna are accompanied by speckled rocks which are of the same, or at least similar, lithology as the pelites occurring in the Lhoty Formation. These localities may be attributed to the top part of the Těšín-Hradiště Formation and, on the basis of ammonites, in most cases to the Lower Aptian. As a whole the ammonite species described in the present study generally are referred to horizons from the Lower Barremian to the Lower Aptian; a feature which, however, is not a new fact. This was also advocated by L. HOHENEGGER (1855, 1961), but opposed by V. UHLIG (1883) who considered the ammonites to be of Barremian age only. Later, in 1902, V. UHLIG considered that some of the ammonites might be of Aptian age. At the present time the original papers by L. Hohenegger and V. Uhlig have proved to be of limited biostratigraphical significance due to the differences in previous and modern classifications of Lower Cretaceous beds. Their conclusions are therefore of restricted use. The con­ clusions of both authors cannot be accepted primarily because L. Hohenegger cited no localities yielding the fauna and V. Uhlig referred only to the locality bearing the name of the village in its close vicinity. My own examinations have revealed that one name usually denoted a number of mining workings (at present spoil heaps) of various stratigraphical levels, lying some distance apart from one another. It cannot therefore be stated with certainty which species were found associated with one another and from which part (whether higher or lower) of the "Wernsdorfer Schichten" they come from. It is also impossible to determine exact stratigraphical positions especially of species that are hitherto known only from the Beskydy Mts. Neither did it prove possible to define vertical distribution of individual species nor to draw the Lower-Upper Barremian and Barremian-Aptian boundaries at known local­ ities, etc. Stratigraphical significance of the larger part of my own collection is somewhat limited by the fact that it is from spoil heaps. Since the mining workings were of only limited extent (except the spoil heap

86 at Malenovice on the left bank of the river Satina), it can be assumed that the material was not removed from the shaft mouth or from nearby the adit. Some workings were probably also on two similar but stratigraphically different horizons, as is documented by, e. g., the spoil heaps at Veřovice and between

Table 3 Biostratigraphical zones and subzones of the stratotype of the Barremian (after R. BUSNARDO 1965)

Zone Subzone

Bedoulian Deshayesites Cheloniceras, Procheloniceras and Puzosia matheroni PPuzosia matheroni

Upper Silesites seranonis 3 Barremian Leptoceras puzosianum Heteroceras astieri Hemihoplites feraudi

Lower Nicklesia pulchella > Barremian Pulchellia compressissima Holcodiscus kiliani

Upper Pseudothurmannia Crioceras binelli and Hauterivian angulicostata Pseudothurmannia Acrioceras meriani

Kozlovice and Tichá. At these localities Upper Barremian species occur together with Lower Aptian forms. This will be demonstrated in a faunal list at a later date (Z. VAŠÍČEK 1971). The determination of detailed stratigraphy also has proved difficult since both outcrops and spoil heaps are situated in an area which is poor in exposures. In essence, these are isolated localities in which relatively complicated tectonics often precluded such a detailed determination using as a basis the sequence of superimposed beds in other localities. One must bear in mind that the boundaries between the substages and stages of Lower Cretaceous (Upper Hauterivian—Lower Barremian; Lower Aptian—Upper Aptian) given below are a proposal for the biostratigraphical division of the Těšín-Hradiště Formation and are drawn approximately and are not confirmed by observations in the area examined. The stratigraphical position and division of the localities is based on the biostratigraphical division of Lower Cretaceous of southern Europe, i. e. areas which recently have received increased attention' and on data from other areas. The Colloqium on the Lower Cretaceous, held in Lyon in 1963 which devoted attention to bio­ stratigraphical problems of the Lower Cretaceous of the Mediterranean area, was the main contribution to the stratigraphical part of the present paper. Use has been made especially of the paper presented by R. BUSNARDO (published 1965). He proposed and described a stratotype of the Barremian (so far not yet established) from the close proximity of a village of Angles, Barréme area. Considerable significance can be attached to his enumeration and to the exact stratigraphical position of the numerous ammonite species as the main faunal element. R. Busnardo also defined the Hauterivian—Lower Barremian and Upper Barremian—Lower Aptian (Bedoulian) boundaries. In addition he described biostratigraphical zones and subzones as shown in table 3.

87 Furthermore, a detailed biostratigraphy of the Lower Cretaceous of the Fore-Balkan area, Bulgaria, was given by T. NIKOLOV and KH. KHRISCHEV(1965). Its western part seems to have yielded the most abundant fauna. The biostratigraphical division of this area is more complete than the proposal on the biostratigraphy of Lower Cretaceous deposits in Bulgaria presented by T. NIKOLOV at the 1965 Lyon Colloquium. The zones established in the Fore-Balkan area are shown in table 4.

Table 4 Ammonite zones in the Barremian of the Fore-Balkan, Bulgaria (after T. NIKOLOV and KH. KHRISCHEV 1965) and of northern Caucasus (after V. V. DRUSHCHITS and I. A. MIKHAILOVA 1966)

! Fore-Balkan i Northern Caucasus

Deshayesites dechyi and Deshayesites deshayesi Bedoulian ' Deshayesites deshayesi 1 | Deshayesites weissi and Procheloniceras albrechtiaustriae I

Upper ! Heteroceras astierianum Heteroceras astierianum and

Barremian ; Colchidites securiformis 1

i

i Lower Crioceratites emerici Holcodiscus caillaudianus and Barremian Emericiceras emerici

Upper ; Pseudothurmania Pseudothurmannia angulicostata

Hauterivian : angulicostata and Simbirskites decheni

V. V. DRUSHCHITS and I. A. MIKHAILOVA (1966) also contributed much to the biostratigraphy of the Lower Cretaceous beds in the northern Caucasus. They gave an account of the history of opinions regarding the biostratigraphy of the Lower Cretaceous of Europe, including boreal areas from d'Orbigny's day to 1963. Their proposals on the biostratigraphy of the Lower Cretaceous beds in northern Caucasus are in general in agreement with conclusions regarding the Lower Cretaceous adopted at the Lyon Colloquium. Table 4 shows the zones as distinguished in the Barremian and boundary-stages by the authors mentioned above. It was possible to distinguish Lower Barremian, Upper Barremian, and Lower Aptian at individual localities in the area examined on the basis of species identifications and distribution of the ammonites from my own collection. There are no species which would correspond to the uppermost Hauterivian (i. e. zone of Pseudothurmannia angulicostata), or to the Hauterivian in general. The problem arises whether the Hauterivian is or is not developed in the western part of the Silesian unit. It is still ques­ tionable whether the lowermost Barremian occurs at least in some of the localities in the area. I am of the opinion that here it does not occur at all. The following substages are specifically characterized as follows. Lower Barremian: Silesites vulpes (COQUAND) occurs in most of the localities which were identified as Lower Barremian in age on the basis of species collected. It is therefore proposed to introduce a zone of Silesites vulpes for the Lower Barremian. Apart from the species mentioned above, abundant Anahamulinae, Melchiorites and specimens of the subfamily Leptoceratoidinae and the genus Holcodiscus, are all typical of Lower Barremian deposits. Typical species which are found only in the Lower Barremian are as follows: Lytoceras textum n. sp., Hamulina astieriana D'ORBIGNY, Anahamulina

88 hoheneggeri (UHLIG), Acanthoptychoceras aff. spinatocostatum MANOLOV, Hamulinites parvulus (UHLIG), Leptoceratoides pumilus (UHLIG), Veleziceras uhligi n. sp., Melchiorites blayaci (KILIAN), Melchiorites cf. melchioris (TIETZE) and Holcodiscus sp. ind. The following species additionally have been identified: Phylloceras (Hypophylloceras) sp. ind. (Pthetys), Partschiceras infundibulum (D'ORBIGNY), Sowerbyceras (Holcophylloceras) ernesti (UHLIG), Lytoceras aff. subfimbriatum (D'ORBIGNY), Eulytoceras anisoptychum (UHLIG), Protetragonites crebrisulcatus (UHLIG), Protetragonites obliquestrangulatus (KILIAN), Macroscaphites? tirolensis (UHLIG), Acrioceras (Acrioceras) cf. tabarelli (ASTIER), Anahamulina distans (HOHENEGGER), Anahamulina cf. paxillosa (UHLIG), Anahamulina ex gr. subcylindrica (D'ORBIGNY), Barremites ex gr. psilotatus (UHLIG), ?Nicklesia sp. ind., Psilotissia aff. chalmasi (NICKLÉS). Upper Barremian: Compared to the Lower Barremian and Lower Aptian, Upper Barremian deposits have better defined boundaries. The localities of Upper Barremian age differ from those of Lower Barremian age in the absence of Silesites vulpes (COQUAND) and the other Lower Barremian species mentioned above. Recent examinations have shown that the Lower Aptian may clearly be distinguished from the Upper Barremian by the first occurrence of Procheloniceras albrechtiaustriae (HOHENEGGER). It should, however, be pointed out that neither the lower nor upper boundary of the Upper Barremian has been detected at the relevant outcrops. Thus the possibility cannot be overlooked that in further examination the boundaries will be defined more clearly, or rather modified. The lower boundary of the Upper Barremian is marked by the first occurrence of Costidiscus recticostatus (D'ORBIGNY) and probably Silesites seranonis (D'ORBIGNY). Its upper boundary, with regard to the Aptian, is given by the disappearance of Silesites seranonis and probably also Costidiscus recticostatus. Since at least one of the two species occurs at all localities it is proposed to designate the Upper Barremian zone as being that of Silesites seranonis and Costidiscus recticostatus. Costidiscus recticostatus is decisive for the lower boundary of the Upper Barremian, Silesites seranonis for its upper boundary. The following species have been found in the Upper Barremian: Phylloceras (Hypophylloceras) sp. ind. (?thetys), Partschiceras infundibulum (p'ORBIGNY), Partschiceras bontshevi (MANOLOV), Sowerbyceras (Holcophylloceras) ernesti (UHLIG), Lytoceras sp. ind., Eulytoceras phestum (MATHERON), Eulytoceras raricinctum (UHLIG), Protetragonites crebrisulcatus (UHLIG), Protetragonites obliquestrangulatus (KILIAN), Costidiscus recticostatus (D'ORBIGNY), Costidiscus olcostephanoides UHLIG, Macroscaphites yvani (Puzos), Macroscaphites cf. binodosus UHLIG, Macroscaphites? tirolensis UHLIG, Ancyloceras (?Audouliceras) fallauxi (UHLIG), Heteroceras (Argvethites) sp. ind., Anahamulina distans (HOHENEGGER), Anaha­ mulina beskydensis n. sp., Anahamulina rothi n. sp., Anahamulina ex gr. subcylindrica (D'ORBIGNY), Ptychoceras dittleri n. sp., Ptychoceras puzosianum D'ORBIGNY, Ptychoceras cf. meyrati OOSTER, Barremites ex gr. psilotatus (UHLIG), Barremites strettostoma (UHLIG), Pseudohaploceras liptoviense (ZEUSCHNER), Silesites seranonis (D'ORBIGNY), Psilotissotia aff. chalmasi (NICKLÉS). Of the specimens coming from the lower part of the Upper Barremian (see above) the members of the genus Anahamulina and the species Partschiceras infundibulum (D'ORBIGNY) disappear, but the latter is gradually replaced by Partschiceras bontshevi (MANOLOV), which survives into the Aptian. Only the Upper Barremian yielded species as follows: Silesites seranonis (D'ORBIGNY), Costidiscus recticostatus (D'ORBIGNY)-?, Lytoceras sp. ind., Ptychoceras morloti OOSTER, Anahamulina beskydensis n. sp., Anaha­ mulina rothi n. sp., Heteroceras (Argvethites) sp. ind., Barremites strettostoma (UHLIG). A number of species survive from the Upper Barremian into the Lower Aptian. These are: Eulyto­ ceras phestum (MATHERON), Costidiscus olcostephanoides UHLIG, Macroscaphites yvani (PUZOS), Ancylo­ ceras ( ?Audouliceras) fallauxi (UHLIG), Ptychoceras cf. meyrati OOSTER, Ptychoceras dittleri n. sp. and Pseudohaploceras liptoviense (ZEUSCHNER). Since the last four species were found not only in deposits of undoubtedly Upper Barremian age but also in spoil heaps in assemblage with Barremian-Aptian fauna, we doubt whether they can be referred to the Lower Aptian. Lower Aptian: The deposits of Lower Aptian age are defined at their base by the first occurrence of Procheloniceras albrechtiaustriae (HOHENEGGER) and the absence of the characteristic Barremian species given above. The upper boundary of the Lower Aptian, or the presence of the whole Aptian are both stratigraphical points which cannot be answered at the present.

89 It is proposed here to designate a Lower Aptian (and probably its lower part) zone of Procheloniceras albrechtiaustriae, a species which is very abundant here. In addition, Partschiceras baborense (COQUAND), Costidiscus microcostatus (SIMONOWITSCH, BACEWITSCH et SOROKIN), Procheloniceras pachystephanum (UHLIG), ?Prodeshayesites sp. ind., Cheloniceras sp. ind. and Ptychoceras sp. are represented, but these are restricted only to this zone.

Table 5 A proposal for the biostratigraphical division of the upper part of the TěŠín-Hradiště Formation, western part of the Silesian Unit, Moravskoslezské Beskydy Mts.

Stage Zone i

Lower p Aptian Procheloniceras albrechtiaustriae

Upper ; Costidiscus recticostatus and Barremian Silesites seranonis

Lower Silesites vulpes Barremian

Species which survive from the Upper Barremian also occur in this zone. These were listed in the preceding part of the Upper Barremian. The following species were identified at Lower Aptian localities: Partschiceras bontshevi (MANOLOV)6, Partschiceras baborense (COQUAND), Eulytoceras phestum (MATHE­ RON), Costidiscus olcostephanoides UHLIG, Costidiscus microcostatus (SIMONOWITSCH, BACEWITSCH et SO­ ROKIN), Macroscaphites yvani (Puzos), Ancyloceras (?Audouliceras) fallauxi (UHLIG)—(?), Ptychoceras dittleri n. sp.—(?), Ptychoceras cf. meyrati Ooster—(?), Procheloniceras albrechtiaustriae (HOHENEGGER in UHLIG), Procheloniceras pachystephanum (UHLIG), Cheloniceras sp. ind., PProdeshayesites sp. ind., Pseudo­ haploceras liptoviense (ZEUSCHNER)—(?). On the basis of the results obtained it is proposed to divide biostratigraphically the Těšín-Hradiště Formation in the area examined as shown in table 5.

Distribution and quantitative representation of the ammonites in the Lower Barremian — Lower Aptian of the Silesian Unit

A. Occurrence and relative representation of genera and species. Individuals identified only as Phylloceras (Hypophylloceras) sp. ind. probably do not form a homogeneous group in my own material. However, it can be assumed that the subspecies Phylloceras (Hypophylloceras) thetys thetys is important but not abundant, being restricted mostly to the Lower Barremian and the lower part of the Upper Barremian.

6 Species accompanied by a question mark—(?) occur in spoil heaps together with Upper Barremian and Lower Aptian species. These species probably were mixed in the spoil heaps originating from mining of pelo- sideritic layers at the Barremian-Aptian boundary. At the present time it cannot be decided in most cases whether the species should be referred to the lower or upper stage.

90 Partschiceras infundibulum (D'ORBIGNY) is abundant at all localities of Lower Barremian age. In addition it frequently occurs at localities which are middle Upper Barremian in age. No typical specimens of this species were found in the uppermost Barremian. From the middle part of Upper Barremian to the lower Aptian it was replaced by a species with an ontogenetically later sculpture bearing no inter­ calated ribs, this being described by J. R. MANOLOV (1962) as Partschiceras bontshevi (MANOLOV) . Partschiceras baborense (COQUAND), which was identified as a single specimen in the Lower Aptian, seems to be a later substitute of Partschiceras bontshevi (MANOLOV). Intermediate forms between Partschiceras baborense and Partschiceras bontshevi seem to occur in the uppermost Barremian. Sowerbyceras (Holcophylloceras) ernesti (UHLIG) was not found in the Lower Aptian and is there­ fore probably restricted only to the Barremian, particularly its upper part. Among the species which belong to the genus Lytoceras there is only one abundant form — Lyto- ceras textum n. sp. It is confined to the Lower Barremian. Lytoceras aff. subfimbriatum (D'ORBIGNY) is known only as a specimen from the lowermost Barremian. A few specimens designated as Lytoceras sp. ind. are restricted to the uppermost Barremian. The genus Eulytoceras is represented in the Lower Barremian by the species Eulytoceras anisopty- chum (UHLIG) of sporadical occurrence. Eulytoceras phestum (MATHERON) regularly occurs in the Upper Barremian to Lower Aptian inclusive, but is reduced in occurrence. It is surprising that Eulytoceras raricinctum (UHLIG) is represented only by a single species in the Upper Barremian. There are also remarkable though fragmentary occurrences of Acantholytoceras within the morpho­ logical limits which V. UHLIG (1883) described as Hamites (Pictetia) longispinus. My material comes from the lower part of the Upper Barremian. Problems to do with identification are accompanied by the remarks in the description of the genus Acanthoptychoceras MANOLOV. Protetragonites crebrisulcatus (UHLIG) is an abundant Upper Barremian species, but it occurs sporadically in the upper layers of the Lower Barremian. It was not found at typical localities of the Lower Aptian. Another member of this genus, Protetragonites obliquestrangulatus obliquestrangulatus (KILIAN), is rare in the Lower Barremian or lower parts of the Upper Barremian. Apart from these two species, poorly preserved specimens named Protetragonites sp. ind. are quite abundant in the upper layers of the Upper Barremian. Costidiscus recticostatus (D'ORBIGNY) is a typical Upper Barremian species. It is highly variable, thus apparently giving rise to Costidiscus olcostephanoides UHLIG as a less abundant species in the up­ permost Barremian and Lower Aptian, Costidiscus microcostatus (SIMONOWITSCH, BACEWITSCH et SORO­ KIN) rarely occurring in the Lower Aptian, and, possibly, some other species with tubercles or nodules on ribs. Costidiscus recticostatus may have survived into the Lower Aptian, but it has so far not been found at typical localities of Lower Aptian age in the Beskydy Mts. The specimens of the genus Costidiscus always occur together with the species Macroscaphites yvani (Puzos) from the Upper Barremian up to Lower Aptian. The occurrences of ancyloceratids are rare. Of these, Acanthoptychoceras aff. spinacostatum MA­ NOLOV was found in the Lower Barremian, Acrioceras (Acrioceras) cf. tabarelli (ASTIER) was collected from the Lower Barremian, as well as the base of the Upper Barremian, and Ancyloceras ( ? Audouliceras) fallauxi (UHLIG) is known from the uppermost Barremian and, possibly, lowermost Aptian. The subfamily Leptoceratoidinae is represented abundantly at two Lower Barremian localities by the new species Veleziceras uhligi, the ancestor of which was apparently a species of the genus Hamulinites or Leptoceratoides. It is possible that this species forms an independent subzone at about the Lower /Upper Barremian boundary, as is the case with the zone of Silesites vulpes. The other individuals of this subfamily are typical but rare in Lower Barremian deposits, being documented by Uhlig's species Hamulinites parvulus, Leptoceratoides pumilus and Leptoceratoides subtilis. The true crioceratid specimens of the family Ancyloceratidae are surprisingly few. Here only single fragments are included which cannot be identified. The genera Anahamulina and Ptychoceras of the family Baculitidae are very typical Barremian specimens of the area examined. Anahamulina is particularly rich in species, with its members restricted especially to the Lower Barremian or its upper part (Anahamulina hoheneggeri UHLIG, Anahamulina cf. paxillosa UHLIG) and the lower part of the Upper Barremian (Anahamulina rothi n. sp., Anahamulina

91 beskydensis n. sp., Anahamulina distans HOHENEGGER). NO specimens of this genus are known from the upper part of the Upper Barremian. Such specimens of the genus Ptychoceras as Ptychoceras morloti OOSTER, Ptychoceras cf. meyrati OOSTER, Ptychoceras puzosianum D'ORBIGNY and Ptychoceras dittleri n. sp. do not occur until the Upper Barremian, and increased in numbers first in its upper part. The species mentioned last probably sur­ vives into the Lower Aptian. Only single and small forms of Ptychoceras which cannot be identified in further detail occur in the higher parts of the Lower Aptian. The various species of the genus Procheloniceras, of which Procheloniceras albrechtiaustriae HOHE­ NEGGER is the most abundant, are of great stratigraphical value, permitting a certain determination of the Lower Aptian. Specimens probably coming from the base of the Lower Aptian are designated as PProdeshayesites sp. ind., but the systematic and stratigraphic value of these is not quite clear. The desmoceratids are particularly represented in the Lower Barremian by numerous Barremites showing such a poor state of preservation that it sometimes proved impossible to identify them at species level. The relatively most abundant species occurring in the Lower Barremian is Barremites psilotatus (UHLIG), although this form apparently survives occasionally into the Upper Barremian. Barremites strettostoma (UHLIG) was found in the uppermost Barremian, but it also comes from the spoil heaps in assemblage with Barremian-Aptian species. Melchiorites blayaci (KILIAN) and occasionally Melchiorites cf. melchioris (TIETZE) are found at two localities of Lower Barremian age. Pseudohaploceras liptoviensis (ZEUSCHNER) is abundant in the upper part of the Upper Barremian, although it may survive also into the Lower Aptian. Only rarely have Holcodiscidae been found in the Lower Barremian and thus provisionally named Holcodiscus sp. ind. Specimens of the genus Silesites present at almost all the localities are characteristic only of the Barremian deposits, even though are they in reduced numbers. Silesites vulpes (COQUAND) is typical of the Lower Barremian and Silesites seranonis (D'ORBIGNY) is typical of the Upper Barremian. Only exceptionally do specimens of the family Pulchellidae occur in the Barremian deposits, but these cannot be identified at species level.

B. Percentage representation of higher systematic units of ammonites. Percentage representation of the individual genera, families and orders was calculated from the total number of specimens determined at selected typical rich localities. Their representation in the Lower and Upper Barremian and Lower Aptian is as follows: The suborder Phylloceratina is represented for a short period of time only by the family Phyllocera- tidae, although there are some deviations in percentage representation. In the lower part of the Lower Barremian the Phylloceratidae make up only 20 percent of the total number of the ammonites; in its upper part they amount to about 40-55 percent. In the Lower Aptian they are about 25 percent less common. The last-mentioned value is, however, not exact as it proved possible to calculate their percentage representation only at one locality. The suborder Lytoceratina is, like suborder Phylloceratina, poorly represented in the lowermost Barremian (10 percent) only by the family Lytoceratidae. Lytoceratina increase to 30-35 percent of the total amount from the Upper Barremian to its end. From the base of the Upper Barremian Lytoceratidae are rare but accompanied by the family Macroscaphitidae. The percentage of the latter is always lower by as much as 15 percent than that of the Lytoceratidae. In the Lower Aptian only Macroscaphitidae occur amounting to as much as 15 percent, whereas members of the Lytoceratidae are lacking in most cases. The suborder Ancyloceratina is relatively abundantly represented (about 30 percent) in the lower­ most Barremian only especially by the subfamily Leptoceratoidinae (the specimens of which group I did not find in the Upper Barremian) and particularly in the Lower Aptian (60 percent) by the family Douvilleiceratidae. It is unfortunate that both percentages were calculated for only one promising locality.

92 In the remainder of this stage the Ancyloceratina make up as much as 20 percent, the family Baculitidae being dominant. The suborder Ammonitina is most abundant in the lowermost Barremian (up to 45 percent), makes up as much as 20 percent in higher layers of the Barremian, and occurs sporadically in the Lower Aptian. Members of the family Desmoceratidae prevail at almost all the localities. Specimens of the family Silesitidae occur in small numbers, are restricted to the Barremian, and are of great stratigraphical value. They only rarely amount to 10 percent of the fauna in the Lower Barremian.

C. Notes on ecology and palaeogeography of ammonites. Little is yet known about the ecology of ammonites with their wealth of forms and great variety of species. In general, most of them were animals adapted to a free-swimming life in the open seas, either not far from the sea-bottom or just on it. The types which floated above the sea-bottom or crawled on it apparently include species with thick-walled shells and broad whorl-section and those forms with aberrant shells. These species, mostly Ancyloceratidae, were probably confined to relatively shallow waters. It is very likely that ammonites possessing smooth, thin-walled shells and particularly a narrower whorl-section showed better adapta­ tion to a free-moving mode of life and active swimming habits. These were especially Phylloceratina, some of Lytoceratina, and Ammonitina—specimens which could have been widely distributed in the open seas and have descended to deeper water. In agreement with a number of the authors, such as B. ZIEGLER (1963), I assume that the majority of the ammonites were buried just where they had lived and that empty shells were not transported over an appreciable distance. G. SCOTT (1940) made palaeoecological studies of ammonites in the Cretaceous of Texas and B. ZIEGLER (1967) paid attention to palaeoecology of Upper Jurassic ammonites. Their results have in a way served as a guide to my reconstruction of the living environment of ammonites in the Těšín-Hra­ diště Formation. From the data given earlier (Z. VAŠÍČEK 1971) it is apparent that in the macrofauna obtained from the Barremian-Aptian deposits of the Těšín-Hradiště Formation ammonites predominate, making up 71-97 percent of all specimens found at each locality. Individuals of all suborders described (Phyllo­ ceratina, Lytoceratina, Ancyloceratina, Ammonitina) occur together at all localities, the Phylloceratina (practically the genus Partschiceras) and Lytoceratina being the main constituents (with the exception of the localities situated in the lowermost Barremian and Lower Aptian). The specimens with aberrant shells (particularly the genera Veleziceras and Anahamulina) are dominant in the lowermost Barremian and those with thin-walled shells (the genus Procheloniceras) are most abundant in the Lower Aptian. At most localities occur alongside bivalves (with the predominating genus Inoceramus) rarely gastropods, brachiopods, sparce spines of Echinoidea, rostra of belemnites, Polyplacophora. Vermes, probably Annelida (falling within the limits of the artificial genus Helminthopsis) have left abundant crawling impressions on the bedding planes and these are typical of most of the localities. In addition, remains of marine animals are usually found together with those of terrestrial plants. The percentage representation of the ammonite groups, character of their shells, and nature of the accompanying fauna, are all features which suggest biotope at a depth of more than 40 metres, most probably ranging from about 100 to 200 metres (roughly corresponding to the infraneritic to epibathyal zone of G. SCOTT, 1940). This environment was connected with open sea. It appears that in the lower­ most Barremian and Lower Aptian there existed an area of sedimentation at a shallow depth than at any other time during the same period. Remains of plants which must have grown on dry land indicate a nearby shoreline. All these facts confirm the palaeogeographical situation in the Barremian as was shown by, e. g., E. HANZLÍKOVÁ and Z. ROTH (1965, Tab. 3). Since shell sizes correspond to standard dimensions it would be inappropriate to consider the environment of dark pelites typically occurring in the Těšín-Hradiště Formation as being unfavourable to life. This is also documented by the presence of sessile bivalves, the abundant impressions originating from crawling worms, and the remains of other invertebrate groups which were adapted to life in mud on the bottom. Since the shell side which did not sink into the substratum was dissolved, it seems

93 probable that under the normal conditions the rate of sedimentation was slow and took place in a quiet environment without rapid bottom currents. If organic remains were accumulated more abundantly due to decay, a reduction environment could have been produced at places. Both generic and species representation of the ammonites clearly proves that the sedimentary area of Silesia was at that time connected with the warm Mediterranean sea. Despite some peculiarities, such as the increased numbers of endemic Anahamulina, Leptoceratoidinae, or Ptychoceras, Costidiscus and the reduced numbers of Crioceratitidae, Holcodiscus, Pulchellidae and Deshayesitidae, my own species closely resemble those coming from classical Lower Cretaceous areas of France, or Barremian deposits in the Fore-Balkan of Bulgaria. These species are the same as, or similar to, those collected from Barremian or Lower Aptian deposits in the southern part of the Pyrenees, Majorca, possibly in northern Africa, Switzerland, Italy, Austria, Hungary, Roumania, Yugoslavia. These species are dis­ tributed as far as the Caucasus and Crimea, where they are mixed with boreal specimens. It is also noteworthy that some species are conspecific with, or at least closely related to, specimens which occur in Columbia, southern America. This fact was also stressed by V. UHLIG (1882a, 1883) and noted by such authors as H. KARSTEN (1858), J. ROYO Y GOMEZ (1945), and H. BÚRGL (1956). This similarity indicates the need for revising the Columbian species. Far less information is now available for a direct comparison of the ammonite fauna of the Silesian sedimentary area with the adjacent areas of Slovakia (especially in the Central Carpathians) and Poland (the Outer Carpathians) than for the comparison with the European regions mentioned above. Faunal and facial relationships can be traced directly only along the continuation of the Silesian Unit into Poland, i. e. as far as the western margin of the Mary Beskid Mts. On Polish territory the Unit is probably represented only by the Barremian. Originally this area was situated at the southern margin of a projection of the Bohemian Massif, forming on the east a long, finger-shaped peninsula (after E. HANZLÍKOVÁ et Z. ROTH 1965, p. 13) with the so-called Debica cordillera (after M. KSIAŽKIEWTCZ, 1956). Less abundant species which commonly occur in the Silesian Unit have also been found by M. KSIAŽKIEWTCZ (1938) in a psammite-psephite facies in the Lanckorona neighbourhood south of Cracow {Eulytoceras phestum MATHERON, Costidiscus cf. recticostatus D'ORBIGNY, Procheloniceras albrechti­ austriae HOHENEGGER, etc.). Species showing some resemblance to the Silesian specimens have also been recorded from the tectonically complex area between Tamów and Sanok, from the northern part of the Outer Carpathians, Poland. According to B. KOKOSZYŇSKA (1949), bivalves and brachiopods predominate over ammonites, which is contrary to conditions in the Beskydy Mts. The Slotowa locality near Pilzno is the only one to have been of undoubtedly Upper Barremian age, whereas the other localities probably are of Lower Aptian age. From a lithological aspect the Barremian occurs in a facies of dark pelites with pelosiderites and the Lower Aptian is a sandy facies. F. SZYMAKOWSKA (1965) states that in this area the Stopina locality yields Barremian-Aptian species similar to those recorded by B. KOKOSZYŇSKA (1949). She also points out that the Hradiště Sandstone forms a layer within the pelitic Wernsdorfer development, (i.e. in the Těšín-Hradiště Formation as defined by Czech authors) the lower pan of which yielded the fauna. In Slovakia sedimentary areas of the Central Carpathians, or a "Klippen zone" were situated south of the Debica cordillera (s. 1.). Extremely little information on the Barremian-Aptian ammonite fauna is available at the present time. M. ERISTAVI (1961a) is the only worker to have provided recent information on Lower Cretaceous ammonites mostly from the Krížna Unit of the Central Carpathians. These are in Mahel' Collection. Most of the ammonites which he had described as belonging to the Barremian come from the Velká Fatra Mts. According to him, the following species are from the locality south of Hubová: Barremites difficilis (D'ORBIGNY), Crioceratites cf. quenstedti (OOSTER), Crioceratites ex. gr. villersianum (D'ORBIGNY). The other locality is on the left slope of Revúcka dolina near the Biely potok Brook and yielded the following species: Barremites difficilis (D'ORBIGNY), Barremites psilotatus (UHLIG), Barremites cf. tenu- icinctus (SARASIN), Barremites (?) ex gr. lechicum (UHLIG). Other areas yielding Barremian-Aptian ammonites are those of the Chočské pohorie and Malá Fatra Mts. Occurrences of the ammonites which are still valid were first described by L. ZEUSCHNER (1856) and A. SCHLOENBACH (1868). Ptychoceras meyrati OOSTER (M. S. ERISTAVI 1961a) is known as

94 an Upper Barremian species and, as has been noted by D. ANDRUSOV (1931), Aptian specimens are represented by such species as Costidiscus recticostatus microcostatus (SIMONOWITSCH, BACEWITSCH et SOROKIN), Cheloniceras cornuelianum (D'ORBIGNY) and Pseudohaploceras liptoviense (ZEUSCHNER). In addition the species mentioned last is also known from the Upper Barremian. M. S. ERISTAVI (1961a) also recorded Hamulina cf. davidsoni (COQUAND) of Barremian age from the High Tatra series. According to M. S. Eristavi, most of the occurrences show a poor state of preservation, but they are undoubtedly closely related to the Mediterranean, as is the Silesian sedimentary area. Mediterranean ammonite species are also known from the Kysuca Klippe development on the left bank of the Oravice river, consisting of both Hauterivian and Lower Barremian beds. These are: Spitidiscus incertus (D'ORBIGNY), Spitidiscus intermedius (D'ORBIGNY), Spitidiscus cf. seunessi (KILIAN), Barremites cf. difficilis (D'ORBIGNY)—Z. ROTH et al. 1963. Minute shells of Melchiorites melchioris (TIETZE) were also recorded by J. SALAJ (in M. MAHEL' et al. 1962) from the spherosideritic marls which occur at the contact of the Manin series and the klippen zone. Members of the boreal ammonites are totally missing in all areas of the West Carpathians. Ammo­ nites seem to have been much more sensitive to all changes in the living environment (particularly to climate) than other invertebrate groups. Some data suggest that the macrofauna advanced from the Carpathian area passing along the northern margin of the peninsular Bohemian Massif to Germany (G. CHRYPLOFF 1957). This fact is also evidenced by the data of E. HANZLÍKOVÁ and Z. ROTH (1963a), who state that agglutinated foraminifers found in Poland and Germany are typical of the upper parts of the Těšín-Hradiště Formation. In conclusion, the Silesian sedimentary basin is one of the northernmost areas to contain Medi­ terranean ammonites in the Barremian—Lower Aptian. It can rightfully be referred to the Mediter­ ranean areas on the basis of ammonite species, but no evidence exists to indicate a communication with Polish and German areas lying further to the north.

95 Conclusion

In this account attempts have been made to bridge the gap in palaeontological examinations carried out in the Těšín-Hradiště Formation since V. UHLIG'S pioneer (1883) but now out-dated work. My examination yielded largely new conclusions which can be summarized as follows: Most of the macrofaunal specimens were collected from spoil heaps originating from the mining of pelosiderites in the last century and partly also from outcrops. All findings coming from both the spoil heaps and outcrops are new. The fauna was found only near pelosideritic lenses, in most cases in the beds underlying them. This fauna shows a very poor state of preservation. Ammonites are the main constituent, having shells which are flattened (except one shell) and often deformed through lateral pressure. On measuring non-deformed shells to determine shell deformation I found that there are some regularities which influence measuring accuracy. These regularities are expressed as change in H/D, U/D depending on the composition of deformed ammonite shells and general differences are given by values of the parameters between deformed and non-deformed shells. Fifty-three ammonite species are described, of which 52 have been found in the Beskydy Mts. and 5 are new, namely, Lytoceras textum, Veleziceras uhligi, Anahamulina beskydensis, Anahamulina rothi, and Ptychoceras dittleri to this area. Stratigraphical evaluation has been based on 1,080 identifiable shells, although ammonite shells total 2,600 in all. It has also proved possible to define more clearly stratigraphical position of those species which were described by V. UHLIG (1883) and so far known only from the Beskydy Mts. From the stratigraphical point of view the fauna collected confirms the Lower Barremian, Upper Barremian, and Lower Aptian age of the beds examined. V. UHLIG (1883) interpreted the ammonite fauna from the "Wernsdorfer Schichten" as Barremian in age without reference to its possible differentiation — a view which still is upheld in many cases. In contrast, the results of my own examinations imply high ammonite differentiation and changes of Uhlig's concept, allowing comparison of the Silesian sedimentary area with the Cretaceous of the European regions. A biostratigraphical division of the Těšín-Hradiště Formation is proposed which is based on vertical distribution of ammonite species. In addition, distinctive species for the Lower and Upper Barremian and Lower Aptian are listed. On the basis of quantitative and qualitative ammonite representation in the Barremian and Lower Aptian of the Silesian Unit it is clearly seen that despite some endemic species the sedimentary area was closely related to the Mediterranean. No boreal elements were encountered.

96 References

ALMERAS Y. (1963): Application des méthodes biométriques et statistiques á 1'étude de quelques Périsphinctidés kimméridgiens du genre Progeronia Arkell, 1953. — Bull. Bur. Rech. géol. min., 3, 1—28. Paris. AMANNIAZOV K. - KRYMGOL'TS I. J. - SIBIRYAKOVA L. V. - TOVBINA S. Z. (1962): Polevoj atlas rukovodjaščich iskopaemych jurskich i neokomskich otloženij Zapadnoj Turkmenii: Golovonogie molljuski. Leningrad. ANDJELKOVIČ M. Ž. (1956): Geološki sastav i tektonika Gledičkich planina. — Geol. An. Balk. Poluostr., 24, 31—184. Beograd. ANDRUSOV D. (1931): O stratigrafickém rozdělení spodní křídy spodního subtatranského příkrovu na středním Slovensku. — Věst. Stát. geol. úst. ČSR, 7, 152—160. Praha. — (1937): Přehled geologie Moravskoslezských Beskyd a jejich předhoří. — Čas. Vlast. spol. mus., 50, 1—24. Olomouc. — (1959): Geológia československých Karpat, II. Bratislava. ANTHULA D. J. (1900): Ueber die Kreidefossilien des Kaukasus. — Beitr. Paláont. Geol. Ósterr.-Ung., 12, 1899, 55—159. Wien, Leipzig. ARKELL W. J. - WRIGHT C. W. (1957): In W. J. ARKELL - B. KUMMEL - C. W. WRIGHT: Mesozoic Ammonoidea. Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology, L. Lawrence (Kansas). ASTIER J. E. (1851): Catalogue descriptif des Ancyloceras appartenant á 1'étage néocomien. — Ann. Sci. phys. nat. Agr. Ind., 3, 435—456. Lyon. BASSE E. (1952): In J. PIVETEAU: Traité de Paleontologie II, Classe des Céphalopodes. Paris. BAYLE E. - ZEILLER R. (1878): Explication de la carte géologique de la France, IV, Serv. Carte géol. Fr. Paris. BEZNOSOV N. V. (1958a): Jurskie ammonity Severnogo Kavkaza i Kryma. Leningrad. — (1958b): Materiály po sistematike semejstv Lytoceratidae Neumayr i Nannolytoceratidae Spath. — Vest. Mosk. univ., biol., 1, 109—117. Moskva. BLAYAC J. (1900): Sur le Crétacé du bassin de TOued Cherf (Algérie). — Trav. Lab. géol., 5, 19—27. Grenoble. BREISTROFFER M. (1952): Sur la position systématique du genre Ptychoceras D'ORB. — Trav. Lab. géol., 29, 47—54. Grenoble. BRESKOVSKI S. (1966): Biostratigrafija na barrema južno ot s. Brestak, Varnensko. — Trudy v. geol. Bálgarija, paleont., 8, 71—121. Sofija. BUCKMAN S. S. (1905): On certain genera and species of Lytoceratidae. — Quart. J. geol. Soc. Lond., 61, 142—154. London. BUCH L. (1829a): Note sur les Ammonites. — Ann. Sci. Nat., 267—275. Paris. — (1829b): Sur la distribution des Ammonites en families. — Ann. Sci. Nat., 417—426. Paris. — (1832): Ober Ammoniten, iiber ihre Sonderung in Familien, iiber die Arten, welche in den alteren Gebirgs- schichten vorkommen, und iiber Goniatiten insbesondere. — Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss., 1—56. Berlin. BÚRGL H. (1956): Catalogo de las amonitas de Colombia, I. — Bol. Geol., 4, 1. Bogota. BUSNARDO R. (1965): Le stratotype du Barrémien. Lithologie et macrofaune. — Mém. Bur. Rech. Géol. Min., 34, 101—106. Paris. BUSNARDO R. - DAVID L. (1957): Contribution á 1'étude des faunes d'Ammonoides de Medjez Sfa (est Constan- tinois). — Bull. Serv. Carte Géol. Alger., 13, 3, 67—123. Alger. CALLOMON J. H.: Sexual dimorphism in Jurassic Ammonites. — Trans. Leicester Lit. Phil. Soc, 57, 21—56. Leicester. CASEY R. (1960—1964): A Monograph of the Ammonoidea of the Lower Greensand. — Monogr. Paleontogr. Soc, I, 1—36; II, 1—44; III, 119—216; IV, 217—288; V, 289—389. London. CHRYPLOFF G. (1957): Das Problem der Unterkreide im nordwestlichen Teil von Deutschland. — Z. angew. Geol., 3, 8/9, 360—362. Berlin. COLLIGNON M. (1937): Les Ammonites pyriteuses de l'Aptien d'Antanatanamirafy. — Ann. Paléont., 26, 1—28. Paris. — (1962a): Atlas des fossiles caractéristiques de Madagascar (Ammonites), VIII. (Berriasien-Barrémien). — Serv. géol. Rep. Malgache. Tananarive. — (1962b): Atlas des fossiles caractéristiques de Madagascar (Ammonites), IX. (Aptien). — Serv. géol. Rep. Malgache. Tananarive.

97 COQUAND H. (1880): Études supplémentaires sur la paleontologie algérienne, faisant suite ala description géolo- gique et paléontologique de la region sud de la province de Constantine. — Bull. Acad. Hippone, 15. Bone. COTTREAU J. (1937): Types du Prodrome de paleontologie stratigraphique universelle de d'Orbigny. — Ann. Paléont., 26, 53—84. Paris. CURRIE E. D. (1942): Growth stages in the ammonite Promicroceras marstonense Spath. — Proc. roy. Soc, 61, 344—367. Edinburgh, London. — (1943): Growth stages in some species of Promicroceras. — Geol. Mag., 80, 1, 15—22. Hertford. — (1949): Growth stages in some Jurassic ammonites. — Proc. roy. Soc, 61, 171—198. Edinburgh. London. DAGIS A. A. (1966): K terminologii lopastnoj linii mezozojskich ammonoidej. — Geol. geofiz., 7, 78—85. Novo­ sibirsk. DAVID-HENRIET R. (1962): Étude biométrique de 1'éspěce Hildoceras bifrons Bruguiěre (Toarcien). — Ann. Sci. Univ., géol., iff, 3—57. Besancon. DOUVILLÉ H. (1918): Les terrains secondaires dans le massif du Moghara á Test de l'isthme de Suez, ďaprěs les exploitations de M. Couyat-Barthoux. — Mém. Acad. Sci., 59. Paris. DRUSHCHITS V. V. (1956): Nižnemelovye ammonity Kryma i Severnogo Kavkaza. Moskva. DRUSHCHITS V. V. - KUDRYAVTSEVM. P. (1960): Ammonity./n.- Atlas nižnemelovoj fauny Severnogo Kavkaza i Kryma. — Trudy Vsesojuz. inst. gazov., 249—355. Moskva. DRUSHSCHITS V. V. - MIKHAILOVA I. A. (1966): Biostratigrafíja nižnego mela Severnogo Kavkaza. Moskva. EGOYAN V. L. (1965): O nekotorych ammonitach klanseja Zapadnogo Kavkaza. In: Fauna, stratigrafija i litologija mezozojskich i kajnozojskich otloženij Krasnodarskogo kraja. — Trudy, 16, 112—160. Leningrad. EICHWALD E. (1865—1868): Lethaea rossica in paleontologie de la Russie. Stuttgart. ELIÁŠOVÁ H. (1962): Poznámky k nálezům amonitové fauny těŠínsko-hradišiiských vrstev Moravskoslezských Beskyd. — Cas. mineral, geol., 7, 2, 130—131. Praha. ERISTAVI M. S. (1955): Nižnemelovaja fauna Gruzii. Tbilisi. — (1957): Sopostavlenie nižnemelovych otloženij Gruzii i Kryma. Moskva. — (1961a): Nekotorye nižnemelovye golovonogie Centralhych Karpat. — Geol. práce, Zpr. 21, 81—108. Brati­ slava. — (1961b): Ammonity apta i afba Severnogo Kavkaza. — Trudy Geol. inst., geol., 12 (17), 41—77. Tbilisi. FALLOT P. (1910): Sur quelques fossiles pyriteux du Gault des Baléares. — Ann. Univ., 22, 3, 5—33. Grenoble. — (1920a): Remarques sur le genre Silesites. — Mém. Expl. Carte géol. dét. Fr., 207—228. Paris. — (1920b): Observations sur diverses espěces du Gargasien bathyal Alpin. — Mém. Expl. Carte géol. dét. Fr., 229—266. Paris. — (1920c): La faune des marnes aptiennes et albiennes de la region d'Andraitx (Majorque). — Trab. Mus. Cienc. nat., geol., 26. Madrid. FALLOT P. - TERMIER H. (1923): Ammonites nouvelles des lies Baléares. — Trab. Mus. Cienc. nat., geol., 32. Madrid. FOLDYNA J. - ŠUF J. (1964): Poznámka o slepenci ve fosilním výmolu ostravických vrstev. — Sbor. věd. prací Vys. Školy báň., 10, 1—2, 185—187. Brno. FRADIN J. (1949): Recherches sur les Périsphinctidés par les méthodes graphiques et statistiques. — Bull. Soc. géol. Fr., 283—296. Paris. FÚLÓP J. (1958): A Gereczehegység krétaidószaki kepzoményei. — Geol. hung., geol., 11. Budapest. — (1964): A Bakonyhegység alsó-kréta (berriázi-apti) képzodményei. — Geol. hung., geol., 13, 79—127. Bu­ dapest. GIGNOUX M. (1920a): Les Phyllocératidés du Paléocrétacé. — Mém. Expl. Carte géol. dét. Fr., 85—102. Paris. — (1920b): Les Lytoceratidés du Paléocrétacé. — Mém. Expl. Carte géol. dét. Fr., 103—134. Paris. — (1920c): Les Pulchelliidés du Paléocrétacé. — Mém. Expl. Carte géol. dét. Fr., 135—165. Paris. GORN N. K. (1966): O stratigrafičeskom ob'eme glinistoj tolŠči nižnego mela jugozapadnogo Kryma. — Vest. Leningr. univ., geol., 24, 129—131. Leningrad. HANZLÍKOVÁ E. - ROTH Z. (1963a): Review of the Cretaceous stratigraphy of the flysh zone in West Carpathians. — Geol. sbor., 14, 1, 37—81. Bratislava. — (1963b): Lithofacies, biofacies and sedimentary conditions in the Cretaceous beds of the flysh zone in the Czechoslovak Carpathians. — Geol. sbor., 14, 1, 83—108. Bratislava. — (1965): Attempt on paleogeographic reconstruction of Outer West Carpathian sedimentation area. — Geol. práce, Zpr. 36, 5—30. Bratislava. HAUG E. (1889): Beitrag zur Kenntnis der oberneocomen Ammonitenfauna der Puezalpe bei Corvara in Sudtirol. — Beitr. Paláont. Geol. Osterr.-Ung., 7, 193—231. Wien. HOHENEGGER L. (1855): Neuere Erfahrungen aus den Nordkarpathen. — Jb. Geol. Reichsanst., 6, 304—312. Wien. — (1861): Die geognostischen Verhaltnisse der Nordkarpathen in Schlesien und den angrenzenden Theilen von Mahren und Galizien. Gotha. HOUŠA V. (1965): Pohlavní diformorfismus a systém jurských a křídových amonitů. — Čas. Nár. muz., přírodov., 134, 1, 33—35. Praha. HYATT A. (1903): Pseodoceratites of the Cretaceous. — U.S. Geol. Surv., Monogr. 44. Washington.

98 B CH (1907): Études paléontologiques et stratigraphiques sur la partie moyenne des terrains Crétacés dans les Alpes Francaises et les regions voisines. Grenoble. JOLEAUD L.: (1912): Étude géologique de la Chaine numidique et des Monts de Constantine (Algérie). — These de Doctoral. Montpellier. KARAKASH N. I. (1897): Melovye otloženija severnogo sklona glavnogo kavkazskogo chrebta i ich fauna. Leningrad. (1907): Nižnemelovye otloženija Kryma i ich fauna. — Trudy S.-Peterb. Obšč. Estestvoisp., geol. i mineral., 32, 5. Leningrad. KARSTEN H. (1858): Ober die geognostischen Verháltnisse des westlichen Columbien, der heutigen Republiken Neu-Granada und Equador. — Amtlicher Bericht iiber die 32. Vers, dtsch. Naturf. u. Arzte, 80—116. Wien. KEMPER E. (1967): Die álteste Ammoniten-Fauna im Aptium Nordwest-Deutschlands. — Paláont. Z., 41, 3/4, 119—131. Stuttgart. KHALILOV A. G. (1962): Karlikovye Phylloceratidae nižnego mela Jugo-Vostočnogo Kavkaza. — Izv. Akad. Nauk Azerb. SSR, geol.-geogr., 4, 39—56. Baku. KILIAN W. (1888): Sur quelques fossiles du Crétacé inférieur de la Provence. — Bull. Soc. Géol. Fr., 3, 16, 663— 691. Paris. (1889): Description géologique de la Montagne de Lure. Paris. (1895): Note stratigraphique sur les environs de Sisteron et construction á la connaissance des terrains secondaires du Sud-Est de la France. — Bull. Soc. Géol. Fr., 18, 659—803. Paris. _ (1907—1913): Lethaea geognostica. Das Mesozoikum, 3, Kreide. I, 1907, 1—168; II, 1910, 169—287; III, 1913, 289—398. Stuttgart. KILIAN W. - REBOUL P. (1915): La faune de 1'Aptien inférieur des environs de Montélimar (Dróme). — Mém. Carte géol. dét. Fr. Paris. KOKOSZYŇSKAB. (1949): Stratygrafia dolnej krédy pomocných Karpat fliszowych. — Prače Inst. geol., 6. Warszawa. KOENEN A. (1902): Die Ammoniten des norddeutschen Neocom. — Abh. Preufi. Landesanst., 24. Berlin. KRAJEWSKI S. - URBANIAK J. (1964): Znaleziska fauny w pomocných Karpatách fliszowych, I. Wielokomórkowce (Metazoa). — Biul. Panstw. Inst. geol., 179, 8. Warszawa. KRENKEL E. (1910): Die untere Kreide von Deutsch-Ostafrika. — Beitr. Pal. Geol. Osterr.-Ung., 23, 4, 201—250. Wien, Leipzig. KSIAŽKIEWICZ M. (1938): Fauna górnoneokomska z Lanckorony. — Spraw. Kom. fizjogr. Pol. Akad. Umiejet., 72, 'l937, 4, 223—261. Kraków. — (1956): Jura i kréda Bachowic. — Rocz. Pol. Tow. geol., 24, 2—3, 119—405. Kraków. KULZHINSKAYA-VORONETS N. S. (1933): Představiteli semejstva Lytoceratidae Neumayr emend. Zittel iz nižneme- lovych otloženij Kryma. — Trudy geol. razv. Ob' ed., 241, 1—38. Leningrad. LEHMAN U. (1966): Dimorphismus bei Ammoniten der Ahrensberger Lias Geschiebe. — Paláont. Z., 40, 1—2, 26—55. Stuttgart. LIEBUS A. - UHLIG V. (1902): Uber einige Fossilien aus der karpathischen Kreide. — Beitr. Paláont. Geol. Osterr.- Ung., 14, 1—2, 113—130. Wien, Leipzig. LUPPOV N. P. (1939): Materiály k faune i stratigrafii nižnego mela Severozapadnogo Kavkaza. — Trudy Vsesojuz. neft. geol. razv. Inst., A, 128. Leningrad. Moskva. — (1949): Atlas rukovodjaščich form iskopaemych faun SSSR. X. (Nižnij otdel melovoj sistemy.) Moskva. — (1952): Nižnemelovye otloženija severo-zapadnogo Kavkaza i ich fauna. — Trudy Vsesojuz. neft. geol. razv. Inst., NS, 65. Leningrad, Moskva. LUPPOV N. P. - DRUSHCHITS V. V. (1958): Osnovy paleontologii. Molljuski-golovonogie II. Moskva. MAHEL M. et al. (1962): Vysvětlivky k prehradnej geologickej mape ČSSR 1: 200 000 M-34-XXV Žilina. Bratislava. MAKOWSKI H. (1963): Problem of sexual dimorphism in ammonites. — Paleont. polon., 1962, 12. Warszawa. MANOLOV J. R. (1962): New ammonites from the Barremian of North Bulgaria. — Palaeontology, 5, 3, 527—539. London. MATĚJKA A. - ROTH Z. (1954): Mapovací zpráva z terénu mezi Ostravicí a Stonávkou (Moravskoslezské Beskydy). — Zpr. geol. výzk. v r. 1953, 97—106. Praha. MATHERON PH. (1878—1880): Recherches paléontologiques dans Le Midi de la France. Marseille. MIKHAILOVA I. A. (1957): O sistematike semejstv Parahoplitidae Spath i Deshayesitidae Stoyanow. — Vest. Mosk. univ., 3, 173—182. Moskva. — (1958): Nekotorye dannye o rode Acanthohoplites Sinzow i Hypacanthoplites Spath. — Vest. Moskv. univ., 1, 101—108. Moskva. — (1960): Ontogenez i sistematičeskoe položenie roda Colombiceras Spath. — Bjull. Mosk. obšč. ispyt. prir., geol., 35, 2, 116—122. Moskva. — (1963): O sistematičeskom položenii i ob'eme roda Diadochoceras. — Paleont. ž., 3, 65—77. Moskva. (1969): O položenii gorizonta s Turkmeniceras turkmenicum (k granice barrema i apta). — IV. nauč. konf. geol. fak., 155—156. Moskva. MULLER A. H. (1963): Lehrbuch der Paláozoologie. Die Fossildiagenese. Jena. MUTVEI H. (1957): On the relations of the principal muscles to the shell in Nautilus and some fossil nautiloids. — Ark. Mineral. Geol., 2, 10, 219—254. Stockholm.

99 NICKLÉS R. (1890): Contributions á la paleontologie du Sud-Est de l'Espagne. I. Néocomien. — Mém. Soc. géol. Fr., 4, 1—30. Paris. — (1894): Contributions á la paleontologie du Sud-Est de l'Espagne. I. Néocomien. — Mém. Soc. géol. Fr., 4, 4, 30—59. Paris. NIKOLOV T. (1964): Ammoniti ot barrema v severoiztočna Bálgarija. — Trud. v. geol. Blg., 6, 117—131. Sofija. — (1965): Étages, sous-étages et zones ďammonites du Crétacé inférieur en Bulgarie du Nord. — Mém. Bur. rech. géol. min., 34, 803—817. Paris. — (1966): Protoleptoceras gen. n. — a new genus of Berriasian ammonites. — Dokl. Bolg. akad. nauk, 19, 9, 839—841. Sofija. — (1967): Les ammonites berriassiennes du genre Protoleptoceras Nikolov. — Izv. geol. Inst. Bolg. akad. nauk, paleont., 10, 35—40. Sofija. NIKOLOV T. - KHRISCHEV KH. (1965): Osnovi na stratigrafijata na dolnata kréda v Predbalkanu. — Trud. v. geol. Blg., strat. i tekt., 6, 47—176. Sofija. OBATA I. (1959): Croissance relative sur quelques espěces des Desmoceratidae. — Mém. Fac. Sci. Kyushu Univ., Geol., 9, 33—45. Fukuoka. — (1960): Spirále de quelques Ammonites. — Mém. Fac. Sci., Kyushu Univ., Geol., 9. 3. 151—162. Fukuoka. — (1965): Allometry of Reesidites minimus and Cretaceous ammonite species. — Trans. Proc. Pal. Soc. Japan, NS, 58, 39—63. Fukuoka. OOSTER W. A. (1860): Catalogue des Céphalopodes fossiles des Alpes Suisses. — Nouv. Mém. Soc. Helv. Sci. Nat., 4, 5. Zurich. D'ORBIGNY A. (1840—1842): Paleontologie Francaise; Terrains crétacés. Paris. — (1850): Prodrome de paleontologie stratigraphique universelle des animaux mollusques et rayonnés, II. 17° étage Néocomien. Paris. — (1852): Notice sur le genre Hamulina. — J. Conchyliol., 3, 207—228. Paris. PAQUIER V. (1900—1901): Recherches géologiques dans le Diois et les Baronnies orientales. — Trav. Lab. Géol. Univ., 5, 149—556. Grenoble. PARONA C. F. (1898): Descrizione di alcune Ammoniti del Neocomiano venete. — Paleontogr. Ital., 3, 1897, 137—144. Pisa. PATZELT G. (1964): Beitráge zur Stratigraphie Sůdwestalbaniens: Ein Nachweis ammonitenfuhrender Unterkreide im ionischen Faziesgebiet. — Praktika Acad., 39, 165—175. Athénai. PERRIN J. - THEOBALD N. (1961): Étude biométrique de l'espece Grammoceras fallaciosum Bayle (Toarcien supérieur). — Ann. Sci. Univ. Besancon, Géol., 14, 85—118. Besancon. PERVINQUIĚRE L. (1907): Études de paleontologie tunisienne. Céphalopodes des terrains secondares. — Mém. cart. géol. de la Tunisie. Paris. PETKOVIČ V. K. (1921): O barremskom katu na Grebenu. — Glas. Srp. kral. akad., 95. 35—78. Beograd. PETKOVIČ K. - MARKOVIČ B. (1951): Otrivska i baremska cefalopodska fauna iz glinnenolaporovitych slojeva Straževice kao dokaž prisutstva batialnych tvorevina ovich odelaka v okoličini Beogradu. — Geol. An. Balk. Poluostr., 19, 19—44. Beograd. PETKOVIČ K. - MILETIČ O. (1949): O nalasku baremskich amonita v urgonskim krečnacima Košutnaka (okolina Beograda) i nichom značaju. — Geol. An. Balk. Poluostr., 17, 123—139. Beograd. PICTET F. J. - CAMPICHE G. (1858—1860): Description des fossiles du terrain crétacé des environs de Sainte-Croix. — Mat. Pal. Suisse, 2. Geneve. — (1861—1864): Description des fossiles du terrain crétacé des environs de Sainte-Croix. — Mat. Pal. Suisse, 3. Geneve. PUZOS M. (1831): Note sur un Scaphite remarquable. — Bull. Soc. géol. Fr., 2, 355—356. Paris. QUENSTEDT F. A. (1846—1849): Petrefactenkunde Deutschlands. I, Cephalopoden. Tubingen. RENGARTEN V. P. (1926): Fauna melovych otloženij Assinsko-kambilevskogo rajona na Kavkaze. — Trudy geol. Kom., 147. Leningrad. RICHARZ P. S. (1905): Die Neokombildungen bei Kaltenleutgeben. — Jb. Geol. Reichsanst., 54, 1904, 343—358. Wien. RODIGHIERO A. (1919): II sistema cretaceo del Veneto occidentale compresso fra l'Adige e il Piave con speciále riguardo al Neocomiano dei Sette Communi. — Paleontogr. Ital., 25, 37—126. Pisa. ROCH E. (1927): Étude stratigraphique et paléontologique de l'Aptien inférieur de la Bédoule. — Mém. Soc. Géol. Fr., 4, 8, 5—37. Paris. ROMAN F. (1938): Les Ammonites jurassiques et crétacés. Paris. ROTH Z. (1965): In D. ANDRUSOV: Apercu general sur la geologie des Carpathes occidentales. — Bull. Soc. géol. Fr., 7, 1029—1062. Paris. ROTH Z. et al. (1962a): Vysvětlivky k přehledné geologické mapě ČSSR 1 : 200 000 M-33-XXIV Olomouc. Praha. — (1962b): Vysvětlivky k přehledné geologické mapě ČSSR 1 : 200 000 M-34-X1X Ostrava. Praha. — (1963): Vysvětlivky k prehradnej geologickej mape ČSSR 1 : 200 000 M-34-XX Trstená. Bratislava. ROTH Z. - HANZLÍKOVÁ E. (1967): In T. BUDAY et al.: Regionální geologie ČSSR, II 2, Západní Karpaty. Praha. ROTH Z. - MATĚJKA A. (1953): Pelosiderity Moravskoslezských Beskyd. — Geotechnica, 16. Praha.

100 ROUCHADZÉ J. (1933): Les Ammonites aptiennes de la Géorgie Occidentale. — Bull. Inst. Géol. Géorgie, J, 3, 165—273. Tiflis. ROYO Y GOMEZ J. (1945): Fosiles del Barremiense Colombiano. — Comp. de los estudios geol. Colombia. — Min. Minas y Petrol Serv. Geol. Nac, 6, 456—494. Bogota. RUKHADZE I. (1938): Nekotorye novye ili maloizvestnye cefalopody Gruzii. — Bjull. Geol. Inst. Gruzii, 3,129—190. Tiflis. RUZHENTSEV V. I. (1949): Osnovnye tipy evoljucionnych izmenenij lopastnoj linii verchnepaleozojskich ammonoi- dej. — Trudy Paleont. inst., 20, 183—198. Moskva, Leningrad. (1960a): Nekotorye voprosy klassifikacii ammonoidnej. — Paleont. ž., 1, 19—28. Moskva. (1960b): Principy sistematiki, sistemy i filogenii paleozojskich ammonoidej. — Trudy Paleont. inst., 83, Moskva, Leningrad. — (1964): K voprosu o terminologii lopastnoj linii ammonoidej. — Paleont. ž., 3, 3—14. Moskva. SARASIN CH. (1897): Quelques considerations sur les genres Hoplites, Sonneratia, Desmoceras et Puzosia. — Bull. Soc. géol. Fr., 25, 760—799. Paris. SARASIN CH. - SCHONDELMAYER CH. (1901): Etude monographique des Ammonites du Crétacique inférieur de Chátel-Saint Denis, 1. — Mém. Soc. paleont. Suisse, 28. Geněve. — (1902): Étude monographique des Ammonites du Crétacique inférieur de Chátel-Saint Denis, 2. — Mém. Soc. paleont. Suisse, 29, 95—195. Geněve. SARKAR S. S. (1955): Revision des Ammonites déroulées du Crétacé inférieur du Sud-Est de la France. — Mém. Soc. géol. Fr., 34, 72. Paris. SAYN G. (1890): Description des Ammonitides du Barrémien du Djebel-Ouach. — Bull. Soc. agricult, 1—78. Lyon. — (1920): Les Phylloceras Gargasiens du Sud-Est de la France. — Mém. Expl. Carte géol. dét. Fr., 191—206. Paris. SCHINDEWOLF O. H. (1923): Uber die Ausgestaltung der Lobenlinie bei den Neoammonoidea Wdkd. — Zbl. Mineral. Geol. Pal., 337—350, 359—370. Stuttgart. — (1954): Uber die Lobenlinie der Ammonoidea. — Neues Jb. Geol. Pal., Mh., 123—140. Stuttgart. — (1961—1968): Studien zuř Stammesgeschichte der Ammoniten. — Abh. Akad. Wiss. Lit., math-naturwiss. Kl.(Mainz), 1,1960, 10, 635—743; II, 1962, 8, 425—572; III, 1963, 6, 285—432; IV, 1965, 3, 411—508: V, 1966, 3, 328— 454, VI, 1967, 8, 723—808; VII, 1968, 3, 43—309. Wiesbaden. — (1963): Zur sowjetrussischen Terminologie der Lobenlinie. — Neues Jb. Geol. Pal., Mh., 6, 273—289. Stuttgart. SCHLOENBACH U. (1868): Kleine paláontologische Mittheilungen. — Jb. geol. Reichsanst., 18, 3, 455—468. Wien. SCOTT G. (1940): Paleoecological factors controlling the distribution and mode of life of Cretaceous ammonoids in the Texas area. — J. Paleont., 14, 4, 299—323. Menasha. SHEVYREV A. A. (1962): Razvitie lopastnoj linii i terminologija elementov u mezozojskich ammonoidej. — Paleont. ž., 2, 21—33. Moskva. SIEBER R. (1911): Revision der Typensammlung der Geologischen Bundesanstalt in Wien. — Verh. Geo). Bundes- anst., 1, 89—90. Wien. — (1963): Zur Revision der Typensammlung der Geologischen Bundesanstalt in Wien. — Verh. Geol. Bundes- anst., 1/2, 159—163. Wien. SIMIONESCU I. (1898): Studii geologice si paleontologice din Carpatii sudici. II. Fauna neocomiana din basenul Dimboviciórei. — Academica Romana. Publ. Fondul. Vas. Adamachi, 2, 101—168. Bucuresti. SIMONOVICH S. - BATSEVICH L. - SOROKIN A. (1875): Geologičeskoe opisanie častej Kutajskogo, Ločchumskogo, Senakskogo i Zugdidskogo uezdov Kutajskoj gubernii. — Mater. Geol. Kavk. Tiflis. — (1876): Geologičeskoe opisanie Pjatigorskogo kraja. — Mater. Geol. Kavk. Tiflis. SINZOW I. (1906): Die Beschreibungen einiger Douvilleiceras-Arten aus dem oberen Neocom Russlands. — Zap. imp. sp. mineral, obšč,, 1, 157—197. Leningrad. SOMOGYI K. (1916): Das Neocom des Gerecsegebirges. — Mitt. Jb. Ung. Geol. (Reichs) Anst., 22, 1914—1916, 5, 295—370. Budapest. SPATH L. F. (1923—1925): A Monograph of the Ammonoidea of the Gault. — Mon. Paleont. Soc, 75, 1921, I, 1—73; 77, 1925, III, 111—146. London. — (1927): Revision of the Jurassic cephalopod fauna of Kachh (Cutch). — Paleont. Indica, NS, 9, 2, 1—71. Calcutta. ŠPINAR Z. et al. (1966): Systematická paleontologie bezobratlých. Cephalopoda. Praha. SZYMAKOWSKA F. (1965): La faune infracrétacée de Stopina (Carpathes Moyennes). — Bull. Acad, polon. sci., géol.-géogr., 13, 2, 141—147. Warszawa. THIEULOY J. P. (1966): Leptocéres berriasiens du massif de la Grande-Chartreuse. — Trav. Lab. Géol., 42, 281—295. Grenoble. THOMEL G. (1964a): Contribution á la connaissance des céphalopodes crétacés du Sud-Est de la France. Note sur les ammonites déroulées du Crétacé inférieur vocontien. — Mém. Soc. Géol. Fr., 43, 101. Paris. — (1964b): Les zones d'Ammonites de l'Aptien des Basses Alpes. — C. R. Acad. Sci., 258, 17, 4308—4310. Paris.

101 TIETZE E. (1872): Geologische und palaontologische Mittheilungen aus dem sudlichen Theile des Banater Ge- birgsstockes. — Jb. Geol. Reichsanst., 20, 35—142. Wien. TOULA F. (1890): Geologische Untersuchungen im óstlichen Balkan und in den angrenzenden Gebieten. — Denkschr. Akad. Wiss., 57, 323—400. Wien. TOVBINA S. Z. (1963): O verchnebarremskich ammonitach Turkmenii. — Trudy Vsesojuz. geol. inst., NS, 109, 98—119. Leningrad. TRAUTSCHOLD H. (1886): Le Néocomien de Sably en Crimée. — Nouv. mém. Soc. imp. nat., 15, 118—114. Moskva. UHLIG V. (1882a): Die Wernsdorferschichten und ihre Aequivalente. — S. B. Akad. Wiss., 1, 1—32. Wien. — (1882b): Zuř Kenntnis der Cephalopoden der Rossfeldschichten. — Jb. Geol. Reichsanst., 32, 3, 373—396. Wien. — (1883): Die Cephalopodenfauna der Wernsdorferschichten. — Denkschr. Akad. Wiss., math.-naturw. Kl., 46, 127—290. Wien. — (1888): Ueber neocome Fossilien von Gardenazza in Sudtirol, nebst einem Anhang uber das Neocom von Ischl. — Jb. Geol. Reichsanst., 1887, 37, 69—108. Wien. — (1902): Ober die Cephalopodenfauna der Teschener und Grodischter Schichten. — Denkschr. Akad. Wiss., math.-naturw. Kl., 72, 1—87. Wien. VAŠÍČEK Z. (1967): A contribution to the solution of the ammonite spiral. — Sbor. Vys. školy báň., 13,1,107—113. Brno. — (1971): Zpráva o výsledcích paleontologických výzkumů ve spodní křídě západní části slezské jednotky v Mo- ravsko-slezských Beskydách. — Sbor. věd. prací Vys. Školy báň., 1969, 15, 3, 121—143. Ostrava. — (1973): Ober einige, von V. Uhlig (1883) beschriebene Unterkreide-Ammoniten. — Sbor. geol. věd, P 15. Praha. WESTERMANN G.E.G. (1964): Sexual Dimorphismus bei Ammonoideen und seine Bedeutung fůr die Taxonomie der Otoitidae (Einschliefilich Sphaeroceratinae; Ammonitina, m. Jura). — Paleontographica, 124, A, 33—73. Stuttgart. WIEDMANN J. (1962): Unterkreide-Ammoniten von Mallorca. I, Lytoceratina, Aptychi. — Abh. Akad. Wiss. Lit., math.-naturwiss. Kl. (Mainz), 1. Wiesbaden. — (1963): Entwicklungspřinzipien der Kreideammoniten (Notizen zuř Systematik der Kreideammoniten IV). — Paláont. Z., 37, 103—121. Stuttgart. — (1964): Unterkreide-Ammoniten von Mallorca, II, Phylloceratina. —Abh. Akad. Wiss. Lit., math.-naturwiss. Kl. (Mainz), 4, 160—264. Wiesbaden. — (1966a,b): Stammesgeschichte und System der posttriadischen Ammonoideen. — Neues Jb. Geol. Pal., Abh., 125 (1), 49—79, 127(2), 13—81. Stuttgart. ZEUSCHNER L. (1856): Geognostische Beschreibung des Liaskalkes in der Fatra und in den angrenzenden Gebirgen. — S.B. Akad. Wiss., 19, 136—182. Wien. ZIEGLER B. (1963): Ammoniten als Faziesfossilien. — Paláont. Z., 37, 1/2, 96—102. Stuttgart. — (1967b): Ammoniten-Okologie am Beispiel des Oberjura. — Geol. Rdsch., 56, 439—464. Stuttgart.

102 Ammonoidea těšínsko-hradišťského souvrství (spodní křída) v Moravskoslezských Beskydách

(Résumé anglického textu)

V předložené práci jsem se snažil překlenout mezeru v makrozoopaleontologických výzkumech těšínsko- -hradišťského souvrství, která - až na malé výjimky - trvá od prvního, dnes už ne zcela vyhovujícího zpracování V. UHLIGA (1883). Z mé práce vyplývají tyto - z velké části nové - poznatky: Nálezy makrofauny pocházejí převážné z haldiček po těžení pelosideritů v minulém století a částečně i z přirozených odkryvů. Všechny nálezy na odkryvech a na většině hald jsou nové. Na odkryvech byla fauna nalezena jen v blízkosti pelosideritových čoček, obvykle v jejich podloží. Přesná poloha míst sběrů je uvedena ve zvláštní práci (Z. VAŠÍČEK 1971). Nalezená fauna je velmi špatně zachovaná. Převládají zcela amoniti a až na jedinou výjimku jsou jejich schránky vždy ploše smáčklé a často i deformované postranním tlakem. Při proměřování nedeformovaných schránek, které jsem prováděl v rámci studia deformace schrá­ nek, jsem zjistil některé zákonitosti ovlivňující přesnost měření. U deformovaných schránek uvádím zákonitosti ve změně hodnot V/D, U/D v závislosti na stavbě schránek amonitů a obecné rozdíly v hodnotách uvedených parametrů mezi schránkami deformovanými a nedeformovanými. V kapitole „K morfologii a terminologii schránek amonitů" navrhuji pro popis hákovitých schránek termíny proversum, flexus (ohyb) a retroversum, pro periodické lamelovité výběžky na schránkách některých lytoceratidních amonitů termín „límec". Celkem popisuji 53 druhů amonitů, z nichž 52 jsem nalezl v Beskydách. 5 druhů z nich je nových (druhy Lytoceras textům, Veleziceras uhligi, Anahamulina beskydensis, Anahamulina rothi, Ptychoceras dittleri). StratigrafAcké vyhodnocení vychází z 1080 zpracovatelných nálezů (z celkového počtu 2600 nasbí­ raných schránek amonitů). U některých druhů popsaných V. UHLIGEM (1883), které jsou dosud známy pouze z Beskyd, se mi na základě mých nálezů podařilo upřesnit jejich stratigrafické postavení. Stratigraficky prokazuje nalezená fauna spodní barrem, svrchní barrem a spodní apt. V. UHLIG (1883) považoval amonitovou faunu z veřovických vrstev (tj. ze svrchní části těšínsko-hradišťského sou­ vrství v dnešním pojetí) v souhrnu za barremskou bez bližšího rozlišení (jeho názory jsou často přijímá­ ny dodnes). Dnešní dosažené výsledky jednak bezpečně prokázaly spodní apt, jednak zpřesnily znalosti o rozšíření amonitových druhů ve slezské jednotce, což umožňuje další srovnání slezského sedimen­ tačního prostoru se spodní křídou v jiných oblastech Evropy. Podle vertikálního rozšíření amonitových druhů předkládám návrh na biostratigrafické rozdělení nejvyšší části těšínsko-hradišťského souvrství a současně uvádím výčty charakteristických druhů nale­ zených ve spodním barremu, svrchním barremu a spodním aptu. Podle kvantitativního a kvalitativního zastoupení amonitů v období barremu a spodního aptu ve slezské jednotce je přes některé endemické druhy zřejmé, že tento sedimentační prostor měl úzké vztahy k mediteránní oblasti. Boreální prvky se nepodařilo prokázat.

103 Plates I —XVI

Unless otherwise specified, all specimens photographed are housed in the Geological and Palaeontological Collection of the Geological Survey, Prague, Malostranské nám. 19. Except Melchiorites cassidoides (UHLIG), a species which does not come from the Beskydy Mts., all the specimens have their shells intact to various extents.

Photographs by M. Grmelová, Department of Geology and Palaeontology, Mining University, Ostrava, with the camera Praktisix. Prior to photo­ graphing all specimens were whitened with ammonium chloride.

Only after the submittance of this work, i. e. during my research trip to Tubingen (October 1969—July 1970) I had the opportunity to study a number of the type specimens determined by V. UHLIG (1883). With exception of Melchiorites cassidoides (UHLIG) and Tietze's specimens (1872) deposited in Vienna, all specimens are from the museum of the Bayerische Staatssammlung fur Paláontologie und historische Geologie at Munich. The above specimens, both from Vienna and Munich, are shown as plates XV and XVI. Thanks are expressed to Mr. F. Wetzel of the Geologisches Institut, Tubingen, who took their photographs. 1. Phylloceras (Hypophylloceras) sp. ind. Strongly deformed shell; TJ368, xl. Lower Barremian, Tichá 2. Partschiceras infundibulum (D'ORBIGNY)

Shell with partly preserved aperture; Ts/33, x 1. Lower Barremian, Tichá 4. Partschiceras bontshevi (MANOLOV) 3 — Shell with well discernible radial lines on earlier part of the last whorl;

KZ2/79, x2 4 — Typical shell showing poor state of preservation with ribbing indicated;

KZ2/54, xl. Upper Barremian, Kozlovice 5. Sowerbyceras (Holcophylloceras) ernesti (UHLIG)

Imperfectly preserved shell with constrictions indicated; T6/62, x 1. Lower Barre­ mian, Tichá 6. Partschiceras baborense (COQUAND) Non-deformed specimen with suture-line preserved and remains of original shell;

V6/6, x 1. Lower Aptian (?), Veřovice 7. Lytoceras aff. subfimbriatum (D'ORBIGNY)

Shell with fine undulatory ribbing and periodical flares; T(/3, x 1. Lower Barre­ mian, Tichá 8. Lytoceras textum sp. n. Shell with no sculpture typically developed on adult whorls; TJ43, x 1. Lower Barremian, Tichá Pl. 1

Vašíček: Ammonoidea PI. II 1. Eulytoceras cf. phestum (MATHERON)

Shell with weakly curved ribs; V1/097, x 1. Upper Barremian (?), Veřovice 2. Eulytoceras raricinctum (UHLIG) Small, imperfectly preserved shell; V^ll, xl. Upper Barremian (?), Veřovice 4. Lytoceras textum sp. n. 3 — holotype deposited in the Museum of the Geologische Bundesanstalt, Vienna; x 1 4 — detail of sculpture of the last whorl on holotype; x3. Lower Barremian, Gorki Wielkie (Poland) 5. Lytoceras sp. ind.

Strongly deformed shell with sculpture of juvenile whorls; KNa/27, xl. Upper Barremian, Kunčice p. Ondřejníkem 6. Eulytoceras phestum (MATHERON)

Shell bears prominent fine lines between ribs; K5/101, xl. Upper Barremian, Kozlovice-Tichá 7. Eulytoceras anisoptychum (UHLIG) Fragment of whorl with typically arranged weaker and stronger undulatory ribs; TJ97, xl.5. Lower Barremian, Tichá 1. Costidiscus recticostatus (D'ORBIGNY)

Compressed shell with straight ribs; KNe/22, xl. Upper Barremian, Kunčice p. Ondřejníkem 2. Macroscaphites} tirolensis UHLIG Incomplete, spiral-coiled part of the shell. Ribs bear longitudinal tubercles;

T6/97, xl.5. Lower Barremian, Tichá 3. Acrioceras (Acrioceras) aff. tabarelli (ASTIER)

Fragment of the straight part of proversum: M5/004, x 1. Upper Barremian, Malenovice 4. Protetragonites obliquestrangulatus obliquestrangulatus (KILIAN)

Shell deformed by lateral pressure: Te/40, x 1.5. Lower Barremian, Tichá 5. Protetragonites crebrisulcatus (UHLIG) Shell with flat ribs developed around some constrictions; MJ260, xl. Upper Barremian, Malenovice Pl. III

Vašíček: Amrnonoidea Pl. IV 1. Costidiscus cf. recticostatus (D'ORBIGNY) Shell with arched ribs. Uhlig Coll., the Museum of the Geologische Bundesanstalt, Vienna; x 1. Upper Barremian or Lower Aptian, near Veřovice 2. Costidiscus microcostatus (SIM., BAC. and SOR.) Imperfectly preserved shell with ribs curved rusiradiately near the umbilicus;

M4/097, x 1. Lower Aptian, Malenovice 3. Macroscaphites yvani (Puzos)

Shell with incomplete uncoiled part; KZ2/82, x 1. Upper Barremian, Kozlovice 4. Macroscaphites cf. binodosus UHLIG. Coiled part of the shell with indicated passage into uncoiled part; MJ498, x 1.5. Upper Barremian, Malenovice 5. Leptoceratoides pumilus (JLSHIAG)

Free coiled shell with smooth initial part; T4/17, x 1.5. Lower Barremian, Tichá 6. Costidiscus olcostephanoides UHLIG

Incomplete shell with longitudinal tubercles on ribs at the umbilicus; KZ2/7, x 1. Upper Barremian, Kozlovice 1. Macroscaphites yvani (Puzos)

Shell with aperture preserved; M2/313, x 1. Upper Barremian, Malenovice 2. Acanthoptychoceras aff. spinatocostatum MANOLOV

Incomplete shell with part of the bend; T5/91, x0.5. Lower Barremian, Tichá 3. ?Acanthoptychoceras sp.

A ring of the primary rib with spines, showing whorl-section; T3/38, x 0.5. Upper Barremian, Tichá 4. Leptoceratoides cf. subtilis (UHLIG) Pyritic steinkern with thicker ribs than is usual in typical specimens. Specimen shown by V. UHLIG (1883, pl. 29, fig. 9) is deposited in the Geologische Bundes- anstalt, Vienna; xl.5. Lower Barremian (?), Skalice 6. "iHeteroceras (Argvethites) sp. ind.

5 — almost complete impression of the hook-shaped shell; K5/236, x 1. 6 — hook-shaped part of the same shell; x 1. Upper Barremian, Tichá-Kozlovice Pl. v

VaSliek: Ammonoidea PI. VI PL VI

lj 2. Veleziceras uhligi n. sp. 1 — accumulation of several specimens. The most complete specimen is holotype

(indicated by arrow); T5/267, x 1

2 — paratype with typically arched shell arm; T5/106, xl. Lower Barremian, Tichá 3. Acanthoptychoceras aff. spinatocostatum MANOLOV

Most complete shell without bend preserved, T2/388, x0.5. Lower Barremian, Tichá 1. Ancyloceras ('?Audouliceras) fallauxi (UHLIG)

Spiral-coiled part of the shell with free arm over a short distance; K3/026, xl Upper Barremian or Lower Aptian, Tichá-Kozlovice 2. Hamulinites aff. parvulus (UHLIG)

Shell with a relatively straight proversum and incomplete bend; K8/014, x2 Lower Barremian, Tichá-Kozlovice 3. Hamulina astieriana D'ORBIGNY

Fragment of proversum; T5/84, x 1. Lower Barremian, Tichá 4. Leptoceratoides subtilis (UHLIG)

Juvenile shell; Ts/172; x2. Lower Barremian, Tichá Pl. VII

Vašíček: Ammonoidea

Pl. VIII

1. Anahamulina beskydensis n. sp.

Holotype with incomplete proversum and bend; M5/496, x 1. Upper Barremian, Malenovice 2. Anahamulina rothi a. sp.

Holotype; M5/032, x 1. Upper Barremian, Malenovice 3. Ptychoceras puzosianum D'ORBIGNY

Shell with imperceptible constrictions on the proversum; M6/022, xl. Upper Barremian, Malenovice 4. Anahamulina hoheneggeri (UHLIG)

Most complete specimen; TS/161, x 1. Lower Barremian, Tichá 1. ANAHAMULINA cf. PAXILLOSA (UHLIG) Incomplete proversum; Tj/4, x 1. Lower Barremian, Tichá

2. "IANAHAMULINA sp. ind.

Hook-shaped part; M5/199, xl. Upper Barremian, Malenovice

4. ANAHAMULINA DISTANS (HOHENEGGER)

3,4 — almost complete shells; Mj/491, xl;M5/490, x 1. Upper Barremian, Ma­ lenovice Pl. IX

Vašíček: Ammonoidea PI. X 1. Ptychoceras cf. meyrati OOSTER

Shell with ribbed proversum and smooth retroversum; KN5/25, x 1. Upper Barre­ mian, Kunčice p. Ondřejníkem 3. Ptychoceras dittleri n. sp.

2 — holotype; KN6/30, x 1. Upper Barremian, Kunčice p. Ondřejníkem

3 — paratype with distinct ribbing of proversum and retroversum; KZ2/77, x 1.5. Upper Barremian, Kozlovice 5. Ptychoceras morloti OOSTER

4 — part of the shell with bend; K5/003, x 1

5 — imprint of the same specimen; K5/063, xl. Upper Barremian, Tichá- Kozlovice 6. Procheloniceras albrechtiaustriae (HOHENEGGER) Specimen with tubercles seemingly displaced toward the center of the flank on the last whorl (due to deformation); KN,/37, x 1. Lower Aptian, Kunčice p. On­ dřejníkem 7. Anahamulina hoheneggeri (UHLIG)

Shell with relatively well-preserved bend, T5/438, x 1. Lower Barremian, Tichá PI. XI

1. Procheloniceras cf. pachystephanum (UHLIG) Highly incomplete specimen; Mj/092, x 1. Lower Aptian, Malenovice 2. Procheloniceras albrechtiaustriae (HOHENEGGER) KN,/24, xl. Lower Aptian, Kunčice p. Ondřejníkem 3, 4. ^Prodeshayesites sp. ind.

3 — juvenile shell; V6/24, x 1.5 4 — incomplete, more adult shell; Vi/037, x 1. Lower Aptian, Veřovice Vašíček: Ammonoidea

1. Cheloniceras sp. ind.

Strongly deformed shell with the last whorl broken; M4/045, x 1. Lower Aptian, Malenovice 3. Barremites psilotatus (UHLIG) 2 — constrictions are especially clearly seen where the shell was removed. Double

umbilical plane of coiling caused by deformation; T6/171, x 1

3 — shell with well discernible outer ornament; T5/272, x 1.5. Lower Barremian, Tichá 4. Barremites strettostoma (UHLIG) Imperfectly preserved shell with sickle-shaped lines indicated; Vj/053, xl.5. Upper Barremian ( ?), Veřovice 5. Melchiorites cf. melchioris (TIETZE)

Shell with well-preserved sculpture; T5/114, x 1. Lower Barremian, Tichá Pl. XIII

1—3. Melchiorites cassidoides (UHLIG) 1 — lateral view of the holotype shown by V. UHLIG (1883, pl. 16, fig. 4); x 1 2 — ventral view of the holotype; x 1 3 — frontal view; x 1. Holotype is deposited in the Museum of the Geologische Bundesanstalt, Vienna. Barremian, Chatillon (Dróme — France) 4, 5. Melchiorites blayaci (KILIAN) 4 — shell with distinct constrictions on both the steinkern and original shell;

T6/182, xl

5 — shell with typical sculpture; T6/94, x 1. Lower Barremian, Tichá Pl. XIII

Vašíček: Ammonoirjea Pl. XIV Pl. XIV

1. Silesites vulpes (COQUAND) Type with weak ribs between constrictions; T^l, x 1. Lower Barremian, Tichá 2, 3. Silesites seranonis (D'ORBIGNY)

2 — specimen with slightly weakened ribs on outer side; M2/180, xl. Upper Barremian, Malenovice

3 — shell with distinctly weakened ribs on outer side; KZ2/78, x 1. Upper Barre­ mian, Kozlovice 4. Pseudohaploceras liptoviense (ZEUSCHNER)

Constrictions on shell and steinkern are prominent; KZ2/80, xl. Upper Barre­ mian, Kozlovice 5. Psilotissotia sp. ind. Strongly compressed shell with a sharp keel; M,/l, xl. Upper Barremian (?), Malenovice 6. Psilotissotia aff. chalmasi (NICKLÉS)

Incomplete specimen with sickle-shaped ribs and marked keel; Te/85, x 1. Lower Barremian, Tichá 7. Holcodiscus sp. ind. Shell with paired strong ribs bearing tubercles near the constrictions; T„/21, x 1. Lower Barremian, Tichá PI. XV

1, 2. Protetragonites crebrisulcatus (UHLIG) 1 — lateral view of the holotype forming a steinkern figured by V. UHLIG (1883, pl. 5, fig. 8); xl 2 — frontal view of the holotype; x 1. Holotype is deposited in Hohenegger Coll., Museum of the Bayerische Staatssammlung fur Paláontologie und historische Geo­ logie, Munich. Barremian, Hradiště 3. Anahamulina paxillosa (UHLIG) Lectotype deposited in Hohenegger Coll., Museum of the Bayerische Staats­ sammlung fůr Paláontologie und historische Geologie, Munich; x 1. Barremian, Jaworze, Poland 4. Anahamulina distans (HOHENEGGER) Holotype is deposited in Hohenegger Coll., Museum of the Bayerische Staats­ sammlung fůr Paláontologie und historische Geologie, Munich; x 1. Barremian, Hradiště PI. XV

VaSIček: Ammnnoidea Pl. XVI Pl. XVI

1—3. Melchiorites melchioris (TIETZE) 1 — lateral view of the lectotype shown by E. Tietze (1872, pl. 9, fig. 9); x 1 2 — ventral view; x 1 3 — frontal view; x 1. Specimen from Tietze Coll., Museum of the Geologische Bundesanstalt, Vienna; xl. Barremian (?), Svinicea, Roumania 4. Melchiorites blayaci (KILIAN in BLAYAC) Holotype is deposited in the Museum of the Bayerische Staatssammlung fůr Pa­ láont ologie und historische Geologie, Munich; x 1. Barremian, Veřovice 5—8. Barremites strettostoma (UHLIG) 5 — lateral view of the lectotype figured by V. UHLIG (1883, pl. 17, fig. 3a,b); x 1 6 — frontal view of the lectotype; xl 7 — lateral view of the specimen figured by E. TIETZE (1872, pl. IX, fig. 5); x 1 8 — ventral view of the same specimen; x 1 Both specimens are deposited in Tietze Coll., the Museum of the Geologische Bundesanstalt, Vienna. Barremian ( ?), Svinicea, Roumania Zdeněk Vašíček

AMMONOIDEA of the Těšín-Hradiště Formation (Lower Cretaceous) in the Moravskoslezské Beskydy Mts.

Vydal Ústřední ústav geologický, Praha, v Academii, nakladatelství Československé akademie věd Praha 1972

Vědecký redaktor: Prof. Dr. Zdeněk Špinar, DSc. Zrecenzoval Doc. Dr. Zdeněk Roth, DSc.

Obálku navrhl Pavel Šváb Graficky upravil Oldřich Dunka Redaktorka publikace: Libuše Kaisrová

Vydání I. — 104 stran (21 obr.) — 16 příloh na křídě (87 obr.) Vytiskla Polygrafia 3, n. p., závod J. Dimitrova, Praha 7, Dobrovského 27 13,54 AA — 13,78 VA Náklad 630 výtisků — 03/11 — 9240 — 21-063-72

Cena brožovaného výtisku Kčs 23,— 509-21-882 1 o JOJWňt frtv ROZPRAVY Ústředního ústavu geologického

Sv. I J. VELENOVSKÝ—L. VINIKLÁŘ Sv. XVIII F. PRANTL—A. PŘIBYL Flora cretacea Bohemiae. Nová dodatky k české křídové O českých zástupcích čeledi Harpedidae (Hawle & Corda) květeně, díl I. Rozebráno Trilobitae Kčs 19,— Sv. II J. VELENOVSKÝ—L. VINIKLÁŘ Sv.XIX M. VAŠÍČEK Flora cretacea Bohemiae. Nové dodatky k české křídové Analysa rodu Sphaeroidina ďOrb. (Foraminlfera) Kčs 21,— květeně, dli II. Rozebráno Sv.XX J. BOUŠKA Sv. III J. VELENOVSKÝ—L. VINIKLÁŘ Pisocrinidae Angelin českého siluru a devonu (Crinoidea) Flora cretacea Bohemiae. Nové dodatky k české křídové Kčs 17,— květeně, dli III. Rozebráno Sv.XXI j. ŠETLÍK Sv. IV A. LIEBUS Příspěvek k poznání druhu Noeggerathia follosa Stbg. Kčs 10,— Neue SchlIdkrOtenreste aus den tertláren SilBwassertonen von Preschen bel Bílin In Bóhmen (s českým textem) Rozebráno Sv.XXII A. MATĚJKA—Z. ROTH Geologie magurského flyie v severním povodí Váhu mezi Sv. V J. VELENOVSKÝ—L. VINIKLÁŘ Bytčou a Trenčínem Kčs 50,— Flora cretacea Bohemiae. Nové dodatky k české křídové Sv.XXIII B. BOUČEK květeně, dil IV. Rozebráno The Dendroid Graptolites of the Silurian of Bohemia Kčs 44,— Sv. VI D. ANDRUSOV Sv.XXIV M. ŠNAJDR Geologický výzkum vnitřního bradlového pásma v Záp. Karpa­ Trilobiti českého středního kambria Rozebráno tech, část I. a II. Rozebráno Sv.XXV V. HAVLÍČEK Sv. VII J. ŠULC Spiriferidae v českém siluru a devonu (Brachiopoda) Rozebráno Otolity paleogénu okol! Biarritz Kčs 2,85 Sv.XXVI M. ŠNAJDR Sv. VIII F. PRANTL Studie o čeledi Scutelluidae (Trilobitae) Kčs 49,50 Spodnoturonské mechovky z Předboje (Čechy) Kčs 4,55 Sv.XXVII V. HAVLÍČEK Sv.lX D. ANDRUSOV Rhynchonelloidea des bóhmischen álteren Paláozoikums (Bra­ Geologický výzkum vnitřního bradlového pásma v Záp. Karpa­ chiopoda) Rozebráno tech, část III. Kčs 8,35 Sv. XXVIII L. MAREK Sv.X F. PRANTL—A. PŘIBYL The Trilobite Family Cyclopygidae Raymond in the Ordovician Revise různorepých (Europterida) z českého siluru Kčs 42,20 of Bohemia Kčs 13,10 Sv.XI V. KALABIS Sv.XXIX F. FEDIUK Monografie Clypeasterů z československého miocénu Kčs 58,90 Vulkanity železnobrodského krystalinika Kčs 19,90 Sv.XII F. PRANTL—A. PŘIBYL Sv.XXX O. FEJFAR Studie o trilobitech nadčeledi Odontopleuracea n. superfam. The Lower Villafranchian Vertebrates from Hajnáčka near Rozebráno Filakovo in Southern Slovakia Kčs 21,— Sv.XIII V. HAVLÍČEK Sv.XXXI V. LOŽEK Ramenonožci českého ordoviku Kčs 24,— Quartarmollusken der Tschechoslowakei Kčs 59,— Sv.XIV K. ŽEBERA Sv.XXXII Z. ŘEHÁKOVÁ Nejstaril památky lidské práce z Čech Rozebráno Fossile Diatomeen der súdbohmischen Beckenablagerungen K. }Ke6epa Kčs 15,— flpeBHežniHe naMHTHHKH paocmj nenoBeKa B MexHH Kčs 30,— Sv. XXXIII V.HAVLÍČEK K. ŽEBERA Brachiopoda of the Suborder Strophomenidina in Czechoslo­ Les plus anclens monuments du travail humain en Bohéme vakia Kčs 40,— Rozebráno Sv. XXXIV K. ŽEBERA Sv.XV Z. ŠPINAR Die Sltesten Zeugen der menschlichen Arbeit in Bóhmen Revise některých moravských Diskosauriscidů (Labyrinthodon- Kčs 18,50 tia) Rozebráno Sv.XXXV I. CICHA 3. HlnHHap Stratigraphical Problems of the Miocene in Europe Kčs 35,— P6BH3HH HeKOTODhlX MOpaBCKHX ,E(HCK03aypHCHHflOB Sv. XXXVI Č. BŮŽEK Kčs 32,— Tertiary Flora from the Northern Part of the Pětlpsy Area Sv.XVI V. HAVLENA (North-Bohemian Basin) Kčs 36,— Neuropteridy českého karbonu a permu Kčs 18,50 Sv.XXXVII V. ZUKALOVÁ Sv.XVII V. LOŽEK Stromatoporoidea from the Middle and Upper Devonian of Měkkýši československého kvartéru Rozebráno the Moravian Karst Kčs 38,—

Tem. skupina 03/11 edice 21-063-72 Rozpravy Cena brož. výtisku Kčs 23,— Ústředního ústavu

geologického ÚSTŘEDNÍ ÚSTAV GEOLOGICKÝ • PRAHA